A 

A 
o 

0 
0 

2 
2 
3 

5 

7 
1 


UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 
LIBRARY 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


SCHOOL  LAWS 


OF  THE 


State  of  Washington, 


TOGETHER    WITH 


Official  Rulings  and  Blank  Forms. 


THIS   VOLUME   IS   STATE   PROPERTY 


AND  IS  ISSUED  FOR  USE  BY  THE  OFFICERS   OF 


District   No. ,   County  of. 


State  of  Washington. 

School  officers,  on  retiring  from  office,  are  required  by  law  to  deliver  this  volume,  with 
all  other  books  and  documents  of  an  official  character,  to  the  clerk  of  the  district. 


ISSUED  BY 

HENRY  B.  DEWEY. 

Superintendent  oj  Public  Instruction. 


1909 


OL.YMPIA,  WASH.: 

E.  L.  Boardman,  Public  Printer 

1909 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON 


Code  of  Public  Instruction 


TOGETHER    WITH 


Official  Rulings  and  Blank  Forms 


COMPILED    AND    ISSUED    BY 

HENRY   B.  DEWEY 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 


1909 


OEYMPIA.    WASH.: 

E.    L.    BOARDMAN.   PUBLIC   PRINTER. 

1909. 


s 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION,  STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 

Henry  B.  DeWey Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 

J.   M.  Lay  hue Assistant  Superintendent 

F.  F.  Nalder Deputy  Superintendent 

Mabelle   Arnold Chief    Clerk 

Gyxeth    Knight Stenographer 


INTRODUCTION. 


To  the  School  District  Officers: 

The  legislature  at  the  session  of  1907  provided  for  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  commission  to  revise  and  recodify  the  Code  of  Public  In- 
struction, to  suggest  amendments  and  to  prepare  a  bill  to  be  sub- 
mitted to  the,  eleventh  biennial  session.  The  commission  appointed  by 
the  governor  consisted  of  Hon.  E.  C.  Hughes  of  Seattle ;  County 
Superintendent  N.  D.  Showalter  of  Colfax;  W.  E.  Wilson,  principal 
of  the  Ellensburg  State  Normal  School ;  the  attorney  general  and 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  ex  officio. 

The  former  Code  of  Public  Instruction,  which  is  superseded  by 
the  code  printed  herewith,  was  very  largely  the  territorial  code  of 
1881,  recodified  in  1890  and  again  in  1897.  Many  of  its  provisions 
fitted  territorial  conditions,  but  were  not  suited  to  a  rapidly  growing 
state.  Since  the  recodification  in  1897  many  amendments  have  been 
made  at  successive  sessions  of  the  legislature,  some  of  which  were  in- 
consistent with  other  provisions  of  the  code.  In  other  cases  the  same 
section  had  been  amended  two  or  three  times,  until  it  was  difficult  or 
impossible  to  determine  with  any  degree  of  certainty  what  was  the 
law.  Sections  of  the  code  dealing  with  the  same  topic  were  not 
grouped  together,  making  it  impossible  for  school  district  officers  to 
ascertain  easily  and  definitely  their  duties. 

The  report  of  the  code  commission  was  submitted  to  the  eleventh 
session  of  the  legislature  in  the  form  of  a  bill,  and  forms  the  basis  of 
the  code  as  enacted,  although  some  important  changes  were  made  by 
the  legislature. 

Among  the  more  important  provisions  of  the  revised  code  to  which 
I  would  call  your  special  attention  are  the  following : 

Systematic  arrangement  of  related  provisions  of  the  code. 

Classification  of  districts. 


INTRODUCTION 


Consolidation  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  the  Board  of 
Higher  Education. 

Minimum  length  of  term  increased  to  six  months  for  all  districts. 

Provisions  regarding  division  of  assets  and  adjustment  of  debts  and 
liabilities  between  districts  in  case  of  formation  of  new  districts  or  of 
transference  of  territory. 

Appointment  of  director  in  the  event  of  a  vacancy  in  districts  of 
the  second  class  by  county  superintendent  in  conjunction  with  the 
two  remaining  directors. 

Appointment  of  school  physician  in  districts  of  the  first  class. 

In  districts  of  the  second  and  third  classes  the  clerk  enters  upon  the 
discharge  of  his  duties  immediately  upon  his  election. 

Washington's  birthday  added  to  the  list  of  legal  holidays. 

The  county  auditor  is  required  to  countersign  and  register  war- 
rants for  the  payment  of  teachers'  salaries,  supplies,  etc.,  upon  the 
written  order  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  board  of  a  district 
of  the  third  class:  Provided,  That  no  warrant  for  maps,  charts  and 
apparatus  shall  be  countersigned  or  registered  until  the  order  shall 
have  been  approved  by  the  county  superintendent. 

Consolidation  of  the  county  board  of  education  and  the  board  of 
eighth  grade  examiners. 

A  county  tax  of  $10.00  per  child  of  school  age  must  be  levied  by 
the  county  commissioners.  This  will  very  largely  do  away  with  the 
necessity  for  special  district  taxation. 

Additional  apportionments  are  authorized  for  those  high  school 
districts  charging  no  tuition ;  also  a  small  bonus  for  each  high  school 
grade  maintained. 

Directors  are  now  required  to  submit  an  itemized  estimate  of  ex- 
penses for  the  current  year  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners. 
The  commissioners  are  required  to  make  a  levy  in  accordance  with  the 
estimate. 

Teachers'  institutes  must  be  held  as  nearly  as  practicable  during 
the  week  prior  to  the  opening  of  schools  in  the  fall. 


INTRODUCTION 


Only  districts  maintaining  four-year  accredited  high  schools  are 
allowed  independent  adoption  of  textbooks. 

The  law  regarding  certification  of  teachers  differs  very  materially 
from  both  the  present  law  and  the  recommendations  of  the  code  com- 
mission. 

The  compulsory  school  law  was  amended  by  making  it  applicable 
to  all  children  between  fifteen  and  sixteen  years  of  age  not  regularly 
and  lawfully  engaged  in  some  remunerative  occupation. 

The  ballot  used  in  school  elections  must  be  white  and  of  uniform  size 
and  quality. 

The  attention  of  the  directors  of  districts  of  the  first  and  second 
classes  is  called  to  the  provisions  of  House  bill  No.  300,  Session  Laws 
of  1909.     This  law  is  published  in  this  volume  on  page  114. 

In  many  districts  in  this  state  a  schoolhouse  site  is  desired  upon 
land  owned  by  the  state.  Honorable  E.  W.  Ross,  commissioner  of 
public  lands,  makes  the  following  statement  in  reference  to  the  method 
of  acquiring  title  to  this  land : 

"School  districts  can  acquire  common  school  lands  for  school  house 
sites  by  purchasing  from  the  state  at  public  auction  only.  No  school 
or  granted  lands  can  be  disposed  of  otherwise  than  at  public  auction, 
after  appraisement  by  the  board  of  state  land  commissioners.  Any 
school  district  desiring  to  acquire  any  state  lands  for  a  school  house 
site  may  apply  to  the  commissioner  of  public  lands  for  a  blank  form 
of  application,  which  will  contain,  printed  thereon,  instructions  for 
the  guidance  of  the  applicant.  Do  not  erect  a  school  house  or  other 
school  district  improvement  upon  any  state  land  without  first  purchas- 
ing the  same  as  here  outlined.  Any  other  course  will  lead  to  complica- 
tions, embarrassing  especially  to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  school 
district." 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 
Olympia,  March  22,  1909. 


COUNTY  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

(Term    commencing   September    6,    1909). 

Adams    J.   H.   Perkins Ritzville. 

Asotin    Mary  Brannan Asotin. 

Benton   Annie  Goff   Prosser. 

Chehalis    N.  D.  McKillip Montesano. 

Chelan    E.  C.  Bowersox Wenatchee. 

Clallam    Annette  Trumbull   Port  Angeles. 

Clarke    Oscar  McBride    Vancouver. 

Columbia     W.   K.   Kintner Dayton. 

Cowlitz    Mrs.  Carrie  B.  Roberts Kalama. 

Douglas   T.   C.   Hartley Waterville. 

Ferry    Mrs.  Helena  R.  Smithson.  .  .  .Republic. 

Franklin    Mrs.  E.  C.  Nagel Pasco. 

Garfield    Elizabeth   McCoy    Pomeroy. 

Grant   C.  E.  Smith Ephrata. 

Island     Alicenia   B.   Engle Coupeville. 

Jefferson    R.  E.   Harris Port  Townsend. 

King  A.  S.  Burrows ..Seattle. 

Kitsap    Thos.  E.  Hulse Port  Orchard. 

Kittitas    Mrs.  Geneva  Barkley Ellensburg. 

Klickitat   Samuel  J.  Reither Goldendale. 

Lewis    W.  D.  Bay Chehalis. 

Lincoln    Geo.   E.   Craig Davenport. 

Mason    Mrs.  Mary  M.  Knight Shelton. 

Okanogan    E.  B.  Grinnell Conconully. 

Pacific    Lottie  Bode    South  Bend. 

Pierce    Miles  Edgerton   Tacoma. 

San  Juan    F.  F.  Joubert Friday  Harbor. 

Skagit    Thomas  Roush    Mt.  Vernon. 

Skamania    Mrs.  Lillie  Miller Stevenson. 

Snohomish    Eva  V.  Bailey Everett. 

Spokane E.  G.  McFarland Spokane. 

ens    Daisy  Leona  Hard Colville. 

Thurston   W.    G.    Parker Olympia. 

Wahkiakum    Elvira  C.  Marsh Cathlamet. 

Walla  Walla    .Mrs.  Josephine  Preston Walla  Walla. 

•  >m    Mary  P.  Carpenter Bellingham. 

Whitman  r.   0.   Mattoon Colfax. 

Yakima    S.  S.   Busch North  Yakima. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 


Title  I. — System  of  Public  Instruction.  Page 

Chapter  1.— The   State    9 

Chapter  2. — Officers — Superintendent   of   Public   Instruction 9 

Chapter  3. — State  Board  of  Education 12 

Title  II. — Higher  and  Special  Institutions  of  Education. 

Chapter  1. — University  of  Washington 14 

Chapter  2.— State  College  of  Washington 17 

Chapter  3. — State    Normal    Schools 23 

Chapter  4. — Washington  State  Training  School 27 

Chapter  5. — State  School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind 28 

Chapter  6. — State  Institution  for  Feeble  Minded 29 

Title  III. — General  Common  School  System. 

Chapter  1. — General  Provisions 31 

Chapter  2. — Division   of   Territory 32 

Article  1.     Kinds  of  Districts 32 

Article  2.     Corporate  Existence  and  Powers 33 

Chapter  3. — Formation,  Alteration,  and  Consolidation  of  Districts...  34 

Article  1.     Formation   of   New   Districts 34 

Article  2.     Alterations  of  Boundaries  of  School  Districts 36 

Article  3.     Alteration  of  Boundaries  by  Extension  of  City  Limits  36 

Article  4.     Formation  of  Consolidated  Districts 38 

Article  5.     Formation  of  Joint  Districts 39 

Article  G.     Formation  of  Union  High  School  Districts t! 

Article  7.     Miscellaneous    44 

Chapter  4. — Officers — Their  Powers  and  Duties 44 

Article  1.     County  Superintendent  of  Schools 44 

Article  2.     District  Officers — General  Provisions 48 

Article  3.     Directors  of  Districts  of  the  First  Class 51 

Article  4.     Directors  of  Districts  of  the  Second  Class .",7 

Article  5.     Directors  of  Districts  of  the  Third  Class 59 

Article  6.     District   Clerk    01 

Article  7.     Teachers    63 

Article  8.     County  Auditor  64 

Article  9.     County  Treasurer   ,;:' 

Article  10.     County  Boards  of  Education 60 

Chapter  5. — Apportionments   ,;7 

Chapter  6. — Institutes    69 

Chapter  7. — Text  Books   71 

Chapter  8. — County  Circulating  Libraries 7:'. 

Chapter  9. — School  Revenues   74 

Chapter  10.— Bonds    76 

Chapter  11. — Validation  of  Indebtedness  and  Issue  of  Bonds  Therefor  SI 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


TITLE    III.     GENERAL   COMMON    SCHOOL    SYSTEM.-    Continued.  .Page 

Chapter  12. — Certification  of  Teachers 84 

Article  1 .     General  Provisions   84 

Article  2.     Examinations   86 

Article  3.     Classification    of    Common    School    Certificates    and 

Diplomas   86 

Article  4.     Common  School  Certificates  and  Diplomas 87 

Article  5.     City   Certificates    88 

Article  6.     Certificates  and   Diplomas  of  Higher  Institutions  of 

Learning    90 

Article  7.     Temporary  Certificates    90 

Article  8.     Special  Certificates  91 

Article  9.     Revocation  of  Certificates 91 

Chapter  13. — Elections    91 

Article  1.     General  Elections   91 

Article  2.     Special  Meetings   94 

Article  3.     Elections  in  Districts  of  the  First  Class 94 

Article  4.     Registration  of  Voters  in  School  Districts  of  the  First 

Class  96 

Chapter  14. — Penalties  99 

Chapter  15. — Appeals 10:: 

Chapter  16. — Compulsory  School  Law ' 104 

Chapter  17. — Grammar  School  Examinations 107 

Chapter  18. — High  School  Extension  Examinations 108 

Chapter  19. — Kindergartens   109 

Chapter  20.— Taking  of  Private  Property  for  School  House  Sites 110 

Chapter  21. — Prohibiting  the   Sale   of    Intoxicating   Liquors   Within 

Prescribed  Limits  of  State  Educational  Institutions  113 

Title  IV. — Intent  of  Act.  and  Repealing  Clause 113 

Publication  of  Estimates  of  School  Expenses Ill 

Fire  Drills   115 

Prohibiting  Child    Labor 115 

Investment  of  Permanent  School  Funds 116 

Legal  Rate  of  Interest  on  School  Warrants 117 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

(Chapter  97,  Session  Laws  of  1909.) 

A.v  Act  establishing,  providing  for  the  maintenance  of,  and  relating  to,  a  general  and 
uniform  public  school  system  for  the  State  of  Washington,  providing  penalties  for 
the  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  repealing  all  acts  and  parts  of 
acts  in  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  Washington: 

TITLE  I.— SYSTEM  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 
CHAPTER  1.— THE  STATE. 

1.  State  System  of  Schools. 

Section  1.  A  general  and  uniform  system  of  public  schools  shall  be  main- 
tained throughout  the  State  of  Washington,  and  shall  embrace  common 
schools  (including  high  and  elementary  schools,  schools  for  special  help  and 
discipline,  schools  or  departments  for  special  instruction),  technical 
schools,  the  University  of  Washington,  the  State  College  of  Washington,  state 
normal  schools,  state  training  schools,  schools  for  defective  youth,  and  such 
other  educational  institutions  as  may  be  established  by  law  and  maintained 
at  public  expense. 

2.  Administrative  Officers. 

Skc.  2.  The  administration  of  the  public  school  system  shall  be  intrusted 
to  a  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  a  State  Board  of  Education,  to 
regents  or  trustees  for  educational  institutions,  to  county  superintendents  of 
common  schools,  to  boards  of  directors  and  district  clerks. 

CHAPTER    2.— SUPERINTENDENT    OF    PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION. 

3.  Election  and  Term  of  Office. 

Section  1.  A  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  be  elected  by 
the  qualified  electors  of  the  state,  on  the  first  Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday 
in  November  of  the  year  in  which  state  officers  are  elected,  and  shall  hold 
his  office  for  the  term  of  four  years,  and  until  his  successor  is  elected  and 
qualified. 

4.  Salary. 

Skc.  2.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  receive  an  annual 
salary  of  three  thousand  dollars,  payable  monthly,  upon  warrant  of  the 
State  Auditor,  drawn  upon  the  State  Treasurer,  in  the  same  manner  as  ether 
state  officers  are  paid. 

5.  Powers  and  Duties. 

Sec.  3.  The  powers  and  duties  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
shall  be: 

First.  To  have  supervision  ever  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  public 
schools  of  the  state. 


10  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


and.  To  report  biennially  to  the  Governor  on  or  before  the  first  day 
of  November  preceding  the  regular  session  of  the  legislature,  of  which  report 
five  thousand  copies  shall  be  printed  and  delivered  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  who  shall  furnish  one  copy  to  be  deposited  in  the  state 
library,  one  copy  to  each  county  superintendent  of  schools  and  one  copy  to 
each  district  library.  Said  report  shall  contain  a  statement  of  the  general 
condition  of  the  public  schools  of  the  state,  with  full  statistical  tables  by 
counties  showing  the  number  of  schools  and  the  attendance,  the  state  and 
county  funds  apportioned,  amount  received  from  special  tax  and  from  other 
sources,  amount  expended  for  salaries  of  teachers,  the  salaries  paid  by  the 
several  counties  to  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  and  the  amount  paid 
for  incidentals  and  expenses;  the  amount  paid  for  building  and  providing 
school  houses  with  furniture  and  apparatus,  the  amount  of  bonded  and  other 
school  indebtedness,  with  the  rate  of  interest  paid  thereon,  the  reports  of 
all  state  educational  institutions,  or  such  portions  of  them  as  he  may  think 
advisable,  together  with  such  other  facts  as  he  may  deem  of  general  interest. 
He  shall  also  include  in  his  report  a  statement  of  plans  for  the  management 
and  improvement  of  the  schools. 

Third.  To  prepare  and  have  printed  such  blanks,  forms,  registers,  courses 
of  study,  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  common  schools, 
questions  prepared  for  the  examination  of  teachers,  and  such  other  blanks 
and  books  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  teachers 
and  officers  charged  with  the  administration  of  the  laws  relating  to  the  com- 
mon schools,  and  to  distribute  the  same  to  the  county  superintendents. 

Fourth.  To  travel,  without  neglecting  his  other  official  duties  as  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  for  the  purpose  of  attending  educational 
meetings  or  conventions  within  this  or  adjoining  states,  of  visiting  schools, 
of  consulting  county  superintendents  or  other  school  officers. 

Fifth.  To  submit  to  the  State  Auditor  a  monthly  statement  of  his  ex- 
penditures for  traveling  expenses. 

Sixth.  To  cause  to  be  printed  with  an  appendix  of  appropriate  forms  and 
instructions  for  carrying  into  execution  the  laws  relating  to  public  schools, 
and  to  distribute  to  each  county  superintendent  a  sufficient  number  of  copies 
to  supply  each  district  officer,  and  to  cause  the  same  to  be  printed  and  dis- 
tributed as  often  as  any  change  in  the  laws  shall  make  it  of  sufficient  im- 
portance, in  bis  opinion,  to  justify  the  same. 

Seventh.    To  act  as  ex-officio  president  of  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

Eighth.  To  hold,  annually,  a  convention  of  the  county  superintendents  of 
the  state  at  such  time  and  place  as  he  may  deem  convenient,  for  the  discussion 
of  questions  pertaining  to  supervision  and  the  administration  of  the  school 
laws  and  such  other  subjects  affecting  the  welfare  and  interests  of  the  com- 
mon schools  as  may  be  brought  before  it.  Said  convention  shall  continue  in 
session  not  less  than  two  days  nor  more  than  three  days,  at  the  option  of  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  county 
superintendent  in  this  state  to  attend  said  convention  during  its  entire  ses- 
sion, and  any  county  superintendent  who  attends  the  convention  shall  receive 
actual  traveling  expenses  in  attending  said  convention. 

Ninth.     He  shall  file  all  papers,  reports  and  public  documents  transmitted 
to  him  by  the  school  officers  of  the  several  counties  of  the  state,  each  year 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


11 


separately.  Copies  of  all  papers  filed  in  his  office,  and  his  official  acts,  may 
be  certified  by  him  and  attested  by  his  official  seal,  and  when  so  certified 
shall  be  evidence  equally  and  in  like  manner  as  the  original  paper. 

Tenth.  To  require  annually,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  August,  of  the 
president,  manager,  or  principal  of  every  educational  institution  in  this  state, 
a  report  of  such  facts  arranged  in  such  form  as  he  may  prescribe,  and  he 
shall  furnish  blanks  for  such  reports;  and  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of 
every  president,  manager  or  principal,  to  fill  up  and  return  such  blanks 
within  such  time  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  direct. 

Eleventh.  To  keep  in  his  office  a  directory  of  all  boards  of  regents  and 
trustees  of  state  educational  institutions,  of  the  faculties  of  said  institutions, 
and  of  all  teachers  receiving  certificates  to  teach  in  the  common  schools  of 
this  state. 

Ttvelfth.     To  issue  certificates  as  provided  by  law. 

Thirteenth.  To  keep  in  his  office  at  the  capital  of  the  state,  all  books  and 
papers  pertaining  to  the  business  of  his  office,  and  to  keep  and  preserve  in 
his  office  a  complete  record  of  statistics,  and  all  matters  pertaining  to  the 
educational  interests  of  the  state,  as  well  as  a  record  of  the  meetings  of  the 
State  Board  of  Education. 

Fourteenth.  To  decide  all  points  of  law  which  may  be  submitted  to  him 
in  writing  by  any  county  superintendent,  or  that  may  be  submitted  to  him 
by  any  other  person,  upon  appeal  from  the  decision  of  any  county  superin- 
tendent; and  he  shall  publish  his  rulings  and  decisions  from  time  to  time 
for  the  information  of  school  officers  and  teachers;  and  his  decision  shall  be 
final  unless  set  aside  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 

Fifteenth.  To  administer  oaths  and  affirmations  in  the  discharge  of  his 
official  duties. 

Sixteenth.  To  deliver  over  to  his  successor,  at  the  expiration  of  his  term 
of  office,  all  records,  books,  maps,  documents  and  papers  of  whatever  kind 
belonging  to  his  office  or  which  may  have  been  received  by  him  for  the  use 
of  his  office. 

Seventeenth.  To  prepare  and  from  time  to  time  to  revise  a  State  Manual 
of  Washington,  which  shall  be  sold  at  actual  cost  of  publication  and  dis- 
tribution, said  manual  to  contain  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  state,  an 
outline  of  the  constitution  of  the  state,  excerpts  from  the  school  code,  the 
courses  of  study  and  rules  for  the  general  government  of  the  common  schools, 
a  map  of  the  state,  and  a  map  of  the  topography  of  the  state,  and  such  other 
matter  as  the  State  Superintendent  or  the  State  Board  of  Education  from 
time  to  time  shall  determine. 

Eighteenth.  To  make  a  certified  copy  of  papers  filed  in  his  office  and  of 
his  official  acts,  attested  by  his  official  seal.  He  shall  charge  for  such  cer- 
tified copy  fifteen  cents  per  folio,  and  all  money  so  received  shall  be  im- 
mediately paid  to  the  State  Treasurer  and  credited  to  the  general  fund 
of  the  state. 

"Nineteenth.     To  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  required  by  law. 

5.     Assistants  and   Deputy. 

Sec.  4.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  is  hereby  authorized  to 
appoint   one   Assistant   Superintendent   of   Public    Instruction,    who   shall    be 


12  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


the  holder  of  not  less  than  a  first  grade  certificate;  a  Deputy  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction,  who  shall  also  act  as  an  inspector  of  schools,  who 
shall  be  the  holder  of  not  less  than  a  first  grade  certificate;  a  stenographer, 
and  also  to  employ  such  other  assistance  as  the  needs  of  his  office  shall 
require  from  time  to  time,  and  for  the  payment  of  whose  services  appro- 
priations shall  have  been  made  by  the  legislature  of  this  state. 

CHAPTER  3.— STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 

7.  Personnel  of  the  Board — How  Appointed — Term  of  Office. 

Section  1.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  consist  of  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction,  the  president  of  the  University  of  Washington, 
the  president  of  the  State  College  of  Washington,  the  principal  of  one  of  the 
state  normal  schools  elected  by  the  principals  of  the  state  normal  schools, 
and  three  persons  holding  life  diplomas  issued  under  the  authority  of  this 
state  and  actively  engaged  in  educational  work,  appointed  by  the  Governor, 
one  of  whom  shall  be  a  superintendent  of  a  district  of  the  first  class,  one  a 
county  superintendent  of  schools,  one  a  principal  of  a  fully  accredited  four- 
year  high  school. 

The  appointed  and  elected  members  of  the  board  shall  hold  their  office 
for  two  years  from  the  date  of  appointment  and  shall  serve  until  their  suc- 
cessors are  appointed  and  qualified. 

8.  President  of  the   Board. 

Sec.  2.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  be  ex-offlcio  presi- 
dent of  the  board,  and  shall  furnish  all  necessary  record  books  and  blank- 
for  its  use,  and  shall  represent  the  board  in  directing  the  work  of  high  school 
inspection. 

9.  Secretary  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  3.  The  Deputy  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  be  ex-officio 
secretary  of  said  board,  but  shall  not  be  entitled  to  a  vote  in  its  proceedings. 
He  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  its  proceedings  in  a  good  and  well-bound 
book,  which  shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction. He  shall  also,  upon  request,  furnish  to  the  executive  head  of  any 
or  all  of  the  state  institutions  of  higher  education  a  certified  copy  of  such 
proceedings. 

10.  Annual   Meeting — Expenses  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  4.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  hold  an  annual  meeting  at 
the  capital  of  the  state  on  the  third  Tuesday  of  June  of  each  year,  and  may 
hold  such  special  meetings  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  transaction 
of  public  business,  such  special  meetings  to  be  called  by  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction.  The  persons  serving  as  members  of  the  State  Board 
of  Education  shall  be  reimbursed  for  the  actual  expenses  incurred  in  the 
performance  of  their  duties,  which  expenses  shall  be  paid  by  the  State  Treas- 
urer on  warrants  of  the  State  Auditor,  out  of  funds  not  otherwise  appro- 
priated, upon  the  certificate  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction: 
Provided,  That  members  of  the  board  who  are  not  under  salary  to  whom 
special  committee  work  is  assigned  shall  be  paid  for  such  services  five  dol- 
lars per  day. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


13 


11.     Powers  and  Duties  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  5.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  have  power,  and  it  shall  be 
its  duty: 

First.  To  approve  the  preparatory  requirements  for  entrance  to  the  Uni- 
versity of  Washington,  the  State  College  of  Washington,  and  the  State  Nor- 
mal Schools  of  Washington. 

Second.  To  approve  courses  for  the  state  normal  schools,  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education  of  the  University  of  Washington,  and  the  State  College 
of  Washington,  and  for  all  normal  training  departments  of  higher  institu- 
tions within  the  State  of  Washington  which  may  be  accredited  and  whose 
graduates  may  become  entitled  to  receive  teachers'  life  diplomas  or  pro- 
fessional certificates. 

Third.  To  investigate  the  character  of  the  work  required  to  be  performed 
as  a  condition  of  entrance  to  and  graduation  from  normal  schools,  colleges, 
universities  and  other  institutions  of  higher  education  and  to  prepare  an 
accredited  list  of  those  higher  institutions  of  learning  of  this  and  other  states 
whose  graduates  may  be  awarded  teacher's  certificates  by  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  without  examination  except  upon  the  State  Manual  of 
Washington:  Provided,  That  the  entrance  and  graduation  requirements  of  all 
colleges  and  universities  whose  diplomas  are  accredited  must  be  equal  to 
those  of  the  University  of  Washington;  and  the  requirements  for  normal 
schools  shall  be  equal  to  the  advanced  course  of  the  state  normal  schools  of 
this  state. 

Fourth.  To  prepare  an  accredited  list  of  state  life  certificates  and  life 
diplomas  issued  in  other  states  by  examination,  upon  which  certificates  may 
be  issued  in  this  state  without  examination,  except  in  Washington  State 
Manual:  Provided,  That  the  requirements  to  obtain  such  certificates  and 
diplomas  must  be  equal  to  the  requirements  for  a  life  certificate  in  this  state. 

Fifth.  To  examine  and  accredit  secondary  schools:  Provided,  That  no 
private  academy  shall  be  placed  upon  the  accredited  list  so  long  as  secret 
societies  are  allowed  to  exist  among  its  students. 

Sixth.  When  requested  by  any  institution  of  higher  learning  situated 
within  the  state  maintaining  a  normal  training  department  the  board  shall 
send  an  inspector,  qualified  for  such  service,  to  examine  tne  equipment  of 
such  department  and  to  ascertain  the  extent  and  character  of  the  courses 
provided  and  the  preparatory  requirements  for  admission  to  them,  which 
requirements  must  include  the  completion  of  a  high  school  course  or  its 
equivalent,  and  particularly  the  qualifications  and  experience  of  the  in- 
structors and  supervisors  who  are  responsible  for  the  work  of  this  department. 

The  inspector  shall  make  a  detailed  report,  including  declaration  of  his 
opinion  of  the  adequacy  of  the  department  for  the  work  of  educating  and 
training  teachers,  which  report  shall  be  placed  on  file  in  the  office  of  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

If  any  such  normal  training  department  is  ascertained  to  be  equipped 
and  manned  adequately  for  the  education  and  training  of  teachers  and  to  be 
under  reliable  and  responsible  management  and  upon  a  basis  of  efficiency 
equal  to  that  of  the  normal  schools  maintained  by  the  state  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  board  to  accredit  such  department  and  to  grant  life  diplomas  to 


14  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


graduates  who  present  diplomas  certifying  that  the  holders  have  completed 
the  courses  approved  by  the  board  when  the  applicants  have  complied  with 
the  other  requirements  for  life  diplomas.  It  shall  be  the  further  duty  of  the 
board  to  inspect  all  accredited  normal  training  departments  each  year. 

■  nth.  To  prepare  an  outline  course  or  courses  of  study  for  the  pri- 
mary, grammar  and  high  school  departments  of  the  common  schools,  and  to 
prescribe  such  rules  for  the  general  government  of  the  common  schools  as 
shall  secure  regularity  of  attendance,  prevent  truancy,  secure  efficiency  and 
promote  the  true  interests  of  the  common  schools. 

Eighth.  To  prepare  a  uniform  series  of  questions  to  be  used  by  the  county 
superintendents  in  the  examination  of  teachers,  and  to  determine  rules  and 
regulations  for  conducting  the  same,  and  to  prepare  questions  for  the  examin- 
ation of  applicants  for  state  elementary  certificates  and  life  diplomas. 

Ninth.  To  prepare  answers  to  all  examination  questions  which  are  pre- 
pared by  the  board. 

Tenth.  To  prepare  uniform  questions  for  use  in  the  examination  of  the 
pupils  of  the  schools  of  the  state  completing  the  grammar  school  course  of 
study,  and  to  prescribe  uniform  rules  and  regulations  for  the  conducting  of 
such  examination. 

Eleventh.     To  hear  and  decide  appeals  as  provided  by  law. 

12.  Shall    Unify   Public   School    System. 

Sec.  G.  The  board  shall  arrange  such  courses  and  adopt  and  enforce  such 
regulations  as  will  place  the  state  institutions  in  harmonious  relations  with 
the  common  schools  and  with  each  other,  and  unify  the  work  of  the  public 
school  system. 

13.  Seal  of  the   Board. 

Sec.  7.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  adopt  a  seal,  which  shall  be 
kept  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

TITLE  II.— HIGHER  AND  SPECIAL  INSTITUTIONS  OF  EDUCATION. 
CHAPTER   1.— UNIVERSITY   OF   WASHINGTON. 

14.  Establishment  of. 

Section  1.  The  State  University,  as  hereto'fore  located  and  established 
in  the  city  of  Seattle,  county  of  King,  shall  be  designated  and  named  the 
University  of  Washington. 

15.  Aim  and  Purpose. 

Sec.  2.  The  aim  and  the  purpose  of  the  University  of  Washington  shall 
be  to  provide  for  students  of  both  sexes,  on  equal  terms,  a  liberal  instruction 
in  the  different  branches  of  literature,  science,  art,  law,  medicine,  military 
science  and  such  other  departments  of  instruction  as  may  be  established 
therein  from  time  to  time  by  the  board  of  regents.  Tuition  in  the  University 
of  Washington,  except  as  may  be  provided  by  the  board  of  regents  with  refer- 
ence to  the  arts  or  to  special  courses  of  study,  shall  be  free  to  all  bona  fide 
residents  of  this  state.  Non-residents  of  this  state  shall  be  admitted  to  the 
said  university  on  such  terms  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  prescribed  by 
the  board  of  regents:     Provided.  That  no  student  shall  be  admitted  to  any 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  15 

department  of  the  university  who  is  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years.  The 
said  university  shall,  as  far  as  practicable,  begin  its  course  of  study  in  its 
literary  and  scientific  departments  at  the  points  where  the  same  are  com- 
pleted  in  the  public  high  schools  of  this  state.  No  student  shall  be  admitted 
except  upon  examination  satisfactory  to  the  faculty  of  the  university:  Pro- 
Vided,  however.  That  students  shall  be  admitted  without  examination  upon 
presentation  of  certificates  from  those  public  high  schools  and  other  educa- 
tional institutions  in  this  state  whose  courses  of  study  shall  have  been 
approved  by  said  faculty  of  the  university,  and  accredited  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education:  Provided.  That  said  faculty  shall  have  power  to 
specify  the  preparation  required  for  admission  to  any  department  of  the 
university. 

16.  Board  of   Regents — Term   of  Office. 

Sec.  3.  The  government  of  the  University  of  Washington  shall  be  vested 
in  a  board  of  regents  to  consist  of  seven  members,  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Governor  of  the  state,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate,  and  who  shall  hold  their  offices  respectively  for  a  term  of  six  years 
from  the  second  Monday  in  March  next  succeeding  their  appointment  am' 
until  their  successors  shall  be  appointed  and  shall  qualify:  Provided,  That 
regents  now  serving  upon  such  board  shall  continue  as  such  during  the 
terms  for  which  they  were  respectively  appointed.  Four  members  of  said 
board  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.  Whenever 
there  shall  be  a  vacancy  in  the  said  board  of  regents,  from  any  cause  what- 
ever, it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Governor  to  fill  such  office  by  appointment, 
and  the  person  or  persons  so  appointed  shall  continue  in  office  until  the 
close  of  the  legislature  next  thereafter,  or  until  others  are  appointed  and 
qualified  in  their  stead.  Each  regent  before  entering  upon  the  duties  of 
his  office  must  qualify  by  taking  the  usual  oath  of  office  before  some  officer 
authorized  by  law  to  administer  the  same  and  file  a  copy  of  said  oath  with 
the  Secretary  of  State. 

17.  Organization   of  Board — Meetings. 

Sec.  4.  The  board  shall  organize  by  electing  from  its  membership  a 
president  and  an  executive  committee,  of  which  committee  the  president 
shall  be  ex-officio  chairman.  The  board  shall  hold  regular  quarterly  meet- 
ings, and  during  the  interim  between  such  meetings  the  executive  committee 
may  transact  business  for  the  whole  board:  Provided,  That  the  executive 
committee  may  call  special  meetings  of  the  whole  board  when  such  action 
is  deemed  necessary. 

18.  Powers  and   Duties  of  Regents. 

Sec.  5.  The  board  of  regents  may  adopt  by-laws  or  rules  and  regulations 
for  its  own  government.  The  powers  and  duties  of  the  board  of  regents  are 
as  follows: 

First.  The  said  board  shall  have  full  control  of  the  university  and  its 
property  of  various  kinds,  and  shall  employ  the  president,  members  of  the 
faculty,  assistants  and  employes  of  the  institution,  who  shall  hold  their 
positions  during  the  pleasure  of  said  board  of  regents. 


IQ  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

ihI.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  regents,  with  the  assistance 
of  the  faculty  of  the  university,  to  prescribe  the  course  of  study  in  the  vari- 
ous departments  of  the  institution  and  to  publish  the  annual  catalogue. 

Third.  The  said  board  shall  grant  to  every  student,  upon  gi-aduation,  a. 
suitable  diploma  or  degree,  such  student  having  been  recommended  for  such 
honor  by  the  faculty.  The  board  shall  also  have  power,  upon  recommenda- 
tion of  the  faculty,  to  confer  the  usual  honorary  degrees  upon  other  persons 
than  graduates  of  this  university  in  recognition  of  their  learning  or  devotion 
to  literature,  art  or  science;  but  no  degree  shall  ever  be  conferred  in  con- 
sideration of  the  payment  of  money  or  other  valuable  thing.  The  said  board 
is  also  empowered,  upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty,  to  grant  normal 
diplomas,  which  shall  entitle  the  holder  to  teach  in  any  public  school  in  the 
state  for  a  period  of  five  years;  and  to  grant  university  life  diplomas  to 
candidates  who  shall  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  having  taught  success- 
fully for  twenty-four  months:  Provided,  That  all  candidates  for  the  normal 
diploma  and  life  diploma  shall  have  satisfactorily  completed  not  less  than 
twelve  semester  hours  in  the  Department  of  Education. 

Fourth.  The  board  of  regents  is  authorized  to  receive  such  bequests  am' 
gratuities  as  may  be  granted  to  the  said  university  and  to  invest  or  expend 
the  same  according  to  the  terms  of  said  bequests  or  gratuities.  The  said 
board  shall  adopt  proper  rules  to  govern  and  protect  the  receipt  and  expendi- 
ture of  the  proceeds  of  all  fees,  bequests  or  gratuities,  and  shall  make  full 
report  of  the  same  in  the  customary  biennial  report  to  the  Governor,  or  more 
frequently  if  required  by  law. 

Fifth.  The  board  of  regents  is  authorized  and  empowered  to  give  and 
execute,  on  behalf  of  the  State  of  Washington,  the  bonds  and  other  papers 
required  by  the  war  department  for  the  safe  keeping  of  the  arms  and  equip- 
ments loaned  by  the  United  States  to  the  University  of  Washington. 

Sixth.  The  board  of  regents  shall  transmit,  on  the  first  day  of  January 
preceding  each  regular  session  of  the  legislature,  to  the  Governor  a  printed 
report  of  all  the  doings  since  their  last  report,  not  exceeding  three  hundred 
in  number,  giving  full  information  of  the  receipt  and  expenditure  of  money, 
furnish  an  estimate  of  the  needs  of  the  institution,  and  give  such  informa- 
tion as  will  be  helpful  to  the  state  authorities  in  providing  for  the  said 
institution. 

Seventh.  The  members  of  said  board  of  regents  shall  serve  without  com- 
pensation. Each  regent,  however,  shall  be  paid  his  actual  traveling  expenses 
in  going  to  and  coming  from  any  meeting  of  said  board,  and  such  claims  for 
expenses  shall  be  audited  on  vouchers  issued  by  the  president  and  secretary 
of  said  board  the  same  as  any  other  claims  are  audited. 

19.  Faculty. 

6.  The  faculty  of  the  University  of  Washington  shall  consist  of  the 
president  and  the  professors,  and  the  said  faculty  shall  have  charge  of  the 
immediate  government  of  the  institution  under  Buch  rules  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  board  of  regents. 

20.  Non-Sectarian. 

Sec.  7.  The  University  of  Washington  shall  never  be  under  the  control 
of  any  religious  or  sectarian  denomination  or  society  whatever. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


17 


21.  Attorney  General   Legal   Advisor. 

Sec.  8.  The  Attorney  General  of  the  state  shall  be  the  legal  advisor  of 
the  president  and  the  board  of  regents  of  the  university,  and  he  shall  insti- 
tute and  prosecute  or  defend  all  suits  in  behalf  of  the  same. 

22.  Erection  of  Buildings. 

Sec.  9.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  regents  herein  provided  for, 
as  soon  after  their  organization  as  practicable,  and  as  soon  as  there  shall 
be  an  appropriation  therefor  in  the  hands  of  the  State  Treasurer  in  any 
amount  sufficient  to  warrant  the  beginning  the  erection  of  the  several  build- 
ings herein  provided  for,  or  any  wing  or  section  of  the  same,  to  enter  into 
contracts  with  one  or  more  contractors  for  the  erection  and  construction  of 
such  suitable  buildings  and  improvements  for  the  institution  created  by  this 
chapter  as  in  their  judgment  shall  be  deemed  best,  or  the  funds  aforesaid 
shall  warrant,  all  things  considered;  such  contract  or  contracts  to  be  let 
after  open  public  notice  and  competition  under  such  regulations  as  shall  be 
established  by  said  board  to  the  person  or  persons  who  offer  to  execute  such 
work  on  the  most  advantageous  terms:  Provided,  That  in  all  cases  said 
board  shall  require  from  contractors  a  good  and  sufficient  bond  for  the 
faithful  performance  of  the  work,  and  the  full  protection  of  the  state  against 
mechanics'  and  other  liens:  And  provided  further,  That  the  board  shall  not 
have  the  power  to  enter  into  any  contract  for  the  erection  of  any  buildings 
or  improvements  which  shall  bind  said  board  to  pay  out  any  sum  of  money 
in  excess  of  the  amount  provided  for  said  purpose. 

23.  Mechanics  and  Employes. 

Sec.  10.  The  board  provided  for  in  this  chapter  shall  have  power  iu  their 
discretion  to  employ  skilled  architects  and  superintendents  to  prepare  plans 
and  specifications,  and  to  supervise  the  construction  of  any  of  the  buildings 
provided  for  in  this  chapter,  and  to  fix  the  compensation  for  such  services, 
subject  to  the  provisions  and  restrictions  of  this  act. 

24.  To  begin   Building  When  Funds  Are  Available. 

Sec.  11.  Whenever  there  shall  be  any  money  in  the  hands  of  the  State 
Treasurer  to  the  credit  of  any  of  the  specific  funds  set  apart  for  that  insti- 
tution created  by  this  chapter,  deemed  sufficient  by  the  board  to  commence 
the  erection  of  any  of  the  necessary  buildings  or  improvements,  or  to  pay 
the  necessary  running  or  other  expenses  of  said  institution,  the  State  Audi- 
tor, on  the  request  in  writing  of  said  board,  shall,  and  it  is  hereby  made  his 
duty  to  draw  his  warrant  in  favor  of  the  treasurer  of  said  board  and  upon 
the  state  treasury  against  the  specific  fund  belonging  to  said  institution  in 
such  sum  not  exceeding  the  amount  on  hand  in  such  specific  fund  at  such 
time  as  said  board  may  deem  necessary:  Provided,  That  said  board  shall 
draw  said  money  as  it  may  be  necessary  to  disburse  the  same. 

CHAPTER  2.— STATE  COLLEGE  OF  WASHINGTON. 

25.  Establishment  and  Purpose. 

Sectiox  1.  The  State  College,  Experiment  Station  and  School  of  Science 
of    the    State    of   Washington,    as    heretofore   located    at   Pullman,    Whitman 


^g  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


county,  shall  be  an  institution  of  learning  open  to  the  children  of  all  resi- 
dents of  this  state,  and  to  such  other  persons  as  the  board  of  regents  may 
determine,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
board  of  regents;  shall  be  non-sectarian  in  character,  and  devoted  to  prac- 
tical instruction  in  agriculture,  mechanical  arts,  and  natural  sciences  con- 
nected therewith,  as  well  as  a  thorough  course  of  instruction  in  all  branches 
of  learning  upon  agricultural  and  other  industrial  pursuits. 

No  student  shall  be  admitted  except  upon  examination  satisfactory  to 
the  faculty  of  the  State  College:  Provided,  however.  That  students  shall 
be  admitted  without  examination  upon  presentation  of  certificates  from 
those  public  high  schools  and  other  educational  institutions  in  this  stat- 
whose  courses  of  study  shall  have  been  approved  by  said  faculty  of  the 
State  College  and  accredited  by  the  State  Board  of  Education:  Prov, 
further.  That  said  faculty  shall  have  power  to  specify  the  preparation  re- 
quired  for  admission  to  any  department  of  the  State  College. 

26.  Ex-Officio  Visitors. 

Sec  2.  The  Governor  of  the  State  of  Washington,  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction,  members  of  the  legislature,  and  county  commissioners 
shall  be  ex-ofjtcio  visitors  of  said  college.  But  said  visitors  shall  have  no 
power  granted  to  control  the  action  of  the  boaxxl  of  regents  or  to  negative 
its  duties  as  defined  by  law. 

27.  Course  of   Instruction. 

Sec.  3.  The  course  of  instruction  of  said  college  shall  embrace  the  Eng- 
lish language,  literature,  mathematics,  philosophy,  civil  and  mechanical 
engineering,  chemistry,  animal  and  vegetable  anatomy  and  physiology,  the 
veterinary  art,  entomology,  geology,  political  economy,  rural  and  household 
economy,  horticulture,  moral  philosophy,  history,  mechanics,  and  such  other 
courses  of  instruction  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  board  of  regents.  One 
of  the  objects  of  said  college  shall  be  to  train  teachers  of  physical  science, 
and  thereby  further  the  application  of  the  principles  of  physical  science  to 
industrial  pursuits;  to  collect  information  as  to  schemes  of  technical  instruc- 
tion adopted  in  other  parts  of  the  United  States  and  in  foreign  countries, 
and  to  hold  farmers'  institutes  at  such  times  and  places  and  under  such 
regulations  as  the  board  of  regents  may  determine:  Provided.  That  no 
student  shall  be  admitted  to  any  department  of  the  State  College  who  is 
under  the  age  of  sixteen  years. 

28.  Departments  of   Instruction. 

Sec.  4.  The  board  of  regents  shall  provide  that  all  Instruction  given  in 
the  college  shall,  to  the  utmost  practicable  extent,  be  conveyed  by  means 
of  practical  work  in  the  laboratory,  and  shall  provide  in  connection  with 
said  college  the  following  laboratories:  One  physical  laboratory  or  more, 
one  chemical  laboratory  or  more,  and  one  biological  laboratory  or  more,  and 
suitably  furnish  and  equip  the  same.  Said  board  of  regents  shall  provide 
that  all  male  students  shall  be  trained  in  military  tactics.  Said  board  of 
regents  shall  establish  a  department  of  elementary  science,  and  in  connection 
therewith  provide  instruction  in  the  following  subjects:  Elementary  mathe- 
matics,  including  elementary  trigonometry,   elementary  mechanics,   element- 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


1!) 


ary  and  mechanical  drawing  and  land  surveying.  Said  board  of  regents 
shall  establish  a  department  of  said  college  to  be  designated  as  the  depart- 
ment of  agriculture,  and  in  connection  therewith  shall  provide  instruction 
in  the  following  subjects:  First.  Physics,  with  special  application  of  its 
principles  to  agriculture.  Second.  Chemistry,  with  special  application  of 
its  principles  to  agriculture.  Third.  Morphology  and  physiology  of  plants, 
with  special  reference  to  the  commonly  grown  crops  and  their  fungus  ene- 
mies. Fourth.  Morphology  and  physiology  of  the  lower  forms  of  animal 
life,  with  special  reference  to  insect  pests.  Fifth.  Morphology  and  physi- 
ology of  the  higher  forms  of  animal  life,  and  in  particular  of  the  horse,  cow. 
sheep  and  swine.  Sixth.  Agriculture,  with  special  reference  to  the  breeding 
and  feeding  of  livestock,  and  the  best  mode  of  cultivation  of  farm  produce. 
Seventh.  Mining  and  metallurgy.  And  it  shall  appoint  demonstrators  in 
each  of  these  subjects,  to  superintend  the  equipment  of  a  laboratory  and 
to  give  practical  instruction  in  the  same.  Said  board  of  regents  shall  estab- 
lish an  agricultural  experiment  station  in  connection  with  the  department 
of  agriculture  of  said  college,  appoint  its  officers  and  prescribe  such  regula- 
tions for  its  management  as  it  may  deem  expedient.  Said  board  of  regents 
may  establish  other  departments  of  said  college,  and  provide  courses  of 
instruction  therein,  when  those  are,  in  its  judgment,  required  for  the  better 
carrying  out  of  the  object  of  the  college. 

29.     Regents — Appointment  and  Term  of  Office — Bonds. 

Sec.  5.  The  management  of  said  college  and  experiment  station,  the  care 
and  preservation  of  all  property  of  which  the  institution  shall  become  pos- 
sessed, the  erection  and  construction  of  all  buildings  necessary  for  the  use 
of  said  college  and  station,  and  the  disbursement  and  expenditure  of  all 
money  provided  for  by  this  chapter,  shall  be  vested  in  a  board  of  five 
regents;  said  five  members  of  tne  board  of  regents  shall  be  appointed 
in  the  manner  provided  by  law;  said  regents  and  their  successors  in  office 
shall  have  the  right  to  cause  all  things  to  be  done  necessary  to  carry  out 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter.  The  board  of  regents  provided  for  in  this 
chapter  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Governor,  by  and  with  the  consent  of 
the  Senate,  one  for  a  term  of  two  years,  two  for  a  term  of  four  years,  and 
two  for  a  term  of  six  years;  and  each  regent  shall,  before  entering  upon 
the  discharge  of  his  respective  duties  as  such,  execute  a  good  and  sufficient 
bond  to  the  State  of  Washington,  with  two  or  more  sufficient  sureties,  resi- 
dents of  the  state,  in  the  penal  sum  of  not  less  than  five  thousand  dollars 
($5,000)  each,  conditioned  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties  as 
such  regent:  Provided,  That  all  appointments  made  to  fill  vacancies  caused 
by  death,  resignation  or  otherwise,  shall  be  for  the  unexpired  term  of  the 
incumbent  whose  place  shall  have  become  vacant.  All  other  appointments 
made  subsequent  to  the  appointment  of  the  first  board  of  regents  provided 
for  in  this  act  shall  be  for  the  term  of  six  years  and  until  the  appointment 
and  qualification  of  a  successor  to  each  appointee:  Provided  further,  That 
regents  now  serving  upon  such  board  shall  continue  as  such  during  the  term 
for  which  they  were  respectively  appointed. 

30.     Organization  of  Bosrd — Treasurer — Bonds. 

Sec.  6.  The  board  of  regents  shall  meet  and  organize  by  the  election  of 
its  president  and  treasurer  from  their  own  number,  on  the  first  Wednesday 


20  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

in  April  of  each  year.  The  person  so  elected  as  treasurer  shall,  before  enter- 
ing upon  the  discharge  of  his  duties  as  such,  execute  a  good  and  sufficient 
bond  to  the  State  of  Washington  with  two  or  more  sufficient  sureties,  residents 
of  the  state,  in  the  penal  sum  of  not  less  than  forty  thousand  dollars  ($40,000), 
conditioned  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties  as  such  treasurer,  and 
that  he  will  faithfully  account  for  and  pay  over  to  the  person  or  persons 
entitled  thereto  all  moneys  which  shall  come  into  his  hands  as  such  officer, 
which  bond  shall  be  approved  by  the  Governor  of  the  state,  and  shall  be 
filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State.  The  president  of  the  college  shall  be  secre- 
tary of  the  board  of  regents,  and  shall  perform  all  the  duties  pertaining  to 
that  office,  but  shall  not  have  the  right  to  vote.  The  secretary  shall  in  like 
manner  as  the  treasurer  give  a  bond  in  the  penal  sum  of  not  less  than  five 
thousand  dollars  ($5,000),  conditioned  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his 
duties  as  such  officer. 

31.  Duties  of  President,  Treasurer  and   Secretary. 

Sec.  7.  The  president  of  said  board  shall  be  the  chief  executive  officer, 
shall  preside  at  all  meetings  thereof,  except  that  in  his  absence  the  board 
may  appoint  a  president  pro  tempore,  and  sign  all  instruments  required  to 
be  executed  by  said  board.  The  treasurer  shall  be  the  financial  officer  of 
said  board,  shall  keep  a  true  account  of  all  moneys  received  and  expended 
by  him.  The  secretary  shall  be  the  recording  officer  of  said  board,  shall 
attest  all  instruments  required  to  be  signed  by  the  president,  and  shall  keep 
a  true  record  of  all  the  proceedings  of  said  board,  and  do  all  other  things 
required  of  him  by  said  board. 

32.  Regents    Enact    By-Laws. 

Sec.  8.  The  regents  shall  have  the  power,  and  it  shall  be  their  duty,  to 
enact  laws  for  the  government  of  said  State  College,  Experiment  Station 
and  School  of  Science:  Provided,  The  board  of  regents  shall  maintain  at 
least  one  experimental  station  in  the  western  portion  of  the  state. 

33.  Regents  Have  General  Control  of  Funds. 

Sec.  9.  The  board  of  regents  shall  direct  the  disposition  of  any  moneys 
belonging  to  or  appropriated  to  the  Agricultural  College,  Experiment  Station 
and  School  of  Science,  established  by  this  act,  and  shall  make  all  rules  and 
regulations  necessary  for  the  management  of  the  same,  adopt  plans  and 
specifications  for  necessary  buildings,  and  superintend  the  construction  of 
said  buildings,  and  fix  the  salaries  of  professors,  teachers  and  other  em- 
ployes, and  tuition  fees  to  be  charged  in  said  college. 

34.  Experiment   Station    Established   by  Congress. 

10.  The  agricultural  experiment  station  provided  for  in  this  act 
in  connection  with  the  State  College  shall  be  under  the  direction  of  said 
board  of  regents  of  said  college  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  experiments 
in  agriculture  according  to  the  terms  of  section  one  (1)  of  an  act  of  con- 
1  2,  1887,  and  entitled  "An  act  to  establish  agricultural 
experimenl  stations  in  connection  with  the  colleges  established  in  the 
several  states,  under  the  provisions  of  an  art  approved  July  2,  1862,  and 
of  the  acts  supplementary  thereto."  The  said  college  and  experiment  station 
shall  be  entitled   to  receive  all  the  benefits  and   donations  made  and  given 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


21 


to  similar  institutions  of  learning  in  other  states  and  territories  of  the 
United  States  by  the  legislation  of  the  congress  of  the  United  States  now 
in  force,  or  that  may  be  enacted,  and  particularly  to  the  benefits  and  dona- 
tions given  by  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  congress  entitled  "An  act  donating 
public  lands  to  the  several  states  and  territories  which  may  provide  colleges 
for  the  benefit  of  agricultural  and  mechanic  arts,"  approved  July  2,  1862, 
and  all  acts  supplementary  thereto,  including  the  act  entitled  "An  act 
to  establish  agricultural  experiment  stations  in  connection  with  colleges 
established  in  the  several  cities  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  approved 
July  2,  1862,  and  of  the  acts  supplementary  thereto,"  which  said  last  entitled 
act  was  approved  March  2,  1887;  also,  "An  act  to  apply  a  portion  of  the 
proceeds  of  the  public  lands  to  the  more  complete  endowment  and  support 
of  the  colleges  for  the  benefit  of  agriculture  and  the  mechanic  arts,  estab- 
lished under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  congress  approved  July  2,  1862," 
which  said  last  mentioned  act  was  approved  August  30,  1890. 

35.  Assent  to  Congressional   Requirements. 

Sec.  11.  The  assent  of  the  legislature  of  the  State  of  Washington  is 
hereby  given,  in  pursuance  of  the  requirements  of  section  nine  (9)  of  said 
act  of  congress,  approved  March  2,  1887,  to  the  granting  of  money  therein 
made  to  the  establishment  of  experiment  stations  in  accordance  with  section 
one  (1)  of  said  last  mentioned  act,  and  assent  is  hereby  given  to  carry  out, 
within  the  State  of  Washington,  every  provision  of  said  act. 

36.  Meetings  of  the   Board  of  Regents. 

Sec.  12.  The  meetings  of  the  board  of  regents  may  be  called  in  such 
manner  as  the  board  may  prescribe,  and  the  majority  of  said  board  shall 
constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business;  but  a  less  number  may 
adjourn  from  time  to  time.  No  vacancy  in  said  board  shall  impair  the 
rights  of  the  remaining  board.  A  full  meeting  of  the  board  shall  be  called 
at  least  once  a  year. 

37.  Regents   Must  Subscribe  to  Oath. 

Sec.  13.  Each  member  of  the  board  of  regents  created  by  this  chapter 
shall,  before  entering  upon  his  duties,  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  to  dis- 
charge faithfully  and  honestly  his  duties  in  the  premises,  and  to  perform 
strictly  and  impartially  the  same  to  the  best  of  his  ability;  said  oath  shall 
be  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State. 

38.  Expenses  of  Regents. 

Sec.  14.  The  regents  shall  be  allowed  their  actual  and  necessary  travel- 
ing expenses  in  going  to  and  returning  from  all  the  necessary  sessions  of 
the  board;  and  also  their  necessary  expenses  while  in  actual  attendance  upon 
the  same. 

39.  Shall    Make  Annual   Report  to  Governor. 

Sec.  15.  The  board  of  regents  shall,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  Novem- 
ber of  each  year,  make  a  full  and  true  report  in  detail  of  all  their  acts  and 
doings  during  the  previous  year,  their  receipts  and  expenditures,  the  exact 
status  of  their  institution,  and  other  information  they  may  deem  proper  and 
useful,  or  which  may  be  called  for  by  the  Governor,  which  said  report  shall 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

be  made  to  the  Governor,  who  shall  transmit  the  same  to  the  succeeding 
session  of  the  legislature.  A  copy  of  said  report  shall  be  furnished  to  the 
Superintendent   of  Public   Instruction. 

40.  Disbursement   of   Funds. 

Six.  16.  The  treasurer  of  said  board  shall  make  disbursement  of  the 
funds  in  his  hands  on  the  order  of  the  board,  which  order  shall  be  counter- 
signed by  the  secretary  of  the  board,  and  shall  state  on  what  account  the 
disbursement  is  made. 

41.  No   Pecuniary  Interest. 

Sec.  17.  No  employe  or  member  of  the  board  created  by  this  chapter 
shall  be  interested  pecuniarily,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  contract 
for  any  building  or  improvement  of  said  institution,  or  for  the  furnishing 
of  supplies  for  the  same. 

42.  Governor  Ex-Officio   Member. 

Sec.  18.  The  Governor  of  the  state  shall  be  ex-offtcio  advisory  member 
of  the  board  provided  for  in  this  chapter,  but  shall  not  have  the  right  to 
vote,  nor  be  eligible  to  office  therein. 

43.  Board  Shall  Grant  Diplomas  and  Degrees. 

Sec.  19.  The  board  of  regents  shall  grant  to  every  student,  upon  gradua- 
tion, a  suitable  diploma  or  degree,  such  student  having  been  recommended 
for  such  honor  by  the  faculty.  The  board  shall  also  have  power,  upon  recom- 
mendation of  the  faculty,  to  confer  the  usual  honorary  degrees  upon  other 
persons  than  graduates  of  this  college  in  recognition  of  their  learning  or 
devotion  to  literature,  art  or  science;  but  no  degree  shall  ever  be  conferred 
in  consideration  of  the  payment  of  money  or  other  valuable  thing.  The  said 
board  is  also  empowered,  upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty,  to  grant 
normal  diplomas  which  shall  entitle  the  holder  to  teach  in  any  public  school 
in  the  state  for  a  period  of  five  years;  and  to  grant  life  diplomas  to  candi- 
dates who  shall  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  having  taught  successfully  for 
twenty-four  (24)  months:  Provided,  That  all  candidates  for  the  normal 
diploma  and  life  diploma  shall  have  satisfactorily  completed  not  less  than 
twelve  semester  hours  in  the  Department  of  Education. 

44.  Erection  of  Buildings. 

Sec.  20.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  regents  herein  provided  for. 
as  soon  after  their  organization  as  practicable,  and  as  soon  as  there  shall 
be  an  appropriation  therefor  in  the  hands  of  the  State  Treasurer  in  any 
amount  sufficient  to  warrant  the  beginning  the  erection  of  the  several 
buildings  herein  provided  for,  or  any  wing  or  section  of  the  same,  to  enter 
into  contracts  with  one  or  more  contractors  for  the  erection  and  construc- 
tion of  such  suitable  buildings  and  improvements  for  the  institution  created 
by  this  chapter  as  in  their  judgment  shall  be  deemed  best,  or  the  funds 
aforesaid  shall  warrant,  all  things  considered ;  such  contract  or  contracts 
to  be  let  after  open  public  notice  and  competition  under  such  regulations 
as  shall  be  established  by  said  board  to  the  person  or  persons  who  offer  to 
execute  such  work  on  the  most  advantageous  terms:  Provided  That  in  all 
cases  said  board  shall   require  from  contractors  a   good   and   sufficient  bond 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  gg 


for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  work,  and  the  full  protection  of  the 
^tate  against  mechanics'  and  other  liens:  And  provided  further,  That  the 
board  shall  not  have  the  power  to  enter  into  any  contract  for  the  erection 
of  any  buildings  or  improvements  which  shall  bind  said  board  to  pay  out 
any  sum  of  money  in  excess  of  the  amount  provided  for  said  purpose. 

45.  To  Employ  Architects. 

Sec.  21.  The  board  provided  for  in  this  chapter  shall  have  power  in 
their  discretion  to  employ  skilled  architects  and  superintendents  to  prepare 
plans  and  specifications,  and  to  supervise  the  construction  of  any  of  the 
buildings  provided  for  in  this  chapter,  and  to  fix  the  compensation  for  such 
services  subject  to  the  provisions  and  restrictions  of  this  act. 

46.  State  Auditor  to   Issue  Warrants. 

Sec.  22.  Whenever  there  shall  be  any  money  in  the  hands  of  the  State 
Treasurer  to  the  credit  of  any  of  the  specific  funds  set  apart  for  that  insti- 
tution created  by  this  chapter,  deemed  sufficient  by  the  board  to  commence 
the  erection  of  any  of  the  necessary  buildings  or  improvements,  or  to  pay 
the  necessary  running  or  other  expenses  of  said  institution,  and  any  proper 
indebtedness  has  been  incurred,  the  State  Auditor  upon  receipt  of  properly 
audited  vouchers  shall,  and  it  is  hereby  made  his  duty  to  draw  his  war- 
rants for  the  payment  thereof  upon  the  State  Treasurer  against  the  specific 
fund  belonging  to  said  institution  in  such  sum,  not  exceeding  ttie  amount  on 
hand  in  such  specific  fund  at  such  time,  provided  proper  appropriations  have 
been  made  therefor. 

CHAPTER  3— STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOLS. 

47.  Establishment  and  Corporate  Title. 

Section  1.  The  State  Normal  School  at  Cheney,  the  State  Normal  School 
at  Bellingham,  the  State  Normal  School  at  Ellensburg,  and  such  other  state 
normal  schools  as  may  hereafter  be  established,  shall  each  be  under  the 
management    and    control    of    a    board    of    three    trustees,    to    be    known    as 

'Board  of  Trustees  of  the  State  Normal  School  at   "     Said 

trustees  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Governor,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate. 

48.  Trustees — Appointment — Term   of  Office. 

Sec.  2.  All  trustees  of  the  state  normal  schools  serving  at  the  time  of 
the  passage  of  this  act  shall  continue  to  hold  their  respective  offices  as 
such  trustees  for  the  full  term  for  which  they  were  appointed;  and  there- 
after all  trustees  shall  be  appointed  for  six  years,  except  in  cases  of  appoint- 
ments to  fill  vacancies,  in  which  cases  the  appointment  shall  be  made  for 
the  unexpired  term  of  the  trustee  whose  office  has  become  vacant.  In  c 
of  the  establishment  of  any  additional  state  normal  schools,  unless  other- 
wise expressly  provided  by  law,  the  Governor  shall  appoint  one  trustee  for 
two  years,  one  for  four  years  and  one  for  six  years. 

49.  Officers — By-Laws — Quorum. 

Sec.  3.  Each  board  of  normal  school  trustees  shall  elect  one  of  its  mem- 
bers chairman,  and  it  shall  elect  a  secretary,  who  may  or  may  not  be  a 
member  of  the  board.     Each  board  shall  have  power  to  adopt  by-laws   for 


04  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

its  governmenl  and  for  the  government  of  the  school,  which  bylaws  sfaal] 
not  be  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  act.  and  to  prescribe  the 
duties  of  its  officers,  committees  and  employes.  A  majority  of  the  board 
shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  all  business, 

50.  Trustees — Their  Powers  and   Duties. 

I.  Bach  board  of  normal  school  trustees  shall  have  power,  and  it 
shall  he  its  duty:  First.  To  elect  a  principal  and  such  other  teachers,  as- 
sistants and  employes  as  the  necessities  of  the  school  may  require  tor  a 
period  not  exceeding  four  years.  Second.  For  good  and  lawful  reasons  to 
discharge  any  or  all  such  teachers  and  employes.  Third.  To  adopt  the 
necessary  text  books,  and  to  provide  books  of  reference  for  the  use  of  stu- 
dents and  teachers,  and  to  provide  for  the  proper  care  of  the  same.  Fourth. 
To  have  charge  of  the  erection  of  all  buildings  pertaining  to  the  school, 
unless  otherwise  expressly  provided,  and  to  have  the  care  and  management: 
of  all  buildings  and  other  property  belonging  to  the  school.  Fifth.  To 
audit  all  accounts  against  the  school,  and  to  certify  all  bills,  which  may 
be  allowed,  to  the  State  Auditor,  who  shall  draw  warrants  on  the  State 
Treasurer  for  such  amounts  as  he  shall  find  to  have  been  properly  or  legally 
allowed.  Sixth.  To  purchase  all  supplies  for  the  use  of  the  school,  to  pro- 
vide a  library  suited  to  its  wants,  to  provide  for  lectures  on  subjects  per- 
taining to  education  and  the  art  or  science  of  teaching,  and  to  do  such 
other  things  not  forbidden  by  law  as  may  become  necessary  for  the  good 
of  the  school. 

51.  Boarding   Houses. 

Sec.  5.  Each  board  of  normal  school  trustees  shall  have  power  to  estab- 
lish and  maintain  a  boarding  house  or  houses  for  the  accommodation  of 
students,  to  employ  a  matron  and  such  other  assistance  as  may  become 
necessary  to  conduct  the  same,  to  make  such  rules  for  its  government  and 
management  as  they  may  deem  necessary,  and  to  charge  such  :rates  for 
hoard  and  entertainment  as  will  make  such  boarding  house  or  houses  self- 
sustaining. 

52.  Meetings  of  Board. 

Sec.  6.  Each  board  of  normal  school  trustees  shall  hold  two  regular  or 
stated  meetings  each  year,  at  such  times  as  may  be  provided  in  its  by-laws, 
and  such  special  meetings  shall  be  held  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  when- 
ever called  by  the  chairman  or  by  a  majority  of  the  board. 

53.  Duties  of  the  Principal. 

Sec.  7.  The  principal  of  each  state  normal  school  shall  have  a  general 
supervision  of  the  school,  shall  see  that  all  laws  and  rules  of  the  board  of 
trustees  are  observed  by  teachers  and  students,  that  the  course  or  courses 
of  study  prescribed  are  faithfully  pursued,  shall  assign  students  to  their 
proper  classes  or  grades,  and  unless  otherwise  specially  provided,  he  shall 
designate  the  work  to  be  performed  by  each  teacher.  He  shall,  at  the  close 
of  each  school  year,  make  a  detailed  annual  report  to  the  board  of  trustees, 
containing  a  classified  catalogue  of  all  students  that  have  been  enrolled 
during  the  year,  and  such  other  information  as  he  may  deem  advisable  or 
as  the  board  may  require,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  superintend  the  printing 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  £5 


of  the  same.  It  shall  also  be  his  duty,  when  required  by  the  board  or 
trustees,  to  attend  county  institutes  and  other  educational  gatherings,  and 
to  lecture  upon  educational  topics  that  are  calculated  to  enhance  the  interests 
of  popular  education  cr  of  his  school.  The  board  of  trustees  shall  audit 
and  allow  all  his  necessary  expenses  incurred  in  traveling. 

54.  Model   School — Manual  Training. 

Sec.  8.  A  model  school  or  training  department  shall  be  provided  for  each 
state  normal  school  contemplated  by  this  act,  in  which  all  students,  before 
graduation,  shall  have  actual  practice  in  teaching  for  not  less  than  eighteen 
weeks  under  the  supervision  and  observation  of  critic  and  training  teachers. 
A  manual  training  department  for  each  school  under  its  control  shall  also 
be  provided,  and  a  suitable  teacher  employed  for  each. 

55.  Diplomas  and  Certificates. 

Sec.  9.  Every  diploma  of  graduation  from  a  state  normal  school,  or  cer- 
tificate issued  therefrom,  shall  be  signed  by  the  president  of  the  board  of 
trustees  and  by  the  principal  of  the  normal  school  at  which  the  holder 
graduated,  and  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction;  and  all 
diplomas  and  certificates  shall  be  stamped  with  the  seal  of  the  State  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction.  Every  diploma  and  certificate  shall  specific- 
ally state  what  course  of  study  the  holder  has  taken,  and  for  what  length 
of  time  said  diploma  or  certificate  is  valid  as  a  certificate  to  teach  in  the 
schools  of  the  state. 

56.  Tuition  Free. 

Sec.  10.  No  charge  shall  be  made  against  any  student  for  tuition  in  any 
of  the  normal  schools  contemplated  by  this  act.  All  students  shall  be  re- 
quired to  furnish  satisfactory  evidence  of  good  moral  character,  and  any 
student  may  be  suspended  or  expelled  from  any  state  normal  school  con- 
templated by  this  act  who  is  found  to  be  immoral,  or  who  has  refused  to 
comply  with  its  rules  and  regulations  for  its  government. 

57.  Courses  of  Study. 

Sec.  11.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  prescribe  courses  of  study 
for  the  normal  schools  of  the  state  as  follows:  (1)  An  elementary  course 
of  two  years;  (2)  a  secondary  course  of  two  years;  (3)  advanced  courses  of 
two  and  three  years;  (4)  a  complete  course  of  five  years;  (5)  an  advanced 
course  of  one  year  for  graduates  from  colleges  and  universities.  Upon  the 
satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  these  courses  a  student  shall  be 
awarded  an  appropriate  certificate  or  diploma  as  follows:  Upon  the  com- 
pletion of  the  elementary  course,  a  certificate  to  be  known  as  an  elementary 
normal  school  certificate,  which  shall  authorize  the  holder  to  teach  in  any 
elementary  school  for  a  period  of  two  years:  upon  the  completion  of  the 
secondary  course  a  certificate  to  be  known  as  a  secondary  normal  school 
certificate,  which  shall  authorize  the  holder  to  teach  in  the  common  schools 
of  the  state  for  a  period  of  three  years;  upon  the  completion  of  any  ad- 
vanced course  a  diploma  to  be  known  as  a  normal  school  diploma,  which 
shall  authorize  the  holder  to  teach  in  the  common  schools  of  the  state  for 
a  period  of  five  years,  and  upon  satisfactory  evidence  of  having  taught  suc- 
cessfully for  three  years  such  person  shall  receive  a  life  diploma  counter- 


o(}  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

signed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  Upon  the  completion 
of  the  work  of  the  junior  year  any  student  may  be  given  a  secondary  normal 
school  certificate  by  vote  of  the  faculty:  Provided,  That  no  one  shall  re- 
ceive a  diploma  or  secondary  normal  school  certificate  who  has  not  attained 
the  age  of  nineteen  years,  and  attended  the  same  state  normal  school  one 
full  school  year  of  thirty-six  weeks:  Provided  further,  That  no  one  shall 
receive  a  secondary  normal  school  certificate  or  a  normal  school  diploma 
who  has  not  given  evidence  of  ability  to  teach  and  govern  a  school  by  suc- 
cessful practice  in  the  training  department  for  a  period  of  not  less  than 
eighteen  weeks.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  also  prescribe  uniform 
terms  of  admission  to,  and  graduation  from,  the  state  normal  schools,  and 
shall  define  the  qualifications  for  admission  to  each  of  the  several  courses. 

58.  Text    Books. 

Sec.  12.  The  board  of  trustees  may  provide  out  of  the  funds  appropriated 
for  the  purpose,  such  text-books  and  supplies  as  are  needful  for  successfully 
(anying  into  effect  the  courses  of  study  prescribed.  Each  student  upon 
admission  to  the  school  may  be  required  to  pay  into  the  library  fund  of  the 
school  a  sum  not  to  exceed  ten  dollars,  one-half  of  which  shall  be  applied 
to  the  support  of  the  general  library  and  reading  room,  and  the  remaining 
half  shall  be  kept  as  indemnity  for  loss  or  damage  of  books  belonging  to 
the  school  in  the  hands  of  the  student,  and  shall  be  returned  to  him  after 
deducting  such  amount  as  may  be  justly  charged  for  all  loss  or  damage 
beyond  reasonable  wear. 

59.  Requirements  for  Admission. 

Sec.  13.  No  person  shall  be  admitted  to  any  state  normal  school  as  a 
student  who  has  net  attained  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  if  a  male,  or  fifteen 
years  if  a  female,  nor  until  by  an  entrance  examination  or  otherwise  he 
or  she  shall  have  established  the  fact  that  he  or  she  is  qualified  to  enter 
some  one  of  the  grades  or  courses  provided  for  in  the  course  of  study. 

60.  Annual   Meeting  of  Principals. 

Sec.  14.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  principals  of  the  several  state  normal 
schools  contemplated  by  this  act  to  meet  once  annually  to  consult  with  each 
other  relative  to  matters  concerning  their  school  work,  and  to  discuss 
methods  of  teaching  and   plans  of  management. 

61.  Biennial   Report  of  Trustees. 

Si'  l ."..  Each  hoard  of  normal  school  trustees  shall  biennially  on  or 
before  the  first  day  of  October  next  preceding  each  regular  session  of  the 
state  legislature  of  this  state,  make,  through  its  secretary,  a  report  to  the 
Governor  of  the  slate,  which  report  shall  be  included  with  and  constitute  a 
part  of  the  biennial  report  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  Said 
normal  school  reports  shall  embrace  a  statement  of  the  receipts  and  expendi- 
tures of  the  schools,  and  the  purpose  for  which  all  moneys  have  been  ex- 
pended; a  classified  catalogue  of  all  students  enrolled  in  each  of  said  schools; 
a  directory  of  all  graduates  of  each  school  properly  Classified;  the  course 
or  courses  of  study  pursued  in  the  several  schools,  and  such  other  informa- 
tion as  may  be  deemed  advisable. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


C2.     Trustees  to  Have  No  Pecuniary  Interest  in  Contract. 

Sec.  16.  No  normal  school  trustee  shall  be  awarded  any  contract  for  the 
erection,  repair  or  the  furnishing  of  any  building  belonging  to  any  state 
normal  school  contemplated  by  this  act,  nor  for  tne  furnishing  of  supplies 
or  materials  for  the  same;  and  no  such  trustee  shall  act  as  agent  for  any 
publishing  house  proposing  to  furnish  books  for  such  school.  Any  trustee 
who  shall  violate  any  of  the  above  named  provisions  shall,  upon  conviction 
thereof,  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  exceeding  five  hundred  dollars,  and  his 
office  as  such  trustee  shall  be  declared  vacant. 

CHAPTER  4.— WASHINGTON   STATE  TRAINING  SCHOOL. 

63.  Name  of  School. 

Section  1.  The  reform  school  at  Chehalis,  in  Lewis  county,  shall  be 
known  as  the  Washington  State  Training  School. 

64.  Purposes  of  School. 

Sec  2.  The  said  school  shall  be  for  the  keeping  and  reformatory  training 
of  all  youths  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  eighteen  years  who  are  residents 
of  the  State  of  Washington  and  who  are  committed  to  said  institution  by  a 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 

65.  Causes  for  Commitment. 

Sec  3.  When  a  boy  of  sane  mind  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  sixteen 
years  or  a  girl  of  sane  mind  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  eighteen  (18) 
years  shall,  in  any  court  of  record  in  this  state,  be  found  guilty  of  any  crime 
except  murder,  or  manslaughter,  or  highway  robbery,  or  who  for  want  of 
proper  paternal  care  is  growing  up  in  mendicancy  or  vagrancy,  or  is  in- 
corrigible, or  has  been  expelled  from  a  public  school,  and  complaint  thereof 
is  made  and  properly  sustained,  the  court  may  if  in  its  opinion  the  accused 
is  a  proper  subject  therefor,  instead  of  entering  judgment  cause  an  order  to 
be  entered  that  said  boy  or  girl  be  sent  to  the  State  Training  School,  in  pur- 
suance of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  a  copy  of  said  order  under  seal  of 
said  court  shall  be  sufficient  warrant  for  carrying  said  boy  or  girl  to  the  said 
school  and  for  his  or  her  commitment  to  the  custody  of  the  superintendent 
thereof. 

66.  To  Be   Managed  by  Board  of  Control. 

Sec  4.  The  State  Board  of  Control  shall  have  full  charge  of  the  manage- 
ment of  the  said  State  Training  School.  It  shall  have  power  to  adopt  rules 
and  regulations  for  its  government,  and  shall  prescribe,  in  a  manner  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  the  laws  of  this  state,  the  duties  of  the  persons 
connected  with  the  management  of  the  institution. 

67.  The    Superintendent. 

Sec  5.  The  State  Board  of  Control  shall  employ  a  competent  person  who 
shall  be  known  as  the  Superintendent  of  the  Washington  State  Training 
School.  He  shall  be  the  executive  head  of  the  said  institution,  and  he  shall 
hold  his  office  during  the  pleasure  of  the  State  Board  of  Control. 


£g  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

68.  Superintendent    May  Appoint   Assistants. 

6.  The  Superintendent  of  the  said  State  Training  School  shall  have 
power  to  appoint  all  assistants  and  employees  required  for  the  management 
of  the  institution  placed  in  his  charge,  the  number  of  said  assistants  and 
employees  to  be  determined  and  fixed  by  the  State  Board  of  Control.  The 
Superintendent  may  at  his  pleasure  discharge  any  person  therein  employed. 

69.  Branches  to   Be  Taught. 

Sec.  7.  All  branches  taught  in  the  first  eight  grades  of  the  public  schools 
shall  be  taught  in  the  State  Training  School.  The  inmates  shall  be  taught 
and  trained  in  morality,  temperance,  frugality,  and  they  shall  also  be  in- 
structed in  the  different  trades  and  callings  of  the  two  sexes,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, in  the  scope  of  the  institution. 

CHAPTER  5.— STATE  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  DEAF  AND  THE  BLIND. 

70.  To   Be   Managed  by  Board  of  Control. 

Section  1.  The  State  School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind  at  Vancouver 
shall  be  under  the  direction  of  the  State  Board  of  Control,  and  the  funds  for 
its  maintenance  shall  be  appropriated  by  the  legislature  of  the  State  of 
Washington. 

71.  The  Annual  Term. 

Sec.  2.  The  regular  term  of  said  school  shall  begin  on  the  second  Wednes- 
day of  September,  and  close  on  the  second  Wednesday  of  the  following  June. 

72.  Tuition  to  Be  Free. 

Sec.  3.  The  institution  shall  be  free  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington who  are  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years,  and  who  are 
deaf  and  blind,  or  either  deaf  or  blind:  Provided,  That  they  are  free  from 
loathsome  or  contagious  diseases. 

73.  May  Admit  Persons  from  Other  States. 

Sec  4.  The  State  Board  of  Control  may  admit  to  this  school  deaf  or  blind 
children  from  other  states,  but  the  parents  or  guardians  of  such  children  will 
be  required  to  pay  annually  or  quarterly  in  advance  a  sufficient  amount  to 
cover  the  cost  of  maintaining  and  educating  such  children. 

74.  Qualifications  of  Superintendent. 

Sec.  5.  The  superintendent  shall  be  appointed  by  the  State  Board  of  Con- 
trol, for  a  term  of  four  years,  subject  to  removal  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Board  of  Control.  Said  superintendent  must  be  not  less  than  30  nor  more 
than  70  years  of  age  and  must  be  practically  acquainted  with  the  school 
management  and  class  instruction  of  the  deaf  and  the  blind,  having  had  at 
least  ten  years  actual  experience  in  teaching  in  schools  for  the  deaf  and  the 
blind.  The  superintendent  shall  have  power  to  appoint  all  subordinates. 
The  State  Board  of  Control  shall  have  power  to  fix  the  number  of  employes 
and  the  salary  paid  each  and  may  discharge  any  employe  at  its  discretion. 

75.  School  Clerks  Must  Report. 

Sec.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerks  of  all  school  districts  in  the 
State  of  Washington  at  the  time  for  making  the  annual  reports  to  report  to 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  09 

the  school  superintendent  of  their  respective  counties  the  names  of  all  deaf, 
mute,  or  blind  youth  residing  within  their  respective  districts  who  are  be- 
tween the  age  of  six  and  twenty-one  years. 

76.  Report  of  County  Superintendent. 

Sec.  7.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  county  school  superintendent  to  make 
a  full  and  specific  report  of  such  deaf,  mute  or  blind  youth  to  the  county  com- 
missioners of  his  county  at  the  regular  meeting  of  said  commissioners  held 
in  August  in  each  year.  He  shall  also,  at  the  same  time,  transmit  a  duplicate 
copy  of  said  report  to  the  State  Board  of  Control  and  the  Superintendent  of 
the  School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind. 

77.  County  Superintendents  to   Enforce  Attendance. 

Sec.  8.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  parents  or  the  guardians  of  all  such 
deaf  or  blind  youth  to  send  them  each  year  to  the  said  State  School  for  the 
Deaf  and  the  Blind.  The  county  superintendent  shall  take  all  action  neces- 
sary to  enforce  this  section  or  [of]  this  act:  Provided,  That  if  satisfactory 
evidence  shall  be  laid  before  the  county  superintendent  that  any  deaf  or  blind 
youth  is  being  properly  educated  at  home  or  in  some  suitable  institution  other 
than  the  State  School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind,  the  county  superintendent 
shall  take  no  other  action  in  such  case  further  than  to  make  a  record  of  such 
fact,  and  take  such  steps  as  may  be  necessary  to  satisfy  himself  that  such 
defective  youth  shall  continue  to  receive  a  proper  education. 

78.  In  Certain  Cases  County  to  Bear  Expense  of  Transportation. 

Sec.  9.  If  it  appears  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  county  commissioners  that 
the  parents  of  any  such  deaf  or  blind  youth  within  their  county  are  unable 
to  bear  the  expense  of  sending  and  returning  them  to  said  state  school,  it 
shall  then  be  the  duty  of  the  commissioners  to  send  and  return  them  to  and 
from  said  school  or  to  maintain  them  at  said  school  during  vacation  at  the 
expense  of  the  county. 

79.  Penalty  for  Neglect  of  Duty. 

Sec.  10.  Any  parent,  guardian,  school  superintendent  or  county  commis- 
sioner who  shall,  without  a  proper  cause,  fail  to  carry  into  effect  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  con- 
viction thereof,  upon  the  complaint  of  any  officer  or  citizen  of  the  county  or 
state,  before  any  justice  of  the  peace  or  superior  court,  shall  be  fined  in  any 
sum  not  less  than  fifty  nor  more  than  two  hundred  dollars,  in  the  discretion 
of  the  court. 

CHAPTER  6.— STATE  INSTITUTION  FOR  FEEBLE  MINDED. 

80.  To  Be  Managed  by  Board  of  Control. 

Section  1.  The  State  Institution  for  Feeble  Minded  now  located  at  Medi- 
cal Lake  shall  be  under  the  direction  of  the  State  Board  of  Control,  and  funds 
for  its  maintenance  shall  be  appropriated  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of 
"Washington. 

81.  Tuition  to   Be   Free. 

Sec.  2.  The  institution  shall  be  free  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington who  are  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years,  and  who  are 


;}()  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

idictic  or  feeble  minded:  Provided,  That  they  are  free  from  loathsome  or 
contagious  diseases:  Provided,  also,  That  children  who  are  idiotic,  epileptic 
or  afflicted  in  any  particular  that  renders  them  unfitted  for  companionship 
with  other  children  shall  be  segregated  and  provided  with  suitable  accommo- 
dations and  care  in  separate  wards  or  buildings:  Provided  further,  That 
expert  medical  service  shall  be  provided  for  this  institution. 

82.  May   Admit   Children    From    Other   States. 

Si  i  .  3.  The  State  Board  of  Control  may  admit  to  this  institution  feeble 
minded  children  from  other  states,  but  the  parents  or  guardians  of  such 
children  must  be  required  to  pay  annually  or  quarterly  in  advance  a  sufficient 
amount  to  cover  the  cost  of  maintaining  and  educating  such  children. 

83.  Reports  of  School  Clerks. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerks  of  all  school  districts  in  the 
State  of  Washington  at  the  time  for  making  the  annual  reports  to  report  to 
the  school  superintendent  of  their  respective  counties  the  names  of  all  feeble 
minded  youth  residing  within  their  respective  districts  who  are  between  the 
age  of  six  and  twenty-one  years. 

84.  Reports  of  County  Superintendents. 

Sec  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  county  school  superintendent  to  make 
a  full  and  specific  report  of  such  defective  youth  to  the  county  commissioners 
of  his  county  at  the  regular  meeting  of  said  commissioners  held  in  August  in 
each  year.  He  shall  also,  at  the  same  time,  transmit  a  duplicate  copy  of  said 
report  to  the  State  Board  of  Control. 

85.  County  Superintendents  to  Enforce  Attendance. 

Sec.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  parents  or  the  guardians  of  all  such 
defective  youth  to  send  them  each  year  to  the  said  state  institution  for  feeble 
minded.  The  county  superintendent  shall  take  all  action  necessary  to  en- 
force this  section  of  this  act:  Provided,  That  if  satisfactory  evidence  shall  be 
laid  before  the  county  superintendent  that  any  defective  youth  is  being 
properly  educated  at  home  or  in  some  suitable  institution  other  than  the 
State  Institution  for  Feeble  Minded,  the  county  superintendent  shall  take  no 
other  action  in  such  case  further  than  to  make  a  record  of  such  fact,  and  take 
such  steps  as  may  be  necessary  to  satisfy  himself  that  such  defective  youth 
shall  continue  to  receive  a  proper  education. 

86.  In  Certain  Cases  to   Bear  Expense  of  Transportation. 

Sec.  7.  If  it  appears  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  county  commissioners  that 
the  parents  of  any  such  defective  youth  within  their  county  are  unable  to 
bear  the  expenses  Of  sending  and  returning  them  to  said  state  school,  it  shall 
then  be  the  duty  of  the  commissioners  to  send  and  return  them  to  and  from 
said  school. 

87.  Penalty  for   Neglect   of   Duty. 

Sec.  8.  Ah:  parent,  guardian,  school  superintendent  nr  county  commis- 
sioner who  shall,  without  a  proper  cause,  fail  to  carry  into  effect  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  con- 
viction thereof,  upon  the  complaint  of  any  officer  or  citizen  of  the  county  or 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON*.  .    g] 


state,  before  any  justice  of  the  peace  or  superior  court,  shall  be  fined  in  any 
sum  not  less  than  fifty  nor  more  than  two  hunched  dollars,  in  the  discretion 
of  the  court. 

TITLE   III— GENERAL  COMMON   SCHOOL   SYSTEM. 

CHAPTER    1.— GENERAL    PROVISIONS. 

88.  Common  Schools  Defined. 

Section  1.  Common  schools  shall  include  schools  that  are  maintained  at 
public  expense  in  each  school  district  and  under  the  control  of  boards  of 
directors.  Every  common  school,  not  otherwise  provided  for  by  law,  shall  be 
open  to  the  admission  of  all  children  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one 
years  residing  in  that  school  district. 

89.  Subjects  to    Be  Taught. 

Sec.  2.  All  common  schools  shall  be  taught  in  the  English  language,  and 
instruction  shall  be  given  in  the  following  branches,  viz.:  Reading,  penman- 
ship, orthography,  written  arithmetic,  mental  arithmetic,  geography,  English 
grammar,  physiology  and  hygiene  with  special  reference  to  the  effects  of 
alcoholic  stimulants  and  narcotics  on  the  human  system,  history  of  the  United 
States,  and  such  other  studies  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education.  Attention  must  be  given  during  the  entire  course  to  the  culti- 
vation of  manners,  and  the  fundamental  principles  of  honesty,  honor,  indus- 
try and  economy,  to  the  laws  of  health,  physical  exercise,  ventilation  and 
temperature  of  the  school  room,  and  not  less  than  ten  minutes  each  week 
must  be  devoted  to  the  systematic  teaching  of  kindness  to  not  only  our 
domestic  animals,  but  to  all  living  creatures. 

90.  School   Day — Number  of  Hours — School    Month. 

Sec.  3.  A  school,  day  shall  consist  of  six  hours  for  all  pupils  above  the 
primary  grades,  exclusive  of  an  intermission  at  noon;  but  any  board  of  di- 
rectors may  fix  as  a  school  day  for  their  district  a  less  number  of  hours  than 
six:  Provided,  That  for  pupils  belonging  to  the  primary  grades  the  school 
day  shall  not  be  less  than  four  hours,  exclusive  of  an  intermission  at  noon, 
and  for  pupils  belonging  to  grades  above  the  primary  grade  the  minimum 
school  day  shall  not  be  less  than  five  hours,  exclusive  of  an  intermission  at 
noon.  In  the  absence  of  any  by-law  or  order  of  the  board  of  directors  defining 
the  school  day  for  their  district,  any  teacher  may  dismiss  all  pupils  belonging 
to  the  primary  grades  after  an  attendance  of  four  hours,  exclusive  of  said 
intermission.  The  school  month  shall  consist  of  twenty  days,  or  four  weeks 
of  five  days  each,  and  the  term  "school  year,"  for  all  matters  pertaining  to 
•experience  in  teaching  and  for  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  granting  of  or 
renewing  of  certificates,  shall  consist  of  not  fewer  than  nine  school  months. 

91.  School  Year. 

Sec.  4.  The  school  year  shall  begin  on  the  first  day  of  July  and  end  with 
the  last  day  of  June. 

92.  Contagious  Diseases. 

Sec.  5.  No  teacher,  pupil  or  janitor  shall  be  permitted  to  attend  school 
from  any  house  in  which  smallpox,  varioloid,  scarlet  fever,  diphtheria  or  any 
other  contagious  or  infectious  diseases  are  prevalent.     No  teacher,  pupil  or 


:jo  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

janitor  shall  be  permitted  to  return  to  school  from  any  house  where  the  above 
mentioned  diseases,  or  any  form  of  them,  have  prevailed,  until  three  weeks 
shall  have  elapsed  from  the  beginning  of  convalescence  of  the  patient,  or  upon 
the  certificate  of  a  registered  physician  in  good  standing  that  there  is  no 
danger  of  contagion.  In  case  of  whooping  cough,  chicken  pox  and  measles, 
certified  by  a  physician  to  be  not  of  a  malignant  character,  this  rule  shall 
not  apply  to  teachers,  pupils  or  janitors  who  have  had  the  diseases  and  have 
entirely  recovered  from  them:  Provided,  That  no  pupil,  teacher  or  janitor 
can  attend  school  or  be  employed  who  is  afflicted  with  pulmonary  tuberculosis. 

93.  Pupils  Shall  Comply  With   Regulations. 

Sec.  6.  All  pupils  who  may  attend  the  common  schools  shall  comply  with 
the  regulations  established  in  pursuance  of  the  law  for  the  government  of  the 
schools,  shall  pursue  the  required  course  of  studies,  and  shall  submit  to  the 
authority  of  the  teachers  of  such  schools.  Continued  and  wilful  disobedience 
or  open  defiance  of  authority  of  the  teacher  shall  constitute  good  cause  for 
expulsion  from  school. 

94.  Minimum   Length  of  Term. 

Sec.  7.  All  school  districts  in  this  state  shall  maintain  school  during  at 
least  six  months  each  year. 

95.  Women   May  Hold  Offices. 

Sec.  8.  Whenever  the  word  "he"  or  "his"  occurs  in  this  act,  referring  to 
either  the  members  of  the  city  board  of  directors,  county  superintendents  of 
common  schools,  city  superintendents,  directors,  clerks,  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation or  other  school  officers,  it  shall  be  understood  to  mean  also  "she"  or 
"her,"  and  any  woman  possessing  all  of  the  qualifications  of  an  elector  except 
as  to  sex,  and  possessing  all  of  the  other  qualifications-  required  by  law  for 
such  offices,  shall  be  eligible  to  hold  such  offices. 

96.  To   Be   Free  from  Sectarian   Influence. 

Sec.  9.  All  schools  maintained  or  supported  wholly  or  In  part  by  the 
public  funds  shall  be  forever  free  from  sectarian  control  or  influence. 

CHAPTER  2.— DIVISION  OF  TERRITORY. 
Article  I. — Kinds  of  Districts. 

97.  County   School    District   Defined. 

Section  1.  For  purposes  of  supervision  and  administration,  each  county 
In  the  state  shall  constitute  one  county  school  district. 

98.  School    Districts  of  the   First   Class   Defined. 

Sec.  l'.  Any  school  district  in  this  state  containing  a  city  of  the  first  class 
or  of  the  second  class,  or  containing  a  city  having  the  population  requisite 
for  a  city  of  the  first  class  or  of  the  second  class,  as  shown  by  any  regular  or 
3peclal  census,  shall  be  a  school  district  of  the  first  class. 

99.  School  Districts  of  the  Second  Class  Defined. 

::.     Any  school  district   in  this  state  containing  a  city  of  the  third 
class   or   of   the    fourth    class,    or   containing   a   city    having   the    population 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  33 


requisite  for  a  city  of  the  third  or  of  the  fourth  class,  as  shown  by  any  reg- 
ular or  special  census,  shall  he  a  school  district  of  the  second  class. 

100.  Districts  of  the   Third   Class   Defined. 

Sec  4.    All  other  school  districts  shall  be  school  districts  of  the  third  class. 

101.  Consolidated   Districts  Defined. 

Sec.  5.  Any  school  district  which  has  been  formed  by  the  consolidation 
of  two  or  more  school  districts  shall  be  designated  as  a  consolidated  school 
district. 

102.  Joint   Districts   Defined. 

Sec.  6.  Any  school  district  composed  of  territory  in  two  or  more  counties 
shall  be  designated  as  a  joint  school  district. 

103.  Union   High  School   Districts  Defined. 

Sec.  7.  Any  school  district  established  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  a 
high  school  by  the  union  of  two  or  more  contiguous  districts  in  the  same 
county  shall  be  designated  as  a  union  high  school  district. 

Article  II. — Corporate  Existence  and  Powers. 

104.  How  Designated. 

Si  i  tiom  1.  The  term  "School  District,"  as  used  in  this  act,  is  declared  to 
mean  the  territory  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  single  board  designated  as  a 
Board  of  School  Directors,  and  shall  be  organized  in  form  and  manner  as 

hereinafter  provided,  and  shall  be  known  as  (here  insert  name  of 

city  in  case  of  districts  of  first  or  second  class)    School  District  No.  , 

County,  State  of  Washington:     Provided,  That  all  school  districts 

now  existing  as  shown  by  the  records  of  the  county  superintendent  are  hereby 
recognized  as  legally  organized  districts,  subject  to  the  classification  of  article 
1  of  this  chapter. 

105.  Shall  Constitute  Body  Corporate. 

Sec.  2.  A  school  district  shall  constitute  a  body  corporate  and  shall  pos- 
sess all  the  usual  powers  of  a  corporation  for  public  purposes,  and  in  that 
name  and  style  may  sue  and  be  sued,  purchase,  hold  and  sell  such  personal 
and  real  estate,  and  enter  into  such  obligations  as  are  authorized  by  law; 
and  the  title  to  all  school  buildings  or  other  property,  real  or  personal,  owned 
by  any  such  school  district  shall,  upon  the  organization  of  a  district  under 
the  provisions  of  this  act,  vest  immediately  in  the  new  district,  and  the  board 
of  directors  of  such  school  district  shall  have  exclusive  control  of  the  same 
for  all  purposes  herein  contemplated. 

106.  Each  City   Must  Be  Within   One  School   District. 

Sec.  3.  Each  incorporated  city  in  the  state  shall  be  comprised  in  one 
school  district,  and  shall  be  under  the  control  of  one  board  of  directors: 
Provided,  That  nothing  in  this  section"  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  the 
extension  of  such  city  district  a  reasonable  distance  beyond  the  limits  of 
such  city:  And  provided  further,  That  nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  so 
construed  as  to  change  or  disturb  the  boundaries  of  any  school  district  or- 
—  3 


g4  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


o  the  Incorporation  of  any  city,  except  in  cases  of  incorporation 
of  cities  lying  partly  in  two  or  more  school  districts  organized  prior  to  the 
incorporation  of  such  city,  or  the  extension  of  the  boundaries  of  cities  beyond 
the  limits  of  the  school  districts  in  which  they  are  situated,  or  in  cases  where 
two  or  more  cities  unite,  as  provided  by  law:  And  provided  further,  That 
the  fact  of  the  issuance  of  bonds  by  school  districts,  heretofore  or  hereafter, 
shall  not  prevent  the  formation  of  new  school  districts,  whether  or  not  such 
bonds  have  been  redeemed,  canceled,  or  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  and  shall 
not  prevent  the  transfer  or  uniting  with  another  school  district  of  a  portion 
or  tin   whole  of  a  district  where  bonds  have  been  or  may  hereafter  be  issued. 

107.  May   Purchase  School    Lands  for  Site. 

Sec.  4.  That,  any  school  district  may  purchase,  under  the  provisions  of 
law  governing  the  sale  thereof,  a  school  house  site  or  sites  of  not  less  than 
three  acres  nor  more  than  ten  acres  each,  of  any  school  lands  of  the  State  of 
Washington. 

CHAPTER   3.— FORMATION,  ALTERATION,  AND  CONSOLIDATION  OF 

DISTRICTS. 
Article  I. — 'Formation  of  New  Districts. 

108.  Petition  to  Be  Signed  by  Five  Heads  of  Families. 

Section  1.  For  the  purpose  of  organizing  a  new  district,  a  petition  in 
writing  shall  be  made  to  the  county  superintendent,  signed  by  at  least  five 
heads  of  families  residing  within  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed  new  dis- 
trict, which  petition  shall  describe  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed  new  dis- 
trict and  give  the  names  of  all  the  children  of  school  age  residing  within  the 
boundaries  of  such  proposed  new  district,  at  the  date  of  presenting  said 
petit  i  en. 

109.  Notices  and   Hearing. 

Sec.  2.  The  county  superintendent  shall  give  notice  to  the  parties  inter- 
ested by  causing  notices  to  be  posted  at  least  twenty  (20)  days  prior  to  the 
time  appointed  by  him  for  considering  said  petition,  in  at  least  three  of  the 
most  public  places  in  the  proposed  new  district,  and  one  on  the  school  house 
door  of  each  district  affected  by  the  proposed  change,  and  in  one  of  the  most 
public  places  of  the  territory  affected  by  the  proposed  change.  On  the  day 
fixed  in  the  notice,  he  ^hall  proceed  to  hear  said  petition,  and  if  he  deem  it 
•advisable  to  grant  the  petition  he  shall  make  an  order  establishing  said  dis- 
trict and  describing  the  boundaries  thereof  and  shall  certify  his  action  to  the 
"board  of  county  commissioners  al  their  oexl   regular  meeting. 

110.  School    Must   Be  Taught   at   Least   One    Month. 

Sec.  3.  No  new  districl  formed  bj  the  subdivision  of  an  old  one  shall  be 
entitled  to  any  share  of  public  money  belonging  to  the  old  district,  until  a 
school  has  actunlh  been  taught  one  Oionth  in  the  new  district,  and  unless 
within  eight  months  from  the  order  of  the  county  superintendent  granting 
such  new  district  a  school  is  opened,  the  action  making  a  new  district  shall 
be  void,  and  all  elections  or  appointments  of  directors  or  clerks  made  in  con- 
sequence of  such  action,  and  all  rights  and  office  of  parties  so  elected  or 
appointed    shall    cense    and    determine,    and    all    taxes   which    may   have   been 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON*. 


85 


levied  in  such  old  district  shall  be  valid  and  binding  upon  the  real  and  per- 
sonal property  of  such  new  district,  and  shall  be  collected  and  paid  into  the 
school  fund  of  the  old  district. 

111.  New  District   Entitled  to  Certain   Funds. 

Sec.  4.  When  a  new  district  is  formed  from  one  or  more  old  districts  it 
shall  be  entitled  to  a  just  share  of  the  school  money  to  the  credit  of  the  one 
or  more  old  districts,  from  which  the  new  district  is  formed,  at  the  time  the 
petition  was  granted  to  establish  the  new  district.  And  the  county  superin- 
tendent (or  in  case  of  an  appeal,  the  board  of  county  commissioners),  shall 
divide  such  money  and  also  such  money  as  may,  for  the  current  year,  after- 
ward be  apportioned  to  the  said  one  or  more  old  districts,  according  to  the 
number  of  school  children  resident  in  the  new  district,  as  may  be  ascertained 
by  a  census  taken  for  that  purpose:  Provided,  That  the  new  district  shall 
be  entitled  to  all  school  district  tax  levied  within  the  boundaries  of  the  new 
district,  for  the  current  year  in  which  the  new  district  is  formed.  And  if 
such  tax,  or  any  part  of  it,  has  already  been  collected  and  placed  to  the 
credit  of  the  aforementioned  one  or  more  old  districts,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  county  treasurer,  upon  the  order  of  the  county  superintendent,  to 
transfer  the  money  received  from  such  special  tax  to  the  credit  of  the  new 
district. 

112.  Value   of   Property — County   Superintendent    May   Hear  Testimony. 

Sec.  5.  At  the  hearing  for  the  formation  of  a  new  school  district,  the 
county  superintendent  shall,  in  case  the  petition  is  granted,  hear  testimony 
offered  by  any  person  or  school  district  interested  therein,  for  the  purpose 
of  finding  and  determining  the  amount  and  value  of  all  school  property  of 
whatever  nature  involved  in  the  proposed  action,  the  nature  and  amount  and 
value  of  all  bonded,  warrant  and  other  indebtedness  of  the  original  school 
district  or  districts  out  of  whose  territory  such  new  district  is  formed,  in- 
cluding all  legal  uncompleted  obligations  then  existing,  and  in  so  doing  shall 
consider  the  amount  of  such  outstanding  indebtedness  incurred  for  current 
expenses,  the  amount  incurred  for  permanent  improvements,  and  the  loca- 
tion of  such  improvements,  and  shall  make  an  equitable  adjustment  of  all 
property,  debts  and  liabilities  among  the  districts  involved. 

He  shall  make  a  full  record  of  all  such  findings  and  terms  of  adjustment 
and  the  decision  of  said  county  superintendent  shall  be  final  unless  appealed 
from  in  the  manner  provided  by  law,  in  which  case  the  decision  of  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  shall  be  final. 

113.     Commissioners  to   Make  Appropriate   Levies. 

Sec  6.  When  a  new  school  district  is  formed  in  the  manner  provided  by 
this  article  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the'  county  commissioners  to  provide  by 
appropriate  levies  on  the  property  of  such  new  district,  in  the  manner  pro- 
vided by  law,  for  the  payment  of  such  indebtedness  as  may  be  imposed  upon 
it  by  the  decision  of  the  county  superintendent,  or  in  case  of  appeal  by  the 
board  of  county  commissioners. 


gg  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

Ai:iini.   II.--Ai.ii  kai  ions   of   Boundaries  of  School  Districts. 

114.  What   Must   Be   Included   in   Petition. 

Section  1.  For  the  purpose  of  transferring  territory  from  one  district  to 
another  or  enlarging  the  boundaries  of  any  school  district,  a  petition  in 
writing  shall  be  presented  to  the  county  superintendent,  signed  by  a  majority 
of  heads  pf  families  residing  in  the  territory  which  it  is  proposed  to  transfer 
or  include,  or  in  case  there  be  no  family  resident  in  such  territory  then  by 
the  board  of  directors  in  one  of  the  districts  affected  by  such  pro; used 
change,  which  petition  shall  describe  the  change  which  it  is  proposed  to 
have  made.  It  shall  also  state  the  reason  for  desiring  said  change,  and  the 
number  of  children  of  school  age,  if  any,  residing  in  the  territory  to  be 
transferred.  For  such  proposed  transfer  of  territory  the  notices  shall  be 
posted  and  the  hearing  and  appeal  shall  be  the  same  as  for  the  formation 
of  a  new  district. 

115.  Value  of  Property — County  Superintendent   May  Hear  Testimony. 
Sec.  2.    At  the  hearing  for  the  alteration  of  any  school  district  the  county 

superintendent  shall,  in  case  the  petition  is  granted,  hear  testimony  offered 
by  any  person  or  school  district,  for  the  purpose  of  finding  and  determining 
the  value  and  amount  of  any  school  property  of  whatever  nature  involved 
in  the  proposed  action,  the  nature  and  amount  and  value  of  all  bonded,  war- 
rant and  other  indebtedness  of  each  school  district  affected  by  the-  action, 
including  all  legal  uncompleted  obligations  then  existing,  and  in  so  doing 
shall  consider  the  amount  of  such  outstanding  indebtedness  incurred  for 
current  expenses,  the  amount  incurred  for  permanent  improvements  an;l  the 
location  of  such  improvements,  and  shall  make  an  equitable  adjustment  of 
all  property,  debts  and  liabilities  among  the  districts  involved. 

He  shall  make  a  full  report  of  all  such  findings  and  terms  of  adjustment 
and  the  decision  of  said  county  superintendent  shall  be  final  unless  appealed 
from  in  the  manner  provided  by  law,  in  which  case  the  decision  of  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  shall  be  final. 

116.  Commissioners  Must  Make  Certain   Levies. 

Sec.  3.  In  case  of  the  alteration  of  any  school  district,  in  the  manner 
provided  by  this  article,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  com- 
missioners to  provide  by  appropriate  levies  on  the  property  of  such  district, 
in  the  manner  provided  by  law,  for  the  payment  of  such  indebtedness  as 
may  be  imposed  upon  it  by  the  decision  of  the  county  superintendent,  or  in 
case  of  appeal,  by  the  board  of  county  commissioners. 

Article  III. — Alteration  of  Boundaries  by  Extension  of  City  Limits. 

117.  When  Annexation   Is  Completed. 

Section  I.  Whenever  an  incorporated  city  shall  extend  its  limits  in  the 
manner  provided  by  law,  so  as  to  include  all  or  a  part  of  one  or  more  school 
districts,  the  territory  so  included  shall  not  be  deemed  annexed  for  school 
purposes  until  the  30th  day  of  June  next  succeeding  the  date  of  annexation 
for  municipal  purposes,  at  which  time  the  county  superintendent  shall  de- 
clare the  territory  added  to  the  limits  of  said  city  to  be  a  part  of  the  school 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


district  embracing  said  city:  Provided,  That  when  a  school  house  is  located 
within  the  territory  annexed  for  municipal  purposes,  and  yet  remains  the 
most  accessible  school  for  a  part  of  the  school  district  left  outside  of  the 
territory  so  annexed  to  such  incorporated  city,  the  county  superintendent 
may  annex  all  or  any  part  of  such  school  district  to  the  school  district 
embracing  such  city. 

118.  County  Superintendent  to  Adjust  Property. 

Sec.  2-  At  the  time  of  declaring  any  territory  to  be  added  to  the  limits 
of  a  school  district  embracing  an  incorporated  city,  as  provided  in  section  1 
of  this  article,  the  county  superintendent  shall  make  an  equitable  adjustment 
of  all  property,  including  current  funds  and  taxes,  and  of  all  debts  and  lia- 
bilities between  the  districts  involved,  and  shall  certify  his  action  to  the 
board  of  county  commissioners.  Before  making  said  adjustment,  he  shall 
give  not  less  than  ten  days'  written  notice  to  the  directors  of  each  district 
affected  by  such  change,  fixing  the  time  and  place  of  the  hearing  before  him. 

119.  County  Superintendent  to   Hear  Testimony  and  Adjust   Liabilities. 
Sec.  3.     At  such  hearing  the  county  superintendent  shall  hear  testimony 

offered  by  any  person  or  school  district  interested  therein  pertaining  to  the 
value  and  amount  of  any  school  property,  of  whatever  nature,  including  cur- 
rent funds  and  taxes,  involved  in  the  proposed  action,  the  assessed  value  of 
all  taxable  property  in  said  districts,  the  nature,  amount  and  value  of  all 
bonded,  warrant  and  other  indebtedness  of  each  school  district  affected  by 
the  action,  including  all  legal  uncompleted  obligations  then  existing;  and 
whenever  the  territory  so  added  to  the  school  district  embracing  such  incor- 
porated city  shall  include  a  part  only  of  the  school  districts  from  which 
such  territory  shall  be  taken,  he  shall  consider  the  amount  of  outstanding 
indebtedness,  of  each  of  said  school  districts,  incurred  for  current  expenses, 
the  amount  incurred  for  permanent  improvements  and  the  location  of  such 
improvements,  for  the  purpose  of  making  such  equitable  adjustment  of  all 
property,  debts  and  liabilities  among  the  districts  involved.  He  shall  make 
a  full  report  of  his  findings  and  terms  of  adjustment,  and  the  decision  of 
said  county  superintendent  shall  be  final  unless  appealed  from  in  the  manner 
provided  by  law,  in  which  case,  the  decision  of  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners shall  be  final. 

120.  District  to   Retain  Corporate    Existence   Until    Liabilities   Are    Paid. 
Sec.  4.     Whenever  the  territory  so  added  to  a  school  district,  embracing 

an  incorporated  city,  shall  include  the  whole  of  the  school  district  from 
which  such  territory  was  taken,  such  district  shall  retain  its  corporate  exist- 
ence so  far  as  necessary  for  that  purpose,  until  its  indebtedness  as  deter- 
mined by  such  adjustment  shall  have  been  paid  in  full,  and  the  officers  of 
the  district  embracing  such  incorporated  city  to  which  its  territory  shall 
have  been  added  shall  have  the  power,  and  it  shall  be  their  duty,  to  provide, 
by  appropriate  levies  upon  such  old  district  or  districts,  for  the  payment  or 
such  indebtedness:  Provided,  That  when  such  payment  of  indebtedness  is 
fully  made,  the  clerk  of  the  district  shall  enter  the  fact  upon  the  records 
of  the  district,  and  report  the  same  to  the  county  superintendent  of  schools. 


38  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


Article   IV. — Formation  of  Consolidated  Distrk  i>. 

121.  County  Superintendent   May   Establish   District. 

Section  l.  Upon  receipt  of  a  petition  signed  by  five  heads  of  faniili.  s 
of  two  or  more  adjoining  districts  in  the  same  county  the  county  superin- 
tendent may  organize  and  establish  a  consolidated  school  district.  The  post- 
ing of  notices,  the  hearing,  and  the  appeal  shall  be  the  same  as  in  the 
change  of  territory  from  one  district  to  another. 

122.  All   Boards  to  Constitute  New  Board   Until   Election. 

Sec.  2.  When  two  or  more  districts  are  consolidated  by  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  or  where  two  or  more  districts  are  consolidated  by  the  uniting 
of  two  or  more  incorporated  cities  or  towns,  as  provided  by  law,  all  the 
directors  of  the  several  districts  so  consolidated  shall  constitute  the  board 
of  directors  of  the  new  district  so  formed,  and  shall  have  all  the  powers  and 
authority  conferred  by  the  laws  of  this  state  upon  school  district  directors, 
until  the  next  annual  school  election  in  said  district,  at  which  time  there 
shall  be  elected  three  directors  for  said  district,  in  the  manner  provided  by 
law,  who  shall  hold  their  respective  offices  as  provided  for  the  officers  of 
new  districts. 

123.  When   District   Shall    Not   Be   Entitled  to   Bonus. 

Sec.  3.  Whenever,  by  reason  of  detachments  of  territory  subsequent  to 
the  formation  of  a  consolidated  district,  the  boundaries  of  such  district  shall 
become  practically  co-extensive  with  the  boundaries  of  a  district  prior  to 
the  formation  of  such  consolidated  district,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county 
superintendent  to  report  such  fact  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion at  the  time  of  making  his  annual  report,  and  said  district  shall  no 
longer  be  entitled  to  the  bonus  hereinafter  provided  for  consolidated  districts. 

124.  Directors  of  City   District  to   Constitute   Board. 

Sec.  4.  When  two  or  more  districts  are  consolidated,  only  one  of  which 
contains  an  incorporated  city,  the  directors  of  the  district  which  contains 
such  incorporated  city  shall  become  the  directors  for  the  consolidated  district 
as  soon  as  the  consolidation  is  legally  completed. 

125.  County  Superintendent  to    Number  and   Describe   District. 

Sec.  '<.  The  county  superintendent  of  any  county  in  which  new  districts 
are  formed  by  the  uniting  of  two  or  more  districts,  or  by  the  incorporating 
of  any  city  or  town  lying  partly  in  two  or  more  school  districts,  shall  upon 
being  notified  of  such  action  by  the  board  of  directors  of  such  new  district, 
proceed  to  designate  such  new  district  by  a  number  not  the  same  as  that 
of  either  componenl  district  or  of  any  existing  district,  and  to  make  a  record 
of  the  boundaries  thereof,  and  he  shall  certify  such  facts  to  the  board  of 
county  commissioners,  to  the  county  treasurer,  and  to  the  clerk  of  the  new 
district    formed. 

126.  New   District   Entitled  to   Property. 

Sec  6.  All  Bchool  districts  formed  by  the  uniting  of  two  or  more  dis- 
tricts, as  provided  for  in  this  act,  shall  be  entitled  to  the  public  property  of 
the  school  districts  80  united  and  to  all  current   funds  in  excess  of  outstanding 


STATE  OF   WASHINGTON. 


39 


indebtedness  other  than  bonded  Indebtedness,  and  the  county  superintendent 

shall  transfer  all  such  excess  funds  to  the  new  district  in  accordance  with 
this  provision  and  shall  certify  such  transfer  to  the  county  treasurer:  Pro- 
vided, That  for  the  purpose  of  apportionment  the  consolidated  district  shall 
be  considered  one  district:  Provided  further.  That  for  the  purpose  of  appor- 
tionment the  consolidated  district  shall  be  credited  with  two  thousand  days- 
attendance  in  addition  to  actual  attendance  for  each  district,  less  one,  so 
consolidated. 

127.  District  to  Retain  Corporate  Existence   Until  Liabilities  Are  Paid. 

Sec.  7.  Each  school  district  composing  said  consolidated  district  shall 
retain  its  corporate  existence  so  far  as  necessary  for  that  purpose  until  its 
indebtedness  has  been  paid  in  full,  and  the  county  commissioners  shall  have 
the  power  and  it  shall  be  their  duty  to  provide  by  appropriate  levies  upon 
such  old  district  or  districts  for  the  payment  of  such  indebtedness:  Provided. 
That  when  such  payment  of  indebtedness  is  fully  made  the  clerk  of  the  dis- 
trict shall  enter  the  fact  upon  the  records  of  the  district  and  report  the  same 
to  the  county  superintendent  of  schools. 

128.  Organization  of  Board  and   Election  of  Clerk. 

Sec.  8.  When  two  or  more  school  districts  shall  be  united  by  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act,  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  several  districts  shall. 
within  thirty  days  thereafter,  meet  and  organize  the  new  board  by  the 
election  of  one  of  their  number  as  president  of  the  board.  They  shall  elect 
a  clerk  for  said  district  and  the  clerks  o,f  the  several  districts  so  united 
shall  deliver  to  said  clerk  all  books,  papers  and  records  belonging  to  their 
respective  offices.  The  clerk  of  the  new  district  thus  formed  shall  immedi- 
ately notify  the  county  superintendent  of  the  organization  of  the  board  of 
the  new  district. 

Articlk  V. — Formation   of   Joint   School   Districts. 

129.  Joint  District  May  Be  Organized. 

Section  1.  When  the  public  good  requires  it,  a  school  district  may  be 
formed  of  contiguous  territory  lying  in  two  or  more  counties,  and  such  dis- 
tricts shall  be  known  as  joint  school  districts.  They  shall  be  designated  by 
a  separate  number  for  each  county  in  which  any  portion  of  their  territory 
may  lie. 

130.  Petition  Shall  Be  Presented. 

Sec.  2.  For  the  purpose  of  forming  such  joint  districts,  a  petition  shall 
be  presented,  drawn  and  signed  as  prescribed  for  the  formation  of  othei- 
school  districts,  and  a  copy  of  such  petition  shall  be  presented  to  the  county 
superintendent  of  each  county  affected  by  the  formation  of  such  proposed 
joint  district. 

131.  Superintendents  Shall  Post  Notices. 

Sec.  3.  The  superintendents  of  all  counties  affected  by  the  formation  of 
the  proposed  joint  district  shall  confer  and  shall  mutually  agree  upon  the 
time  and  place  of  investigating  said  petition,  and  upon  such  agreement  each 
shall   notify   the -school    electors   of   the   district   or   districts    of   his   county 


40  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


affected  by  the  formation  of  the  proposed  joint  district,  by  posting  notices 
as  required  in  the  formation  of  other  school  districts,  one  of  which  notices 
shall  be  posted  upon  the  school  house  door  of  each  district  affected  by  the 
formation  of  the  proposed  joint  district,  and  one  of  whicn  shall  be  posted 
in  some  conspicuous  place  In  the  territory  which  it  is  proposed  to  include 
in  the  proposed  joint  district,  in  each  county;  and  at  the  time  and  place 
mentioned  in  said  notices  the  several  superintendents  shall  meet  and  jointly 
investigate  all  matters  pertaining  co  the  formation  of  the  proposed  joint 
district. 

132.  Superintendents   Shall   Appoint   Directors. 

Sec.  4.  If  at  the  investigation  provided  for  in  the  preceding  section  the 
several  county  superintendents  shall  mutually  agree  that  said  district  should 
be  formed,  they  shall  appoint  a  board  of  directors  to  serve  until  the  next 
regular  election,  and  the  directors  appointed  shall  qualify  within  ten  days. 
At  the  next  regular  election  a  board  of  directors  shall  be  elected  as  provided 
in  the  case  of  other  new  districts. 

133.  Shall  File  Certificate  and  Oath. 

Sec.  5.  Every  director  or  clerk  of  the  joint  district  shall  file  his  certificate 
of  election  and  oath  of  office  with  the  county  superintendent  of  the  county 
in  which  the  school  house  is  located,  and  his  signature  with  the  treasurer 
of  the  same  county. 

134.  How   Vacancies  Are  to   Be   Filled. 

Sec.  6.  Vacancies  in  the  office-  of  director  of  a  joint  district  shall  be  filled 
by  appointment  by  the  county  superintendent  in  whose  county  the  officer 
vacating  resided  while  serving,  and  a  copy  of  such  appointment,  with  the 
oath  endorsed  thereon,  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  each  county  superin- 
tendent. 

135.  Transfers  by   Mutual   Consent  of  Superintendents. 

Sec.  7.  After  a  joint  school  district  has  been  formed,  all  transfers  of 
territory  to  and  from  said  district  shall  be  made  by  mutual  agreement  and 
joint  action  between  the  county  superintendents  of  the  several  counties  in 
which  the  territory  of  said  joint  district  shall  be  embraced,  and  all  notices 
of  such  transfers  shall  be  signed  by  all  superintendents  in  whose  counties 
the  territory  of  the  joint  district  shall  lie. 

136.  Superintendents  to   Keep  Transcripts. 

Sec.  8.  The  superintendents  of  the  several  counties  affected  by  the  forma- 
tion of  any  joint  school  district  shall  make  and  keep  a  correct  transcript  of 
the  entire  boundary  of  such  district,  and  shall  certify  the  same  to  the  county 
treasurer  and  county  auditor  of  each  county,  and  all  transfers  of  territory 
to  or  from  such  joint  district  shall  likewise  be  certified  to  such  officers,  said 
certificates  being  signed  by  all  county  superintendents  In  whoso  counties  any 
part  of  the  territory  of  stub  joint  district  shall  be  located.  A  map  of  all 
joint  districts  formed  under  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  filed  with 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Inst  nut  ion  within  thirty  days  after  the  forma- 
tion of  such  districts.  Said  maps  shall  indicate  the  number  by  which  the 
district  is  designated  in  each  county,  and   it  shall  also  show  the  location  of 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


41 


the  school  house  in  such  district,  if  there  be  one.  Said  map  shall  be  certified 
to  by  all  county  superintendents  in  whose  counties  any  part  of  such  joint 
district  shall  be  embraced. 

137.  Provisions  for  Apportionments. 

Sec.  9.  For  the  purpose  of  the  apportionment  of  state  school  funds  the 
district  shall  be  considered  as  belonging  to  the  county  in  which  the  school 
building  is  located:  Provided,  That  the  county  treasurer  in  whose  county 
the  school  house  is  not  located  shall  transfer  quarterly  all  moneys  to  the 
treasurer  of  the  county  where  the  school  house  is  located,  and  the  same  shall 
he  placed  to  the  credit  of  said  joint  district. 

138.  Superintendents  to   Hear  Testimony  and  Adjust  Property. 

SEC.  10.  At  the  hearing  for  the  formation  of  a  joint  school  district,  the 
county  superintendents  shall,  in  case  the  petition  is  granted,  hear  testimony 
offered  by  any  person  or  school  district  interested  therein,  for  the  purpose 
of  finding  and  determining  the  amount  and  value  of  all  school  property  of 
whatever  nature  involved  in  the  proposed  action,  the  nature  and  amount  and 
value  of  all  bonded,  warrant  and  other  indebtedness  of  the  original  school 
district  or  districts  out  of  whose  territory  such  joint  district  is  formed, 
including  all  legal  uncompleted  obligations  then  existing,  and  in  so  doing 
shall  consider  the  amount  of  such  outstanding  indebtedness  incurred  for 
current  expenses,  the  amount  incurred  for  permanent  improvements,  and  the 
location  of  such  improvements,  and  shall  make  an  equitable  adjustment  of 
all  property,  debts  and  liabilities  among  the  districts  involved. 

They  shall  make  a  full  record  of  all  such  findings  and  terms  of  adjust- 
ment, and  the  decision  of  said  county  superintendent  shall  be  final. 

139.  Commissioners  to   Make   Levies  to   Pay   Indebtedness. 

Sec.  11.  When  a  joint  school  district  is  formed  in  the  manner  provided 
by  this  article,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  to 
provide  by  appropriate  levies  on  the  property  of  such  joint  district,  in  the 
manner  provided  by  law,  for  the  payment  of  such  indebtedness  as  may  be 
imposed  upon  it  by  the  decision  of  the  county  superintendents. 

140.  Reports  to   Be   Made  to   Each  Superintendent. 

Sec.  12.  All  reports  from  joint  districts  shall  be  made  in  full  to  the 
county  superintendent  of  each  county  affected  thereby:  Provided,  That  any 
county  superintendent  may  order  the  segregation  of  any  items  of  such  report 
so  as  to  show  separately  the  numbers  or  amounts  from  each  county  affected 
thereby. 

Article  VI. — Formation  of  Union  High  School  Districts. 

141.  Initial    Procedure  of  Formation. 

Section  1.  Whenever  the  residents  of  two  or  more  adjacent  or  contiguous 
school  districts  in  the  same  county  may  wish  to  unite  for  the  purpose  of 
establishing  a  union  high  school,  the  clerks  of  the  districts,  by  order  of  the 
boards  of  directors,  shall,  upon  a  written  or  printed  petition  of  five  or  more 
heads  of  families  of  their  respective  districts,  each  submit  in  writing  a  state- 
ment of  the  proposed  union  of  such  districts,  together  with  the  question  of 
the  advisability  of  the  formation  of  such  union  school  district  to  the  county 


4o  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  [NSTRUCTION. 


superintendent  of  schools,  who  shall  within  fifteen  days  report  in  writing 
to  the  said  clerks  bis  approval  or  disapproval,  his  action  to  be  based  upon 
an  investigation  made  by  him  to  determine  whether  or  not  either  school 
district  so  applying  already   maintains  or  is  capable  itself  of  maintaining  a 

high  school  without  uniting  with  another  district,  or  with  other  districts, 
or  whether  or  not  the  educational  and  other  conditions  of  the  districts  desir- 
ing to  so  unite  are  such  as  to  insure  the  maintenance  of  a  high  school  in 
fact  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

142.  The   Elections. 

Sir.  _>.  If  the  county  superintendent  shall  approve  of  the  formation  of 
the  proposed  union  high  school  district  each  of  said  clerks  shall  call  a  meet- 
ing of  the  voters  of  such  school  districts  at  some  convenient  place  by  posting 
written  or  printed  notices  in  like  manner  as  is  provided  for  calling  annual 
school  district  elections.  If  a  majority  of  the  voters  of  each  district  shall 
vote  to  unite  for  the  purposes  herein  stated,  the  clerk  of  each  district  so 
proposing  to  unite  shall,  within  ten  days  after  the  election,  notify  the  county 
sunerinti  ndenl  of  the  holding  of  and  the  result  of  the  election,  and  the 
county  superintendent  shall,  immediately  after  the  receipt  of  said  notices, 
designate   such   union   high   school   district  as   "Union   High   School    District 

No County,"   and   shall   so   notify   the  clerks   of   the 

several  districts  so  uniting. 

143.  Organization  of  the  Board  of  Directors. 

Sec.  3.     The  beards  of  directors  of  the  several  districts  so  voting  to  unite 

shall  constitute  the  board  of  directors  of  such  union  high  school  district,  and 

shall  within  ten  days  after  the  elections  at  which  the  districts  voted  to  unite 

meet  and  organize  by  electing  one  of  their  number  president  of  the  board, 

ing  their  clerk  for  such  union  high  school  district,  and  the  clerk 

and  president  chosen  at  such  meeting  shall  hold  their  respective  offices  until 

the  next  annua]  school  district  election  and  until  their  successors  are  elected 

and   qualified;    and  the  election  of  president  and  clerk  shall  occur  annually 

liter,   en   the  second   Saturday  next  succeeding  the  date  at  wnich  tne 

newlj    elected  school  district  officers  shall  enter  upon  the  discnarge  of  their 

duties:      Proi     '<</.  That  in  union  districts  consisting  of  three  or  more  school 

districts  the  heard  of  directors  of  said  union  distrid   shall  be  composed  of 

lirman  of  the  several  boards  of  directors  of  the  districts  comprised  in 

such  union  disl 

144.  Notices  of  Organization. 

!.  The  clerk  of  'lie  union  high  school  distrid  shall  within  ten  days 
alter  the  organization  of  the  district,  by  the  election  of  a  president  and  clerk, 
notify  the  county  superintendent  of  the  organization  <>r  said  district,  and 
the  county  superintendent  shall  also,  within  ten  days  after  receiving  notice 
of  the  organization  of  the  district,  notify  the  county  treasurer  and  county 
auditor  of  the  fact  of  its  organization,  together  with  the  numbers  of  the 
tituenl  districts  and  the  names  of  the  directors  and  clerk. 

145.  District  May  Be   Enlarged. 

Sec.  5.  After  the  formation  of  a  union  high  school  district  the  boundaries 
of  the  same  may  be  enlarged  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  the  formation  of 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  4,3 


the  said  union  high  school  district:  Provided,  That  the  board  of  directors 
of  the  union  high  school  district  shall  not  be  reorganized,  but  that  the  chair- 
man of  the  district,  or  the  chairmen  of  the  districts,  so  united  to  the  union 
high  school  districts  shall  be  added  to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  union 
high  school  until  the  next  ensuing  annual  school  election. 

146.  Course  of  Study. 

Sec.  6.  The  directors  of  such  union  districts  shall  determine  what  grade 
or  grades  above  the  grammar  grade  of  the  state  common  school  course  of 
study  shall  be  pursued  and  maintained  in  such  schools:  Provided,  That  the 
course  of  study  for  all  high  school  grades  shall  not  be  inconsistent  with  the 
laws  of  this  state,  and  shall  be  such  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion shall  approve.  If  local  conditions  admit  of  it,  the  directors  of  any  union 
high  school  district  may,  at  their  discretion,  admit  pupils  residing  in  such 
union  district,  belonging  to  a  grade  lower  than  the  high  school  grades,  but 
no  pupil  belonging  to  a  grade  lower  than  the  seventh  shall  ever  be  admitted 
to  any  such  union  high  school.  The  teacher  or  teachers  of  such  union  high 
schools  shall  keep  such  records  and  make  such  reports  as  are  required  of 
teachers  in  the  districts  composing  such  union  districts,  and  shall  make  such 
other  reports  as  may  be  required  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

147.  Powers  of  Directors  and  Clerks. 

Sec.  7.  The  board  of  directors  and  clerk  provided  for  in  the  preceding 
section  shall,  in  all  matters  relating  to  the  union  high  schools  of  such  dis- 
trict, possess  all  the  powers  herein  provided  for  other  school  district  officers, 
including  the  power  to  recommend  special  levies  of  taxes  for  the  purpose 
of  furnishing  transportation  to  and  from  school  and  other  additional  school 
facilities  for  the  union  district,  or  for  the  payment  of  teachers'  wages,  or  for 
the  purchase  of  fuel,  supplies,  globes,  maps,  charts,  books  of  reference  or 
other  appliances  for  teaching,  or  for  any  or  all  of  these  purposes.  They  shall 
discharge  all  the  duties  and  be  governed  by  the  laws  herein  provided  for 
school  district  officers. 

148.  Apportionments  to   District. 

Sec.  8.  Each  union  high  school  district  shall  be  entitled  to  and  shall 
receive  apportionments  from  the  state  annual  school  fund  in  the  manner 
provided  by  law  for  the  apportionments  from  the  state  annual  fund  to  other 
school  districts. 

149.  Taxpayers  May  Appeal. 

Sec.  9.  In  case  any  resident  taxpayer  shall  feel  aggrieved  at  the  forma- 
tion of  a  union  high  school  district,  or  at  the  refusal  of  the  county  superin- 
tendent to  approve  of  its  formation,  he  shall  be  entitled  to  an  appeal  as 
provided  in  this  act. 

150.  When  a   District   May  Withdraw. 

Sec  10.  When  five  or  more  years  have  elapsed  from  the  date  upon  which 
two  or  more  school  districts  united  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a  union  high 
school  district,  any  or  all  of  the  said  districts  may  withdraw  from  the  said 
union.  No  district,  however,  can  be  legally  withdrawn  until  a  majority  of 
the  votes  cast  at  a  special  election  called  by  the  directors  of  the  district 


44  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

which  proposes  to  withdraw  are  in  favor  of  withdrawal.  The  liabilities  and 
assets  of  the  union  high  school  district  shall  be  justly  apportioned  by  the 
county  superintendent  between  the  district  which  has  voted  to  withdraw  and 
the  remaining  portion  of  the  union  high  school  district. 

Article   VII. — Miscellaneous. 

151.  When  County  Superintendent   May  Discontinue  District. 

Section  1.  In  case  any  school  district  shall  have  fewer  than  five  children 
of  school  age  or  shall  not  have  maintained  at  least  the  minimum  amount  of 
school  required  by  law,  during  the  past  preceding  school  year,  or  in  case  of 
territory  which  is  not  now  a  part  of  any  school  district,  or  in  which  there 
are  no  children  of  school  age,  the  county  superintendent  shall  have  power 
to  attach  such  territory  to  some  contiguous  school  district  or  school  districts 
without  being  petitioned  to  do  so:  Provided,  That  if  any  school  district  so 
disorganized  shall  have  any  outstanding  bonds,  warrants  or  other  indebted- 
ness, the  assessable  property  of  such  district  shall  be  holden  for  the  pay- 
ment of  such  indebtedness. 

152.  County  Auditor  Shall  Certify  to  County  Assessor. 

Sec.  2.  In  all  cases  involving  the  alteration  of  school  district  boundaries, 
the  county  auditor  shall  certify  the  action  of  the  county  superintendent  or 
the  county  commissioners  to  the  county  assessor. 

153.  No  District  to  Be  Less  Than  Four  Sections. 

Sec  3.  In  forming  new  districts,  or  transferring  territory  from  one 
district  to  another,  or  changing  boundaries  of  districts,  no  school  district 
shall  contain  less  than  four  sections  of  land,  unless  said  district  can  support 
six  months'  school  per  year  after  such  change  of  territory:  Provided,  That 
the  county  superintendent  may  establish  a  district  with  less  than  four  sec- 
tions on  a  petition  signed  by  eighty  per  cent,  of  all  the  heads  of  families 
of  the  proposed  district,  by  and  with  the  consent  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction. 

CHAPTER  4.— OFFICERS— THEIR  POWERS  AND  DUTIES. 
Article    I.     County   Superintendent  of   Schools. 

154.  Election   and   Oath   of   Office. 

Section  1.  A  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall  be  elected  in  each 
county  of  the  state  at  each  general  election,  whose  term  of  office  shall  begin 
on  the  first  Monday  in  September  next  succeeding  his  election  and  continue 
for  two  years  and  until  his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified.  He  shall  take 
the  oath  of  office  and  shall  give  an  official  bond  in  a  sum  to  be  fixed  by  the 
board  of  county  commissioners.  He  may  appoint  a  deputy,  who  shall  qualify 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  county  superintendent,  and  perform  the  duties 
of  the  office,  subject,  however,  to  revision  by  the  county  superintendent: 
Provided,  That  in  any  county  having  more  than  one  hundred  school  districts, 
the  county  superintendent,  with  the  approval  of  the  board  of  county  commis- 
si oners,  may  appoint  such  clerical  assistance  as  may  be  necessary  to  perform 
the  work  of  his  office  properly.  The  county  commissioners  of  each  county 
shall  fill  any  vacancy  that  may  occur  in  the  office  of  county  superintendent 
until  the  next  general  election. 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON'. 


b5 


155.  Eligibility. 

Sec.  2.  No  person  shall  be  eligible  to  hold  the  office  of  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  who  shall  not  at  the  time  of  his  election  or  appointment 
have  taught  in  the  public  schools  of  this  state  two  school  years  of  nine 
months  each,  and  who  shall  not  at  the  time  of  such  election  or  appointment 
hold  a  first  grade  or  higher  certificate. 

156.  Shall   File    Evidence   With   County  Auditor. 

Sec.  3.  The  county  auditor  shall  not  place  the  name  of  any  person  upon 
the  official  ballot  as  a  candidate  for  the  office  of  county  superintendent  of 
schools  unless  such  person  shall  have  filed  in  the  office  of  the  county  auditor, 
at  least  twenty  days  before  the  date  at  which  the  election  is  to  be  held,  proof 
of  having  taught  in  the  schools  of  the  state  one  school  year  of  nine  months, 
together  with  a  copy  of  the  certificate  required  by  this  act. 

157.  Powers  and   Duties. 

Sec.  4.  Each  county  superintendent  shall  have  the  power  and  it  shall  be 
his  duty— 

First.  To  exercise  a  careful  supervision  over  the  common  schools  of  his 
county,  and  to  see  that  all  the  provisions  of  the  common  school  laws  are 
observed  and  followed  by  the  teachers,  supervisors  and  school  officers. 

Second.  To  visit  the  schools  in  his  county,  counsel  with  directors  and 
teachers,  and  assist  in  every  possible  way  to  advance  the  educational  inter- 
ests of  his  county. 

Third.  To  distribute  promptly  all  reports,  laws,  forms,  circulars,  and 
instructions  which  he  may  receive  for  the  use  of  the  schools  and  the  teachers, 
and  to  execute  the  instructions  and  decisions  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  as  provided  by  law. 

Fourth.  To  enforce  the  outline  course  of  study  adopted  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  or  the  course  of  study  adopted  by  any  other  lawful 
authority,  and  to  enforce  the  rules  and  regulations  required  in  the  examina- 
tion of  teachers 

Fifth.  He  shall  prepare  an  outline  course  of  study  for  the  books  adopted 
in  districts  of  the  third  class  when  the  needs  of  the  county  demand:  Pro- 
vided. That  said  outline  course  of  study  shall  be  in  harmony  with  the  course 
adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  of  this  state. 

Sixth.  To  keep  on  file  and  preserve  in  his  office  the  biennial  reports  of 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  of  the  county  superintendent 
of  his  county. 

Seventh.  To  keep  in  good  and  well-bound  books,  to  be  furnished  by  the 
county  commissioners,  records  of  his  official  acts. 

Eighth.  To  preserve  carefully  all  reports  of  school  officers  and  teachers, 
and  at  the  close  of  his  term  of  office  to  deliver  to  his  successor  all  records, 
books,  documents  and  papers  belonging  to  the  office,  taking  a  receipt  for  the 
same,  which  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  county  auditor. 

Ninth.  To  administer  oaths  and  affirmations  to  school  directors,  teachers 
and  other  persons,  on  all  official  matters  connected  with  or  relating  to 
schools,  but  he  shall   net  make  or  collect  any   charge  or  fee  for  so  doing. 


16 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


■h.  To  keep  in  a  suitable  book  an  official  record  or*  all  persons  under 
contract  to  teach  in  the  schools  of  his  county  showing  the  number  of  the 
school  district,  the  date  of  the  contract,  the  names  of  the  contracting  parties, 
and  the  date  of  the  expiration  of  the  teacher's  certificate  and  the  grade 
thereof,  the  salary  paid,  and  the  date  of  commencing  school,  with  the  length 
of  term  in  weeks,  which  data,  shall  be  immediately  reported  to  the  county 
auditor. 

enth.  To  make  an  annual  report  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
instruction  on  the  first  day  of  August  of  each  year,  for  the  school  year 
ending  June  30,  next  preceding.  The  report  shall  contain  an  abstract  of 
ports  made  to  him  by  the  district  clerks,  and  such  other  matters  as 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  direct.  And  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  county  commissioners  and  county  auditor  in  every  county 
wherein  the  county  superintendent  is  about  to  retire  from  office  to  withhold 
the  warrant  of  his  salary  for  the  month  of  July  until  they  shall  have  re- 
ceived a  certificate  from  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  that  the 
annual  report  of  such  county  superintendent  has  been  made  in  a  satis- 
factory manner;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  to  transmit  such  certificate  to  the  auditor  immediately  upon 
receiving  such  satisfactory  report. 

Twelfth.  To  keep  in  his  office  a  full  and  correct  transcript  of  the 
boundaries  of  each  school  district  in  the  county,  including  joint  districts. 
In  case  the  boundaries  of  said  districts  are  conflicting  or  incorrectly  de- 
scribed, he  shall  change,  harmonize  and  describe  them,  and  at  their  next 
regular  meeting  he  shall  certify  his  action  to  the  county  commissioners  of 
his  county,  and  shall  file  with  them  a  complete  transcript  of  the  boundaries 
of  all  school  districts  affected  by  his  action,  which  shall  be  ente  ;d  upon  the 
journal  of  said  board  and  become  a  part  of  their  records.  The  nunty  super- 
intendent shall,  on  request,  furnish  the  district  clerks  with  descriptions  of 
the  boundaries  of  their  respective  districts. 

Thirteenth.  To  appoint  school  district  officers  in  districts  of  the  second 
and  of  the  third  class,  to  fill  vacancies  caused  by  death,  resignation,  failure 
to  hold  election,  failure  to  qualify  before  the  day  for  taking  office,  and  ab- 
from  the  district  for  a  period  of  ninety  days  or  failure  to  attend  four 
consecutive  meetings  of  the  board  without  a  reasonable  excuse;  to  appoint 
school  officers  for  any  new  districts:  Provided,  That  when  any  new  district 
is  organized,  such  of  the  school  officers  of  the  old  district  as  reside  within 
the  limits  of  the  new  one  shall  be  such  school  officers  of  the  new  one,  and 
the  vacancies  in  the  old  district  shall  be  filled  by  appointment. 

Fourteenth.  To  apportion  school  funds  as  provided  in  Chapter  5,  Title 
III,  of  this  act. 

Fifteenth.  To  grant  such  temporary  certificates  and  to  conduct  such 
examination  of  teachers  and  make  such  records  thereof  as  may  be  prescribed 
by  law:  Provided,  That  he  shall  give  ten  days'  notice  of  such  examination 
by  publication  in  some  newspaper  of  general  circulation  published  in  his 
county,  or  if  there  be  no  newspaper,  then  by  posting  up  hand  hills,  or  other- 
wise. 

Sixteenth.  To  hold  teachers'  institutes  according  to  law,  and  to  conduct 
such   other  me*  the   teachers  of  his  county  as  may  he  for  the  best 

interests  of  the  schools. 


STATE   OF    WASH  IXC TUN. 


Seventeenth.    To  hold  each  year,  if  he  deem  it  advisable,  one  or  more  d 
tors'  meetings,  the  expense  of  which  shall  be  audited  and  paid  by  the  county 
commissioners:      Provided,  That  sucli   expense  shall   nol    exceed    the  sum   of 
one  hundred  dollars  in  any  one  year. 

Eighteenth.  To  suspend  any  teacher  who  may  be  teaching  in  his  count'.. 
against  whom  he  files  charges,  and  in  case  of  such  suspension  he  shall  im- 
mediately notify  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  of  his  action,  anil 
shall  clearly  and  fully  state  his  reasons  for  said  action. 

Nineteenth.  To  furnish  registers  and  clerks'  record  books  to  all  districts 
of  his  county  upon  a  requisition  from  the  school  district  clerk,  and  he  shall 
receive  pay  for  such  books  by  warrants  drawn  against  the  said  school  dis- 
trict by  the  county  auditor.  At  the  end  of  each  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year 
he  shall  turn  over  to  the  treasurer  of  his  county  all  moneys  derived  from 
the  sale  of  such  books,  together  with  a  detailed  statement  of  the  sources 
from  which  said  funds  were  derived.  He  shall  also  at  the  same  time  send 
a  copy  of  said  statement  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

Twentieth.    To  forthwith  enforce  the  provisions  of  section  14,  article  7 [5]. 
chapter  4,  of  title  III  of  this  Code,  and  to  notify  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  whenever  any  school  board  of  such  county  shall  fail  to  comply  ■ 
with  the  provisions  required. 

158.  He  Shall   Require   Reports. 

Si •■<  .  5.  The  county  superintendent  shall  require  all  reports  of  school  dis- 
trict officers,  teachers  and  others  to  be  made  promptly  as  required  by  law. 
He  shall  see  that  the  teacher's  register  is  kept  in  accordance  with  law  and 
the  instructions  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  that  the 
records  of  the  school  district  clerks  are  properly  kept.  He  shall  require  the 
oath  of  office  of  all  school  district  officers  to  be  filed  in  his  office,  and  shall 
furnish  a  directory  of  all  such  officers  to  the  county  treasurer,  upon  blanks 
furnished  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  as  soon  as  the  election 
or  appointment  of  such  officers  is  determined  and  their  oaths  placed  on  file. 

159.  Office  Days. 

Sec.  6.  He  shall  keep  his  office  open  for  the  transaction  of  official  busi- 
ness such  days  each  week  (at  least  one  day  each  week)  as  the  duties  of  the 
office  may  require,  and  shall  keep  posted  on  the  door  of  his  office  a  notice 
of  said  office  days  and  hours  of  such  days. 

160.  Commissioners  Shall   Furnish   Office  and   Supplies. 

Sec  7.  The  county  commissioners  shall  provide  the  county  superintend- 
ent with  a  suitable  office  at  the  county  seat,  and  all  necessary  blanks,  books, 
stationery,  postage,  printing  and  other  expenses  of  his  office  shall  be  paid 
by  the  county  treasurer  out  of  the  county  funds  upon  a  sworn  statement 
made  quarterly  and  allowed  by  the  county  commissioners:  Provided.  That, 
as  to  the  necessity  for  the  printing  and  issuance  of  circulars  of  information 
pertaining  to  the  schools  of  his  county,  for  the  use  of  schools, 'school  officers 
and   teachers,  the  county  superintendent  shall  determine. 

161.  Shall    Receive   Actual  Traveling   Expenses. 

Sec.  8.     For  all  actual  and  necessary  travel   in   th  mance  of  their 

official  duties  and  in  attendance  on  the  convention  of  county  superintend.! 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

called  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  county  superintendents 
shall  be  allowed  actual  traveling  expenses. 

Article  II. — District  Officers — General  Phovisions. 

162.  Election  and   Eligibility. 

Section  1.  Directors  of  school  districts  shall  be  elected  at  the  regular 
annual  school  elections.  No  person  shall  be  eligible  to  the  office  of  school 
director  who  is  not  able  to  read  and  write  the  English  language. 

163.  Powers  and  Duties  of  Directors. 

Sec.  2.  Every  board  of  directors,  unless  otherwise  specially  provided  by 
law,  shall  have  power  and  it  shall  be  its  duty: 

First.  To  employ,  for  not  more  than  one  year,  and  for  sufficient  cause- 
to  discharge  teachers,  and  to  fix,  alter,  allow  and  order  paid  their  salaries 
and  compensation.  The  directors,  except  in  districts  of  the  first  class,  shall 
make  with  each  teacher,  employed  by  them  a  written  or  printed  contract, 
which  shall  be  in  conformity  with  the  laws  of  this  state,  and  every  such 
contract  shall  be  made  in  duplicate,  one  copy  of  which  shall  be  retained  by 
the  school  district  clerk,  and  the  other  shall  be  delivered  to  the  teacher 
after  having  been  approved  and  registered  by  the  county  superintendent  as 
by  law  required. 

Second.  To  enforce  the  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  the  gov- 
ernment of  schools,  pupils  and  teachers,  and  to  enforce  the  course  of  study 
lawfully  prescribed  for  the  schools  of  their  district. 

Third.  To  rent,  repair,  furnish  and  insure  school  houses,  to  employ 
janitors,  laborers  and  mechanics. 

Fourth.  To  cause  all  school  houses  to  be  properly  heated,  lighted  and 
ventilated,  and  to  cause  all  school  premises  to  be  maintained  in  a  cleanly 
and  sanitary  condition. 

Fifth.  To  purchase  personal  property  in  the  name  of  the  district  ami  td> 
receive,  lease  and  hold  for  their  district  any  real  or  personal  property. 

Sixth.  To  suspend  or  expel  pupils  from  school  who  refuse  to  obey  the 
rules  thereof,  and  they  shall  exclude  from  school  all  children  under  six  years 
of  age. 

Seventh.  To  provide  free  text-books  and  supplies  to  be  loaned  to  the 
pupils  of  the  school,  when  in  their  judgment  the  best  interests  of  their  dis- 
trict will  be  subserved  thereby,  and  to  prescribe  such  rules  and  regulations 
as  they  shall  deem  necessary  to  preserve  such  books  and  supplies  from  un- 
ary damage. 

Eighth.  To  require  all  pupils  to  be  furnished  with  such  books  as  may 
have  been  adopted  by  the  lawful  authority  of  this  state,  as  a  condition  to 
lership  in   the  schools. 

Ninth.  To  exclude  from  schools  and  school  libraries  all  books,  tracts, 
papers  and  other  publications  of  an  immoral  or  pernicious  tendency. 

Tenth.  To  authorize  the  school  room  to  be  used  for  summer  or  night 
schools,  or  for  public,  literary,  scientific,  religious,  political,  mechanical  and 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


49 


agricultural  meetings,  under  such  regulations  as  the  board  of  directors  may 
adopt. 

Eleventh.  To  provide  and  pay  for  transportation  of  children  to  and  from 
school  when  in  their  judgment  the  best  interests  of  their  district  will  be 
subserved  thereby,  but,  in  case  transportation  is  provided,  the  directors  shall 
not  be  compelled  to  transport  children  who  live  within  two  miles  of  the 
school  house. 

164.  Every  School  to  Have  Flag. 

Sec.  3.  Every  board  of  directors  of  the  several  school  districts  of  this 
state  shall  procure  a  United  States  flag,  and  shall  display  said  flag  upon  or 
near  each  public  school  building  during  school  hours,  except  in  unsuitable 
weather,  and  at  such  other  times  as  to  said  board  may  seem  proper. 

165.  School   Districts  to   Be  Liable  for  Debts. 

Sec.  4.  Every  school  district  shall  be  liable  for  any  debts  legally  due, 
contracted  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  for  judgments  against  the 
district,  and  such  district  shall  pay  such  judgment  or  liability  out  of  the 
proper  school  funds  to  the  credit  of  the  district. 

166.  When  Districts  May  Charge  Tuition. 

Sec.  5.  Any  board  of  directors  shall  have  power  to  make  arrangements 
with  adults  wishing  to  attend  school,  or  with  the  directors  of  another  dis- 
trict, for  the  attendance  of  such  children  in  the  school  of  either  district  as 
may  be  best  accommodated  therein:  Provided,  That  in  case  such  arrange- 
ments are  not  made,  or  children  from  school  districts  not  adjoining  desire 
to  attend  school  in  their  district,  they  may  charge  reasonable  tuition  for 
such  attendance:  Provided  further,  That  all  such  money  collected  by  any 
school  district  officer  for  the  use  of  the  district  shall,  within  thirty  days  after 
the  date  of  its  collection,  be  turned  over  to  the  county  treasurer  and  placed 
to  the  credit  of  the  district. 

167.  Directors   May    Make   By-Laws. 

Sec.  6.  Any  board  of  directors  shall  have  power  to  make  such  by-laws 
for  their  own  government,  and  the  government  of  the  common  schools  under 
their  charge,  as  they  deem  expedient,  not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  or  the  instructions  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  or 
the  State  Board  of  Education. 

168.  Directors  Shall   Have  Custody  of  Property. 

Sec.  7.  The  board  of  directors  of  each  school  district  shall  have  custody 
of  all  school  property  belonging  to  the  district,  and  shall  have  power,  in  the 
name  of  the  district,  to  convey  by  deed  all  the  interest  of  their  district  in 
or  to  any  school  house  or  lot  directed  to  be  sold  by  vote  of  the  district,  and 
all  conveyances  of  real  estate  made  to  the  district  shall  vest  title  in  the  dis- 
trict; said  board,  in  the  name  of  the  district,  shall  have  power  to  transact 
all  business  necessary  for  maintaining  school  and  protecting  the  rights  of 
the  district. 


50 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


169.  Directors  Shall  Have  No  Pecuniary  Interests. 

Skc.  8.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  director  to  have  any  pecuniary  in- 
terest, either  directly  or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  of  school  sites  or  in  the 
erection  of  school  houses,  or  in  the  warming,  ventilating,  furnishing,  repair- 
ing or  insuring  of  the  same,  or  to  be  in  any  manner  interested  in  or  con- 
nected with  the  furnishing  of  supplies  for  the  maintenance  of  schools,  or  to 
receive  or  accept  any  compensation  or  reward  for  services  rendered  as  direc- 
tor or  be  employed  for  hire  by  said  district  or  by  any  person  having  a  con- 
tract with  said  district:  Provided,  That  nothing  in  this  section  shall  be 
construed  to  prevent  a  director  elected  as  clerk  from  acting  as  purchasing 
agent  for  his  district,  or  from  receiving  such  compensation  for  performing 
the  duties  of  school  district  clerk  as  are  now  or  may  hereafter  be  provided 
by  law. 

170.  Directors  Shall   Not  Contract  Indebtedness  in   Excess  of  Income. 

Sec.  9.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  board  of  directors  to  contract  indebt- 
edness against  their  district  in  any  one  year  in  any  sum  or  sums  exceeding 
the  aggregate  of  the  amount  due  to  said  district  during  the  year  from  state 
funds,  the  amount  of  school  district  tax  levied  for  the  year  and  the  esti- 
mated receipts  from  other  sources,  unless  said  indebtedness  be  authorized  by 
a  vote  of  the  electors  of  said  district. 

171.  Shall  Deliver  Records  to  His  Successor. 

Sec.  10.  Every  school  officer  shall  immediately  deliver  to  his  successor 
in  office  all  books,  papers  and  moneys  pertaining  to  his  office. 

172.  Shall  Take  an  Oath  of  Office. 

Sec.  11.  Every  person  elected  or  appointed  to  any  office  mentioned  in 
this  article  shall,  before  entering  upon  the  discharge  of  the  duties  thereof, 
take  an  oath  or  affirmation  to  support  the  constitution  of  the  United  States 
and  the  State  of  Washington,  and  to  promote  the  interest  of  education,  and 
to  faithfully  discharge  the  duties  of  his  office  according  to  the  best  of  his 
ability.  In  case  any  officer  has  a  written  appointment  or  commission,  his 
oath  or  affirmation  shall  be  endorsed  thereon  and  sworn  to  before  any  officer 
authorized  to  administer  oaths.  School  officers  are  hereby  authorized  to 
administer  all  oaths  or  affirmations  pertaining  to  their  respective  offices  with- 
out charge  or  fee.  All  oaths  of  office  as  herein  provided  shall,  when  properly 
made,  be  filed  with  the  county  superintendent  of  schools. 

173.  Shall  Place  Signature  With  County  Auditor. 

Sec.  12.  Every  school  district  director  or  clerk  shall,  on  assuming  the 
duties  of  his  office,  place  his  signature,  certified  to  by  some  school  district 
officer,  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  county  auditor. 

174.  Boards   May  Condemn   Land. 

Sec.  13.  The  board  of  directors  of  any  school  district  of  this  state  may 
proceed  to  condemn  and  appropriate  sufficient  land  for  a  school  house  site 
not  to  exceed  five  acres  in  extent;  such  condemnation  proceedings  shall  be  in 
accordance  with  the  laws  of  this  state  providing  for  appropriating  private 
property  for  public  use. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


51 


175.  County  Superintendent  Shall   Approve   Plans. 

Sec.  14.  Whenever  any  board  of  directors  of  school  districts  of  the  third 
class  shall  be  authorized,  by  the  electors  of  their  district,  to  erect  a  school 
building,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  such  board,  before  entering  into  any  contract 
for  the  erection  of  any  buildings,  to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  county  super- 
intendent of  the  county  in  which  the  building  is  to  be  erected,  of  the  plans 
and  specifications  for  the  building  to  be  erected. 

Article  III. — Directors  of  Districts  of  the  First  Class. 

176.  The   Board  of   Directors. 

Section  1.  The  directors  of  school  districts  of  the  first  class  shall  consist 
of  five  members,  who  shall  be  known  as  the  board  of  directors.  They  shall 
be  elected  by  ballot  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  district,  and  shall  hold 
their  office  for  a  term  of  three  years  and  until  their  successors  are  elected 
and  qualified. 

When  a  district  of  the  second  or  third  class  shall  become  a  district  of  the 
first  class  the  existing  directors  shall  serve  until  the  annual  election  preced- 
ing the  expiration  of  the  term  for  which  they  were  elected  and  shall  appoint 
two  additional  directors,  who  shall  serve  until  the  next  annual  school  election 
in  said  district.  At  such  annual  election  three  directors  shall  be  elected,  one 
for  one  year,  one  for  two  years  and  one  for  three  years. 

In  case  vacancies  are  to  be  filled,  and  the  successor  or  successors  are  to 
be  elected  to  fill  an  unexpired  term  or  terms,  the  ballot  shall  specify  the  term 
for  which  each  such  director  is  to  be  elected. 

177.  Election   First  Saturday  in   December. 

Sec.  2.  The  regular  district  election  in  each  district  of  the  first  class 
shall  be  held  on  the  first  Saturday  of  December  in  each  year,  and  such  elec- 
tion shall  be  held  in  the  manner  provided  in  article  1,  chapter  13  of  this  title. 

178.  Oath  of  Office  and  Organization  of  Board. 

Sec.  3.  All  persons  elected  as  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  dis- 
tricts of  the  first  class  shall,  within  ten  days  thereafter,  appear  before  the 
officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths,  take  and  subscribe  the  usual  oath  of 
office  and  deliver  the  same  to  the  county  superintendent  of  schools;  in  case 
any  person  elected  shall  fail  so  to  do,  his  election  shall  be  void  and  the 
vacancy  occasioned  thereby  shall  be  filled  by  the  board  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided. The  term  of  office  of  persons  so  elected  shall  begin  on  the  first  Mon- 
day of  the  month  of  January  following  their  election.  At  the  first  meeting 
of  the  members  of  the  board  in  the  month  of  January  of  each  year,  they  shall 
elect  a  president  and  vice-president  from  among  their  number,  who  shall 
serve  for  a  term  of  one  year  or  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified. 
In  the  event  of  the  temporary  absence  or  disability  of  both  the  president  and 
vice-president,  the  board  of  directors  may  elect  a  president  pro  tempore,  who 
shall  discharge  all  the  duties  of  president  during  such  temporary  absence  or 
disability.  They  shall  also  at  their  regular  meeting  in  the  month  of  January 
in  each  year  elect  a  secretary  at  such  salary  as  they  may  deem  just;  said 
secretary  shall  not  be  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors,  and  may  be  re- 
moved by  the  board  at  any  time. 


58 


CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


179.  Election   of  Officers  by   Roll   Call. 

Sec.  4.  The  election  of  the  officers  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  city- 
superintendent,  the  secretary,  teachers,  janitors  and  all  other  officers  of  such 
district  shall  be  by  viva  voce  vote  upon  a  call  of  the  roll  of  all  the  members, 
and  no  person  shall  be  declared  elected  unless  he  receives  a  majority  vote 
of  all  the  members  of  the  board. 

180.  President   Must  Preside  at  Meetings. 

Sec.  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  president  to  preside  at  all  meetings 
of  the  board,  and  to  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  board  may  prescribe. 

181.  Duties  of  Vice   President. 

Sec.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  vice-president  to  perform  all  the  duties 
of  president  in  case  of  his  absence  or  disability. 

182.  Duties  of  the  Secretary. 

Sec  7.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  secretary  to  be  present  at  all  the  meet- 
ings of  the  board,  to  keep  an  accurate  journal  of  the  proceedings,  to  take 
charge  of  its  books  and  documents,  to  countersign  all  warrants  for  school 
moneys  drawn  upon  the  county  treasurer  by  order  of  the  board;  he  may  be 
authorized  by  the  board  of  directors  to  purchase  needed  supplies  for  the 
schools,  and  shall  also  act  as  superintendent  of  buildings,  and  may  be 
charged  with  the  special  care  of  the  school  buildings  and  other  property 
of  the  district;  he  shall  also  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  board  may 
direct. 

183.  Bond  of  the  Secretary. 

Sec  8.  Before  entering  upon  the  discharge  of  his  duties,  the  secretary 
of  the  board  shall  give  bonds  in  such  sum  as  the  board  of  directors  may  fix 
from  time  to  time,  but  for  not  less  than  five  thousand  dollars  ($5,000),  with 
good  and  sufficient  sureties,  and  shall  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  or  affirma- 
tion, before  a  proper  officer,  that  he  will  support  the  constitution  of  Wash- 
ington and  faithfully  perform  the  duties  of  his  office.  He  shall,  from  time  to 
time,  as  he  may  be  required  by  the  board,  make  a  complete  and  detailed 
record  of  his  transactions  as  secretary,  which  shall  be  combined  with  his 
annual  report,  to  be  published  in  the  manner  determined  by  the  board. 

184.  Regular  and  Special    Meetings  of  the   Board. 

Sec.  9.  The  regular  meetings  of  the  board  of  directors  shall  be  held 
monthly  or  oftener  at  such  a  time  as  the  by-laws  of  the  board  may  prescribe, 
but  special  meetings  may  be  held  from  time  to  time  as  circumstances  may 
demand,  at  the  call  of  the  president  or  on  petition  of  a  majority  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  board,  and  all  meetings  shall  be  open  to  the  public  unless  other- 
wise specially  ordered. 

185.  The  Board   Must   Maintain  an  Office. 

10.    The  board  of  directors  shall  maintain  an  office  where  all  regular 
meetings  shall  be  held,  and  all  records,  vouchers  and  other  important  papers 
belonging  to  the  board  may  be  preserved,  and  shall  at  all  times  be  open  for 
inspection  of  resident  taxpayers. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  53 


186.      How    Moneys   Shall    Be    Paid   Out. 

Sec.  11.  The  moneys  of  such  school  districts  shall  be  paid  out  only  upon 
warrants  signed  by  the  president,  or  a  majority  of  the  board  of  directors, 
and  countersigned  by  the  secretary:  Provided,  That  when,  in  the  judgment 
of  the  board  of  directors,  the  warrants  issued  by  the  district  monthly  shall 
have  reached  such  numbers  that  the  signing  of  each  warrant  by  the  president 
personally  imposes  too  great  a  task  on  the  president,  the  board  of  directors, 
after  auditing  all  payrolls  and  bills  as  provided  by  section  14  of  this  article, 
may  authorize  the  issuing  of  one  general  certificate  to  the  county  treasurer, 
to  be  signed  by  the  president,  authorizing  said  treasurer  to  pay  all  the 
warrants  specified  by  date,  number,  name  and  amount,  and  the  funds  on 
which  said  warrants  shall  be  drawn.  And  the  secretary  of  said  board  shall 
be  authorized  to  draw  and  sign  said  warrants. 

187.  The  Board  to  Fill  Vacancies. 

Sec.  12.  The  board  of  directors  shall  have  power  to  fill,  by  election,  any 
vacancy  which  may  occur  in  its  body,  but  the  election  to  fill  such  vacancy 
shall  be  valid  only  until  the  next  regular  district  election,  and  the  ballots 
and  returns  shall  be  designated  as  follows:     "To  fill  unexpired  term." 

188.  The  Board   May  Compel  Attendance  of  Its  Members. 

Sec  13.  A  majority  of  all  members  of  the  board  of  directors  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum,  but  a  less  number  in  attendance  at  any  regular  meeting 
shall  have,  and  a  quorum  at  any  special  meeting  shall  have,  power  to  compel 
the  attendance  of  absent  members,  in  such  manner  and  under  such  penalties 
as  the  board  may  see  fit  to  prescribe;  and  the  absence  of  any  member  from 
four  consecutive  regular  meetings  of  the  board,  unless  on  account  of  sickness 
or  by  resolution  of  the  board,  shall  vacate  his  position  in  the  board,  which 
fact  shall  be  passed  upon  by  the  board  of  directors  and  spread  upon  their 
records. 

189.  Auditing  Committee. 

Sec  14.  All  accounts  shall  be  audited  by  a  committee  to  be  styled  the 
"auditing  committee,"  and  no  expenditure  greater  than  $300  shall  be  voted 
by  the  board  except  in  accordance  with  a  written  contract,  nor  shall  any 
money  or  appropriation  be  paid  out  of  the  school  fund  except  on  a  recorded 
affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  all  members  of  the  board:  Provided,  That 
nothing  herein  shall  be  construed  to  prevent  the  board  from  making  any 
repairs  or  improvements  to  the  property  of  the  district  through  their  shop 
and  repair  department;  and  the  accounts  and  the  records  of  said  board  shall 
at  all  times  be  subject  to  the  inspection  and  examination  of  the  county 
superintendent  of  said  county,  whose  duty  it  shall  be,  annually,  to  examine 
said  records  and  check  said  accounts,  and  report  in  writing  to  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  the  nature  and  state  of  said  accounts,  and  any  facts 
that  may  be  required  concerning  said  records. 

190.  The  Board  Shall  Advertise  for  Bids. 

Sec  15.  When,  in  the  opinion  of  the  board,  the  cost  of  any  furniture,  sup- 
plies, building,  improvements  or  repairs  will  equal  or  exceed  the  sum  of  $300, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  to  give  due  notice  by  publication,  in  at  least 


54  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

one  daily  newspaper  published  within  said  district,  and  if  there  be  no  daily, 
then  in  one  or  more  weekly  papers,  in  three  regular  consecutive  issues,  of  the 
intention  to  receive  bids  therefor;  and  the  board  shall  determine  the  specifica- 
tions for  such  bids,  which  shall  be  public:  Provided,  That  the  board  may, 
without  giving  such  notice,  make  improvements  or  repairs  to  the  property  of 
such  district  through  their  shop  and  repair  department. 

191.     Powers  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  16.  Every  board  of  directors  of  a  school  district  of  the  first  class 
shall,  in  addition  to  the  general  powers  enumerated  in  article  4 [2],  chapter  4, 
of  this  title,  have  the  power: 

First.  To  employ  for  a  term  of  not  exceeding  three  years  a  city  superin- 
tendent of  schools  of  the  district,  and  for  cause  to  dismiss  him;   and  to  fix 

his  duties  and  compensation. 

» 

Second.  To  prescribe  a  course  of  study  and  a  program  of  exercises,  which 
shall  not  be  inconsistent  with  the  course  of  study  prepared  by  the  State  Board 
of  Education  for  the  use  of  the  common  schools  of  this  state. 

Third.  To  make  necessary  by-laws  for  more  effectively  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  and  for  facilitating  the  work  of  the  board,  as  required 
by  law. 

Fourth.  To  adopt  and  enforce  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be 
deemed  essential  to  the  well  being  of  the  schools,  and  to  establish  and  main- 
tain such  grades  and  departments,  including  night,  high,  kindergarten,  man- 
ual training  and  industrial  schools,  and  schools  or  departments  for  the  educa- 
tion and  training  of  any  class  or  classes  of  defective  youth,  as  shall,  in  the 
judgment  of  the  board,  best  promote  the  interests  of  education  in  that  district. 

Fifth.  To  employ,  and,  for  cause,  to  dismiss  teachers  and  janitors;  to 
determine  the  length  of  time  over  and  above  eight  (8)  months  that  school 
shall  be  maintained,  such  length  of  time  to  give  a  consecutive  vacation  of 
not  less  than  three  months  between  June  1st  of  any  year  and  September  15th 
of  the  same  year;  to  fix  the  time  for  annual  opening  and  closing  of  schools, 
and  for  the  daily  dismissal  of  primary  pupils  before  the  regular  time  for 
closing  schools. 

Sixth.  To  employ  attorneys,  an  architect,  inspectors  of  construction,  su- 
perintendents of  buildings  and  janitors,  and  a  superintendent  of  supplies  and 
other  employes,  and  to  prescribe  their  duties  and  fix  their  compensation. 

Seventh.  To  employ,  and,  for  cause,  dismiss  one  or  more  assistant  city 
superintendents  and  to  define  their  duties  and  fix  their  compensation. 

Eighth.  To  employ,  and,  for  cause,  dismiss  supervisors  of  instruction, 
and  to  define  their  duties  and  fix  their  compensation. 

Ninth.  To  maintain  a  shop  and  repair  department,  and  to  employ  a  fore- 
man and  the  necessary  help  for  the  maintenance  and  conduct  thereof. 

Tenth.  To  provide  free  text-books  and  supplies  for  all  children  attending 
school,  when  so  ordered  by  a  vote  of  the  electors;  or,  if  free  text-books  are 
not  voted  by  the  electors,  to  provide  books  for  children  of  indigent  parents, 
on  the  written  statement  of  the  city  superintendent  that  the  parents  of  such 
children  are  not  able  to  purchase  them. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  55 


Eleventh.  To  require  successful  vaccination  as  a  condition  of  school  mem- 
bership and  to  provide  free  vaccination  to  all  who  are  unable  to  pay  for  the 
same:  Provided,  hoivever,  That  a  pupil  showing  a  certificate  by  a  reputable 
physician  that  the  condition  of  such  child  or  pupil  is  such  that  it  would  be 
injurious  to  its  health  and  possibly  dangerous  to  its  life:  And  provided  fur- 
ther, That  a  child  or  pupil  showing  certificate  by  a  reputable  physician  to  the 
effect  that  vaccination  has  failed  to  take  effect,  such  child  or  pupil  shall  have 
access  to  the  school  and  vaccination  shall  not  be  a  condition  to  school  member- 
ship to  such  child  or  pupil. 

Twelfth.  To  require  of  the  officers  or  employes  of  the  district  to  give  a 
bond  for  the  faithful  discharge  of  their  duties  in  such  penal  sum  as  may  be 
fixed  by  the  board  with  good  and  sufficient  «surety,  and  to  cause  the  premium 
for  all  bonds  required  of  all  such  officers  or  employes  to  be  paid  by  the  district. 

Thirteenth.  To  prohibit  all  secret  fraternities  and  sororities  among  the 
students  in  any  of  the  schools  of  the  said  districts. 

Fourteenth.  To  appoint  a  practicing  physician,  resident  of  the  school 
district,  who  shall  be  known  as  the  School  District  Medical  Inspector,  and 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  decide  for  the  board  of  directors  all  questions  of 
sanitation  and  health  affecting  the  safety  and  welfare  of  the  public  schools 
of  the  district;  he  or  authorized  deputies  shall  make  monthly  inspections  of 
each  school  in  the  district  and  report  the  condition  of  the  same  to  the  Board 
of  Education  and  Board  of  Health. 

192.  Shall  Take  School  Census. 

Sec.  17.  The  board  of  directors  shall  annually  in  May  of  each  year  cause 
to  be  taken  an  enumeration  of  all  persons  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twenty- 
one  years  residing  in  the  district;  said  enumeration  shall  be  made  on  blanks 
or  books  provided  by  the  district  and  shall  contain  such  items  as  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction  shall  require,  including  the  following:  The 
names  of  all  persons,  male  and  female,  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twenty- 
one  years  residing  in  the  district  on  the  first  day  of  May  last  past;  the  date 
of  birth  of  such  child;  the  names  and  residences  of  the  parents  or  guardians 
of  all  such  children.  The  census  shall  be  taken  by  the  secretary  and  such 
enumerators  as  he  shall  select,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  board  or  its 
proper  committee.  The  enumerators  shall  receive  such  compensation  as  the 
board  may  deem  just.  Each  enumerator  shall  verify  by  oath  the  correctness 
of  his  report.  The  secretary  of  the  district  shall  report  to  the  county  super- 
intendent of  schools  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  the  ensuing  July  the  total 
number  of  males  and  the  total  number  of  females  enumerated,  together  witn 
a  complete  list  containing  the  detailed  information  herein  required  of  all 
defective  youth  residing  in  said  district. 

193.  When   Board   May  Sell   Property. 

Sec.  18.  The  board  of  directors  shall  have  power  to  sell  any  of  the  prop- 
erty of  the  district  which  is  no  longer  required  for  school  purposes  at  public 
or  private  sale  upon  such  terms  as  they  may  direct  if  the  value  thereof  be 
less  than  two  thousand  dollars.  The  question  of  the  sale  of  school  property 
which  may  be  found  by  the  board  of  directors  to  be  unsuitable  for  school  pur- 
poses, and  to  be  of  greater  value  than  two  thousand  dollars,  shall  be  submitted 


56  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

to  a  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  district,  either  at  a  general  election  or  at  a 
special  election  called  to  be  held  for  that  purpose,  as  may  be  directed  by  the 
board  of  directors,  and  if  a  majority  of  the  voters  of  the  district  voting 
i  hereon  shall  be  for  the  sale  of  the  property  the  directors  may  make  the  sale 
at  public  auction.  The  sale  must  be  made  for  cash  and  good  title  will  be  con- 
veyed by  deed  of  the  school  district,  executed  by  the  president  or  the  vice- 
president  and  the  secretary  of  the  board. 

194.  Shall   Direct  Commissioners  to  Levy  Taxes. 

(See,  also,  Sections  435  to  438). 
Sec.  19.  The  board  of  directors  shall  annually,  at  a  meeting  next  pre- 
ceding the  annual  tax  levy  for  sta,te  and  county  purposes,  report  to  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  an  estimate  of  the  amount  of  funds,  in  addition  to 
estimated  receipts  from  the  state  and  county  apportionments  for  said  dis- 
trict, required  for  the  support  of  the  schools,  for  the  purchase  of  school  sites, 
the  erection  and  furnishing  of  school  buildings,  the  payment  of  interest  upon 
all  bonds  issued  for  school  purposes,  and  the  creation  of  a  sinking  fund  for 
the  payment  of  such  indebtedness,  if  any,  and  the  county  commissioners  are 
hereby  authorized  and  required  to  levy  and  collect  such  additional  amount 
of  funds,  the  same  as  other  taxes:  Provided,  That  for  the  purpose  of  the 
purchase  of  school  sites  and  the  erection  of  buildings  the  board  of  directors 
of  a  district  of  the  first  class  in  cities  having  a  population  of  fifty  thousand 
or  less,  may  annually  expend  a  sum  not  exceeding  $50,000;  in  cities  having 
a  population  greater  than  50,000  and  less  than  100,000,  a  sum  not  exceeding 
$100,000;  in  cities  having  a  population  greater  than  100,000  and  less  than 
200,000,  a  sum  not  exceeding  $200,000,  and  for  every  additional  50,000  of  popu- 
lation beyond  200,000  a  further  sum  of  $50,000:  And  provided  further,  That 
when  any  greater  expenditure  shall  be  required  for  said  purposes,  in  any  one 
current  school  year,  the  question  shall  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  electors 
of  the  district  at  the  time  and  place  the  board  of  directors  may  appoint.  The 
board  of  directors  shall,  previous  to  such  election,  designate  in  one  daily 
paper  published  in  the  district,  if  there  be  one,  if  not,  then  in  such  weekly 
papers  as  may  be  selected  by  the  board,  the  place  or  places  where  such  election 
shall  be  held,  the  locality  of  the  site  or  sites  required  and  the  proposed  cost 
of  the  buildings  to  be  erected  thereon. 

195.  Maximum   Tax   Levy. 

Sec.  20.  The  tax  levied  for  school  purposes  in  districts  of  the  first  class 
shall  in  no  one  year  exceed  one  (1)  per  cent,  of  the  assessed  value  of  all  the 
taxable  property  in  the  district:  Provided,  That  when  any  greater  expendi- 
ture shall  be  deemed  necessary  in  any  one  current  school  year  by  the  direc- 
tors, the  question  shall  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  district 
at  the  time  and  place  appointed  by  the  board  of  directors;  and  notice  thereof 
shall  be  given  as  provided  in  section  19  hereof,  which  notice  shall  specify  the 
amount  of  taxes  proposed  to  be  raised  in  excess  of  the  said  one  (1)  per  cent., 
and  if  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  thereon  at  said  election  shall  be  in 
favor  of  such  additional  tax,  the  entire  amount  so  authorized  shall  be  levied 
and  collected.  No  levy,  however,  shall  exceed  two  (2)  per  cent,  of  all  the 
taxable  property  of  said  district. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  -~ 

Article  IV. — Directors  of  Districts  of  the  Seoohd  Clj 

196.  Election  of  Directors. 

Section  1.  Directors  of  school  districts  of  the  second  class  shall  consist 
of  three  members.  They  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  by  the  qualified  electors 
of  the  district,  and  shall  hold  their  office  for  a  term  of  three  years  and  until 
their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.  In  case  vacancies  are  to  be  filled 
and  a  successor  or  successors  to  be  elected  to  fill  an  unexpired  term  or  terms, 
the  ballot  shall  specify  the  term  for  which  each  director  is  to  be  elected. 

197.  Election  the  First  Saturday  in   March. 

Sec  2.  The  regular  district  election  in  each  district  of  the  second  class 
shall  be  held  on  the  first  Saturday  in  March  of  each  year,  and  such  election 
shall  be  held  in  the  manner  provided  in  article  1,  chapter  13,  of  this  title. 

198.  How  Vacancies  Are   Filled. 

Sec.  3.  In  case  the  electors  of  any  district  of  the  second  class  shall 
neglect  or  fail  to  elect  directors  as  hereinbefore  provided,  the  county  superin- 
tendent may  declare  vacant  the  office  of  any  director  at  the  expiration  of  his 
term;  and  in  case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  board  of  directors  from  any  cause,  the 
county  superintendent,  in  conjunction  with  the  other  directors  if  there  be 
two,  shall  fill  such  vacancy  by  appointment  until  the  fourth  Monday  follow- 
ing the  next  annual  election. 

199.  Shall  Take  Oath  of  Office. 

Sec  4.  All  persons  elected  as  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  dis- 
tricts of  the  second  class  shall,  within  ten  days  thereafter,  appear  before  an 
officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths,  take  and  subscribe  the  usual  oath  of 
office  and  deliver  the  same  to  the  county  superintendent  of  schools,  and  in 
case  any  person  elected  shall  fail  so  to  do,  his  election  shall  be  void  and  the 
office  shall  be  deemed  vacant. 

200.  When  the   Board   Must  Organize. 

Sec  5.  The  term  of  office  of  directors  of  districts  of  the  second  class  shall 
begin  on  the  fourth  Monday  next  succeeding  their  election,  on  which  day  the 
directors  shall  meet  at  the  hour  of  two  o'clock  p.  m.,  and  shall  at  once  organ- 
ize by  electing  one  of  their  members  as  chairman  of  the  board.  They  shall 
also  elect  a  person  to  act  as  clerk,  who  may  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the 
board  of  directors.  The  chairman  and  clerk  shall  both  immediately  enter 
upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties  and  shall  serve  for  a  period  of  one  year: 
Provided,  That  if  any  such  clerk  shall  fail  to  discharge  his  duties  in  accord- 
ance with  law,  the  board  of  directors  may,  at  any  time,  remove  such  clerk 
and  elect  another  person  to  fill  the  unexpired  term. 

201.  Regular  and  Special   Meetings  of  the  Board. 

Sec  6.  The  regular  meetings  of  the  board  of  directors  shall  occur  on  the 
first  Friday  of  each  month,  and  they  may  hold  such  other  special  or  ad- 
journed meetings  as  they  may  from  time  to  time  determine,  or  as  may  be 
specified  in  their  by-laws.  Special  meetings  may  be  called  by  the  chairman 
or  by  any  two  members  of  the  board. 


58  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


202.  Shall   Buy  Books,  Apparatus,  etc. 

Sec.  7.  Every  board  of  directors  of  districts  of  the  second  class,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  powers  and  duties  enumerated  in  article  4 [2],  chapter  4,  of  this 
title,  shall  have  the  power  and  it  shall  be  their  duty  to  provide  and  pay  for 
such  materials,  supplies  and  libraries,  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  schools, 
and  to  purchase  such  maps,  charts  and  other  apparatus  as  may  be  deemed 
necessary  for  the  use  of  their  schools. 

203.  Shall    Direct  Commissioners  to   Levy  Taxes. 

(See,  also,  Sections  435  to  438). 
Sec.  8.  The  board  of  directors  shall  annually  at  a  meeting  preceding  th& 
annual  tax  levy  for  state  and  county  purposes,  report  to  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  an  estimate  in  detail  of  the  amount  of  funds  which  will  be 
required  by  their  district  for  all  purposes  for  the  ensuing  year,  and  the 
county  commissioners  are  hereby  authorized  and  required  to  levy  and  collect 
such  amount,  after  deducting  the  estimated  receipts  from  the  state  and 
county  apportionment  for  said  districts,  said  estimate  to  be  furnished  by  the 
county  superintendent  of  schools.  The  levy  in  any  one  year  shall  not  exceed 
one  (1)  per  cent,  of  the  assessed  value  of  all  the  taxable  property  of  the 
district:  Provided,  That  when  any  greater  expenditure  in  any  one  current 
school  year  shall  be  deemed  necessary,  the  question  shall  be  submitted  to  a 
vote  of  the  electors  of  the  district  at  the  time  and  place  and  in  the  manner 
provided  for  calling  special  elections.  The  notice  of  such  election  shall 
specify  the  amount  of  taxes  proposed  to  be  raised  in  excess  of  the  said  one 
(1)  per  cent.,  and  if  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  thereon  at  said  election 
shall  be  in  favor  of  such  additional  tax,  the  entire  amount  so  authorized 
shall  be  levied  and  collected.  No  tax,  however,  shall  exceed  two  (2)  per  cent, 
of  all  the  taxable  property  of  said  district.  In  case  any  board  of  directors 
shall  fail  to  make  and  report  the  said  estimate  to  the  board  of  county  com- 
missioners on  or  before  the  first  day  of  September,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  county  school  superintendent  to  make  such  estimate,  which  will  be  ac- 
cepted in  lieu  of  the  directors'  estimate. 

204.  Shall  Select  Sites  and  Build  Houses  When  Directed  by  the  People. 
Sec.  9.     The  board  shall  build  or  remove  school  houses,  purchase  or  sell 

lots  or  other  real  estate  when  directed  by  a  vote  of  the  district  to  do  so: 
Provided,  That  a  school  house  already  built  on  a  site  which  has  been  selected 
by  a  majority  vote  of  the  legal  school  electors  of  a  district  shall  not  be  re- 
moved to  a  new  site  without  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  school  electors  voting 
at  an  annual  or  special  election;  nor  shall  a  school  house  site  that  has  been 
selected  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  legal  school  electors,  but  upon  which  no 
school  house  has  been  built,  be  changed"  except  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the 
legal  school  electors  voting  at  an  annual  or  special  school  election  as  herein- 
before provided. 

205.  Shall   Elect  Teachers,  When. 

Sec.  10.    No  board  of  directors  shall  employ  any  teacher  or  teachers  whose 
term  or  terms  of  service  begin  after  the  first  Monday  in  August,  until  after 
the  directors  elected  at  the  annual  school  election  in  said  year  shall  have 
entered  upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  59 


206.  Shall   Elect  Superintendent  or  Principal. 

Sec.  11.  In  all  districts  of  the  second  class  the  board  of  directors  shall 
elect  a  superintendent,  or  a  principal,  who  shall  hold  a  valid  teacher's  certifi- 
cate. The  said  superintendent,  or  principal,  shall  have  supervision  over  the 
several  departments  of  the  school,  and  the  board  of  directors  may  contract 
with  him  for  a  term  of  one  year,  or  a  term  of  two  years,  as  may  be  deemed 
best  in  their  judgment. 

207.  Minimum  Term  Six  Months. 

Sec.  12.  In  all  districts  of  the  second  class  the  minimum  school  term  for 
each  year  shall  be  six  months. 

Article  V. — Directors  of  Districts  of  the  Third  Class. 

208.  Election  of  Directors. 

Section  1.  Directors  of  school  districts  of  the  third  class  shall  consist 
of  three  members.  They  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  by  the  qualified  electors 
of  the  district,  and  shall  hold  their  office  for  a  term  of  three  years  and  until 
their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.  At  the  first  annual  election  in  all 
new  districts  three  directors  shall  be  elected  for  one,  two  and  three  years 
respectively,  and  the  ballot  at  such  election  shall  specify  the  term  for  which 
each  is  to  be  elected.  At  each  election  after  the  first,  one  director  shall  be 
elected  for  a  term  of  three  years.  In  case  vacancies  are  to  be  filled  and  a 
successor  or  successors  to  be  elected  to  fill  an  unexpired  term  or  terms,  the 
ballots  shall  specify  the  term  for  which  each  director  is  to  be  elected. 

209.  Election  on  First  Saturday  in   March. 

Sec  2.  The  regular  district  election  in  each  district  of  the  third  class 
shall  be  on  the  first  Saturday  in  March  of  each  year,  and  such  election  shall 
be  held  in  the  manner  provided  in  article  1,  chapter  13,  of  this  title. 

210.  County  Superintendent  Shall   Fill  Vacancies. 

Sec  3.  In  case  the  electors  of  any  district  of  the  third  class  shall  neglect 
or  fail  to  elect  directors  as  hereinbefore  provided,  the  county  superintendent 
may  declare  vacant  the  office  of  any  director  at  the  expiration  of  his  term; 
and  in  case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  board  of  directors  from  any  cause,  the  county 
superintendent  shall  fill  such  vacancy  by  appointment  until  the  fourth  Mon- 
day following  the  next  annual  election. 

211.  Shall  Take  Oath  of  Office. 

Sec  4.  All  persons  elected  as  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  dis- 
tricts of  the  third  class  shall,  within  ten  days  thereafter,  appear  before  an 
officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths,  take  and  subscribe  the  usual  oath  of 
office  and  deliver  the  same  to  the  county  superintendent  of 'schools,  and  in 
case  any  person  elected  shall  fail  so  to  do,  his  election  shall  be  void  and  the 
office  shall  be  deemed  vacant. 

212.  Organization  of  Board. 

Sec  5.  The  term  of  office  of  directors  of  districts  of  the  third  class  shall 
begin  on  the  fourth  Monday  next  succeeding  their  election,  on  which  day  the 
directors  shall  meet  at  the  hour  of  two  o'clock  p.  m.,  and  shall  at  once  organ- 


gQ  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

ize  by  electing  one  of  their  members  as  chairman  and  another  as  clerk,  who 
shall  each  immediately  enter  upon  the  discharge  of  his  duties,  and  shall 
serve  for  the  period  of  one  year:  Provided,  That  if  any  such  clerk  shall  fail 
to  discharge  his  duties  in  accordance  with  law,  the  board  of  directors  may, 
at  any  time,  remove  such  clerk  and  elect  another  of  their  number  to  fill  the 
unexpired  term. 

213.  Regular  and  Special   Meetings  of  Board. 

Sec.  6.  A  regular  meeting  of  each  board  of  directors  of  districts  of  the 
third  class  shall  be  held  on  the  first  Saturday  of  February,  May,  August  and 
November,  and  they  may  hold  such  other  special  or  adjourned  meetings  as 
they  may  from  time  to  time  determine,  or  as  may  be  specified  in  their  by- 
laws. Special  meetings  may  be  called  by  the  chairman  or  by  any  two  mem- 
bers of  the  board. 

214.  Shall  Purchase  Books,  Apparatus,  etc. 

Sec.  7.  Every  board  of  directors  of  districts  of  the  third  class  shall,  in 
addition  to  the  power  and  duties  enumerated  in  article  4 [2],  chapter  4,  of  this 
title,  have  power  and  it  shall  be  their  duty  to  provide  and  pay  for  such' 
materials,  supplies  and  libraries  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  schools,  and 
to  purchase  such  maps,  charts  and  other  apparatus  as  may  have  the  written 
approval  of  the  county  school  superintendent. 

215.  When  a  Principal  Shall   Be  Elected. 

Sec.  8.  In  all  districts  where  the  number  of  children  of  school  age  is 
sufficient  to  require  the  employment  of  more  than  one  teacher,  the  board 
shall  designate  one  of  such  teachers  as  principal,  and  such  principal  shall 
have  general  supervision  over  the  several  departments  of  such  school.  The 
school  or  schools  in  such  districts  shall  be  graded  in  such  a  manner  as  the 
directors  thereof  shall  deem  best  suited  to  the  conditions  of  such  districts. 

216.  When  a  Superintendent  Shall    Be   Elected. 

Sec.  9.  The  directors  of  any  districts  wherein  schools  are  maintained  in 
two  or  more  buildings  shall  elect  a  superintendent,  who  may  be  a  teacher 
in  the  schools  of  such  district,  and  such  superintendent  shall  have  general 
supervision  over  the  schools  in  such  district  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
and  regulations  of  the  board  of  directors. 

217.  Superintendent  or  Principal   Shall    Make   Report. 

Sec.  10.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  principal  or  superintendent  of  any 
school  maintaining  two  or  more  departments  to  report  to  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  such  facts  relating  to  the  grading,  course  of  study,  en- 
rollment, attendance  and  other  matters  pertaining  to  such  schools  as  he  may 
require  on  blanks  for  that  purpose. 

218.  Shall   Elect  Teachers,  When. 

Sec.  11.  No  board  of  directors  shall  employ  any  teacher  or  teachers  whose 
term  or  terms  of  service  begin  after  the  first  Monday  in  August,  until  after 
the  directors  elected  at  the  annual  school  election  in  said  year  shall  have 
entered  upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  , 


219.  Shall   Direct  Commissioners  to   Levy  Taxes. 

Sec.  12.  The  board  of  directors  shall  annually  at  a  meeting  preceding  the 
annual  tax  levy  for  state  and  county  purposes,  report  to  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  an  estimate  in  detail  of  the  amount  of  funds  which  will  be 
required  by  their  district  for  all  purposes  for  the  ensuing  year,  and  the 
county  commissioners  are  hereby  authorized  and  required  to  levy  and  collect 
such  amount,  after  deducting  the  estimated  receipts  from  the  state  and 
county  apportionment  for  said  districts.  The  levy  in  any  one  year  shall  not 
exceed  one  (1)  per  cent,  of  the  assessed  value  of  all  the  taxable  property  of 
the  district:  Provided,  That  when  any  greater  expenditure  in  any  one  cur- 
rent school  year  shall  be  deemed  necessary,  the  question  shall  be  submitted 
to  a  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  district  at  the  time  and  place  and  in  the  man- 
ner provided  for  calling  special  elections.  The  notice  of  such  election  shall 
specify  the  amount  of  taxes  proposed  to  be  raised  in  excess  of  the  said  one 
(1)  per  cent.,  and  if  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  thereon  at  said  election 
shall  be  in  favor  of  such  additional  tax,  the  entire  amount  so  authorized 
shall  be  levied  and  collected.  No  tax,  however,  shall  exceed  two  (2)  per 
cent,  of  all  the  taxable  property  of  said  district.  In  case  any  board  of  direc- 
tors shall  fail  to  make  and  report  the  said  estimate  to  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  September,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  county  school  superintendent  to  make  such  estimate,  which  will  be 
accepted  in  lieu  of  the  directors'  estimate. 

220.  Shall  Select  Sites  and  Build   Houses  When   Directed  by  the   People. 
Sec.  13.    The  board  shall  build  or  remove  school  houses,  purchase  or  sell 

lots  or  other  real  estate,  when  directed  by  a  vote  of  the  district  to  do  so: 
Provided,  That  a  school  house  already  built  on  a  site  which  has  been  selected 
by  a  majority  vote  of  the  legal  school  electors  of  a  district  shall  not  be  re- 
moved to  a  new  site  without  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  school  electors  voting 
at  an  annual  or  special  election;  nor  shall  a  school  house  site  that  has  been 
selected  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  legal  school  electors,  but  upon  which  no 
school  house  has  been  built,  be  changed  except  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the 
legal  school  electors  voting  at  an  annual  or  special  school  election  as  herein- 
before provided. 

221.  County  Superintendent  Shall   Approve   Plans. 

Sec.  14.  Whenever  any  board  of  directors  shall  be  authorized  by  the 
electors  of  their  district  to  erect  a  school  building,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
such  board,  before  entering  into  any  contract  for  the  erection  of  any  build- 
ings, to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  county  superintendent,  of  the  plans  and 
specifications  for  the  building  to  be  erected,  including  also  the  heating,  light- 
ing, ventilating  and  safety  thereof. 

Article  VI. — District  Cleek. 

222.  Clerk  to   Notify  County  Superintendent  of  Organization   of   Board. 
Section  1.     Every  school  district  clerk  in  districts  of  the  second  and  the 

third  class  shall  within  ten  days  after  any  change  in  the  office  of  chairman 
or  clerk,  notify  the  county  superintendent  of  such  change  in  the  organization 
of  the  board. 


g£  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

223.     Duties  of  the   District  Clerk. 

2.    The  duties  of  the  district  clerk  shall  be  as  follows: 

First.  To  attend  all  meetings  of  the  boards  of  directors;  but  if  he  shall 
not  be  present,  the  board  of  directors  shall  select  one  of  their  number  to  act 
as  clerk,  who  shall  certify  the  proceedings  of  the  meeting  to  the  clerk  of  the 
district,  to  be  recorded  by  him.  He  shall  keep  his  records  in  a  book  to  be 
furnished  by  the  board  of  directors,  and  he  shall  preserve  copies  of  all  re- 
ports made  to  the  county  superintendent,  and  safely  preserve  and  keep  all 
books  and  documents  belonging  to  his  office,  and  shall  turn  the  same  over 
to  his  successor. 

Second.  To  keep  accurate  and  detailed  accounts  of  all  receipts  and  ex- 
penditures of  school  money.  At  each  annual  school  meeting  the  district  clerk 
must  present  his  record  book  for  public  inspection,  and  shall  make  a  state- 
ment of  the  financial  condition  of  the  district  and  of  the  action  of  the  direc- 
tors, and  such  record  must  always  be  open  for  public  inspection. 

Third.  To  take  annually  in  May  of  each  year  an  exact  census  of  all 
children  and  youth  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twenty-one  years  who  were 
bona  fide  residents  of  the  district  on  the  first  day  of  May  of  that  year.  He 
shall  designate  the  name  and  sex  of  each  child,  and  the  date  of  its  birth;  the 
number  of  weeks  it  has  attended  school  during  the  school  year,  and  its  post- 
office  address.  Parents  or  guardians  must  be  required  to  sign  a  certified  state- 
ment of  the  correctness  of  this  report:  Provided,  That  Indian  children  not 
living  under  the  guardianship  of  white  persons,  or  who  have  not  severed 
their  tribal  relations,  shall  not  be  included  in  said  census.  He  shall  also 
list  separately  all  defective  youth  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twenty-one 
and  give  such  information  concerning  them  as  may  be  required. 

Fourth.  To  make  to  the  county  superintendent  on  or  before  the  15th  day 
of  July  his  annual  report,  verified  by  affidavit,  upon  blanks  to  be  furnished  by 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  It  shall  contain  such  items  of  in- 
formation as  said  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  require,  includ- 
ing the  following:  A  full  and  complete  report  of  all  children  enumerated; 
the  number  of  schools  or  departments  taught  during  the  year;  the  number 
of  children,  male  and  female,  enrolled  in  the  school,  and  the  average  daily 
attendance;  the  number  of  teachers  employed,  and  their  compensation  per 
month;  the  number  of  days  school  was  taught  during  the  past  school  year, 
and  by  whom;  and  the  number  of  volumes,  if  any,  in  the  school  district 
library;  the  number  of  school  houses  in  the  district  and  the  value  of  them; 
the  aggregate  value  of  all  school  furniture  and  apparatus  belonging  to  the 
district,  and  the  clerk  shall  keep  on  file  a  duplicate  copy  of  said  report. 

Fifth.  To  carry  out  all  orders  of  the  board  of  directors  made  at  any  regu- 
lar or  special  meeting,  and  to  keep  an  accurate  account  of  all  expenses  in- 
curred by  him  in  his  district  in  keeping  the  school  house  in  repair,  in  provid- 
ing for  necessary  janitor  work,  and  in  providing  school  supplies,  and  for 
other  expenses  incurred  by  him  on  account  of  the  school,  which  accounts 
must  be  audited  by  the  board  of  directors,  and  paid  out  of  the  district  school 
fund. 

Sixth.  To  give  the  required  notice  of  all  annual  or  special  elections;  also 
to  give  notice  of  the  regular  and  special  meetings  of  the  board  of  directors 
as  herein  authorized. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


(i:i 


Seventh.  To  report  to  the  county  superintendent  at  the  beginning  of  each 
term  of  school  the  name  of  the  teacher  and  the  proposed  length  of  the  term, 
and  to  supply  the  teacher  with  the  school  register  furnished  by  the  county 
school  superintendent. 

Eighth.  To  sign  all  warrants  ordered  to  be  issued  by  the  board  of  direc- 
tors, and  to  report  to  the  county  treasurer  on  or  before  the  first  Monday  of 
each  calendar  month  all  the  warrants  drawn  by  the  directors  of  his  district, 
giving  date,  number  and  fund  on  which  each  warrant  is  drawn. 

224.  Compensation  of  the  Clerk, 

Sec.  3.  The  district  clerk  shall  receive  three  dollars  per  day  for  the  time 
actually  and  necessarily  spent  in  taking  the  census  and  making  his  report, 
and  he  shall  receive  such  other  reasonable  compensation  for  other  services 
as  the  directors  shall  allow,  said  accounts  to  be  audited  and  paid  by  the 
directors  out  of  the  funds  of  the  district:  Provided,  That  no  account  for 
services  rendered  by  any  district  clerk  shall  be  audited  or  allowed  by  any 
board  of  directors,  or  any  warrant  issued  for  the  payment  of  any  such  ac- 
counts, until  he  shall  have  filed  with  the  beard  of  directors  a  certificate  of 
the  county  superintendent  of  his  county  that  all  reports  required  by  law  have 
been  properly  made;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent 
to  make  and  transmit  to  the  clerks  of  such  districts  as  have  made  all  the 
reports  as  required  by  law,  on  or  before  the  last  Saturday  of  the  months  of 
January,  April,  July  and  October  of  each  year,  the  certificates  required  by 
this  section. 

Article  VII. — Teachers. 

225.  Teachers  Shall  Hold  Valid  Certificates. 

Section  1.  No  person  shall  be  accounted  as  a  qualified  teacher  within  the 
meaning  of  the  school  law  who  is  not  the  holder  of  a  valid  teacher's  certifi- 
cate or  diploma  issued  by  lawful  authority  of  this  state. 

226.  Teachers   Must  Report  to  County  Superintendent. 

Sec.  2.  Every  teacher  who  shall  be  teaching  at  the  close  of  the  school 
year,  or  who  shall  teach  the  last  term  of  any  school  year,  in  any  school  dis- 
trict, shall  make  a  report  to  the  county  superintendent  immediately  upon  the 
close  of  such  school  year  or  term  for  the  entire  time  taught  in  said  school 
district  since  the  beginning  of  the  school  year.  Copies  of  all  reports  made 
by  teachers  shall  be  furnished  to  the  clerk  of  the  district,  to  be  by  him  filed 
in  his  office.  No  board  of  directors  shall  draw  any  order  or  warrant  for  the 
salary  of  any  teacher  for  the  last  month  of  his  or  her  service  until  the  re- 
ports herein  required  shall  have  been  made,  and  the  same  approved  by  the 
county  superintendent:  Provided,  That  in  all  schools  acting  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  city  superintendent  the  report  of  such  superintendent  shall  be 
accepted  by  the  county  superintendent  and  the  directors  in  lieu  of  the 
teacher's  reports,  arid  that  when  there  is  no  city  superintendent,  the  report 
of  the  principal  shall  be  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  teacher's  report. 

227.  Shall   Keep   Register. 

Sec  3.  Every  teacher  shall  keep  a  school  register  in  the  manner  pro- 
vided for,  and  no  board  of  directors  shall  draw  any  order  or  warrant  for  the 
salary  of  any  teacher  for  the  last  month  of  his  service  in  the  school  at  the 


(34  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

end  of  any  term  or  year  until  they  shall  have  received  a  certificate  from  the 
district  clerk,  countersigned  by  the  county  superintendent,  that  the  said 
register  has  been  properly  kept,  the  summaries  made  and  the  statistics 
entered,  or  until,  by  personal  examination,  they  shall  have  satisfied  them- 
selves that  it  has  been  done. 

228.  Shall   Enforce  Course  of  Study  and   Prescribed   Regulations. 

Sec.  4.  Teachers  shall  faithfully  enforce  in  the  schools  the  course  of 
study  and  regulations  prescribed,  and  shall  furnish  promptly  all  information 
relating  to  the  school  which  may  be  requested  by  the  county  superintendent. 

229.  Shall  Be  Employed  by  Written  Order  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  5.  No  teacher  shall  be  employed  except  by  written  order  of  a  major- 
ity of  the  directors  of  the  district  at  a  regular  or  special  meeting  thereof,  nor 
unless  the  holder  of  a  legal  teacher's  certificate  in  full  force  and  effect  for 
the  full  period  covered  by  said  contract. 

230.  Shall   Not  Be  Required  to  Teach  on   Holidays. 

Sec.  6.  No  teacher  shall  be  required  to  teach  school  on  Saturdays,  Labor 
Day,  Thanksgiving  Day  and  the  day  immediately  following  'Thanksgiving 
Day,  Christmas,  New  Years,  Washington's  Birthday,  Memorial  Day,  or  the 
Fourth  of  July:  Provided,  That  no  reduction  from  the  teacher's  time  or 
salary  shall  be  made  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  a  school  day  happens  to  be 
one  of  the  days  referred  to  in  this  section  as  a  day  on  which  school  shall  not 
be  taught. 

231.  May  Suspend  Pupils. 

Sec  7.  Every  teacher  shall  have  the  power  to  hold  every  pupil  to  a  strict 
accountability  in  school  for  any  disorderly  conduct  on  the  way  to  and  from 
school,  or  on  the  grounds  of  the  school,  or  during  the  intermission  or  recess; 
to  suspend  from  school  any  pupil  for  good  cause:  Provided,  That  such  sus- 
pension shall  be  reported  to  the  directors  as  soon  as  practicable  for  'their 
decision. 

232.  Must  Teach    Morality  and   Patriotism. 

Sec.  8.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  teachers  to  endeavor  to  impress  on 
the  minds  of  their  pupils  the  principles  of  morality,  truth,  justice,  temper- 
ance, humanity  and  patriotism;  to  teach  them  to  avoid  idleness,  profanity 
and  falsehood;  to  instruct  them  in  the  principles  of  free  government,  and 
to  train  them  up  to  the  true  comprehension  of  the  rights,  duty  and  dignity 
of  American  citizenship. 

Article  VIII. — County  Auditor. 

233.  Districts  of  the  Third  Class  Only. 

mix   1.     The   duties   of  the  county  auditor  hereinafter  defined   shall 
relate  only  to  districts  of  the  third  class  unless  otherwise  expressly  provided. 

234.  Shall  Audit  Accounts  of  School   Districts. 

Sec  2.  The  county  auditors  of  the  several  counties  of  this  state  shall 
audit  all  accounts  of  the  several  school  districts  of  their  respective  counties, 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


65 


the  same  as  other  accounts  are  audited  with  the  other  departments  of  the 
county. 

235.  Shall  Countersign  and   Register  Warrants. 

Sec.  3.  He  shall  countersign  and  register  warrants  for  the  payment  of 
all  teachers'  salaries,  supplies,  apparatus,  and  accounts  against  the  districts 
upon  the  written  order  of  the  majority  of  the  members  of  the  school  board 
•f  each  district. 

236.  Shall   Not   Register  Warrant,  When. 

Sec  4.  No  warrant  shall  be  countersigned  and  registered  for  the  pay- 
ment of  any  teacher  who  is  not  qualified  within  the  meaning  of  the  law  of 
this  state,  nor  unless  a  written  contract  be  filed  with  the  county  superin- 
tendent in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  law. 

237.  When   County  Superintendent   Must  Approve  Order. 

Sec.  5.  No  warrants  for  maps,  charts  and  apparatus  shall  be  counter- 
signed and  registered  until  the  order  shall  have  been  approved  by  the  county 
superintendent. 

238.  Warrant  for  Last   Month's  Salary. 

Sec  G.  He  shall  not  countersign  and  register  the  warrant  in  payment  of 
the  last  month's  salary  of  teachers  in  districts  of  the  third  class  until  he 
shall  receive  due  notice  from  the  county  superintendent  that  the  teacher's 
final  report  has  been  made  to  the  said  county  superintendent. 

Article  IX. — County  Treasurer. 

239.  Duties  of  County  Treasurer. 

Section  1.  The  county  treasurer  of  each  county  of  this  state  shall  be 
ex-oflicio  treasurer  of  the  several  school  districts  of  their  respective  counties, 
and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  county  treasurer: 

First.  To  receive  and  hold  all  moneys  belonging  to  such  school  districts, 
and  to  pay  them  out  only  upon  warrants  legally  issued. 

Second.  To  certify  to  the  county  superintendent  of  common  schools  and 
the  auditor  of  his  county,  quarterly  of  each  year  at  the  time  of  the  state 
apportionment,  the  amount  of  all  school  funds  in  his  possession  subject  to 
apportionment  on  the  last  day  of  the  preceding  month,  which  certificate  shall 
specify  the  source  or  sources  from  which  said  moneys  were  derived. 

Third.  To  make  annually,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  July,  a  report 
to  the  county  superintendent  and  auditor  of  his  county,  which  report  shall 
show  the  amount  of  school  funds  on  hand  at  the  beginning  of  the  school  year 
last  past  belonging  to  each  school  district;  the  amount  of  funds  placed  to  the 
credit  of  each  school  district  during  the  school  year  ending  June  30.  last 
past,  and  the  sources  from  which  said  funds  were  derived;  the  amount  of 
warrants  registered  during  the  year,  the  amount  of  funds  disbursed  upon 
warrants  of  each  school  district  during  the  year,  and  for  what  purpose  they 
were  paid  out:  the  amount  of  funds  remaining  in  his  possession  at  the  close 
of  the  school   year   subject   to  be   paid   out   upon   warrants,   and   the   fund   to 


<M  CODK    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

which  said  moneys  belong;  also  the  amount  of  all  unpaid  warrants  or  bonds 
..ring  upon  his  register  at  the  close  of  the  school  year. 

/'       He  Bhall  keep  a  register  of  all  school  district,  warrants  presented 
to  him  for  payment,  which   .  hall  show  the  number  of  the  warrant. 

the  date  of  issue  and  the  date  on  which  it  was  registered,  the  amount,  ami 
the  purpose  for  which  it  was  issued,  to  whom  issued  and  to  whom  paid,  and 
the  amount  of  interest,  if  any.  accruing  on  said  warrant  before  payment. 
Whenever  any  school  district  warrant  shall  be  presented  to  the  county  treas- 
urer fo  payment,  if  properly  signed,  he  shall  pay  the  same  out  of  the  proper 
fund  of  the  district  upon  which  it  was  issued,  if  there  be  funds  in  his  pos- 
session for  that  purpose;  but  if  tnere  be  no  funds  in  his  possession  for  that 
1  mi  pose  he  shall  endorse  upon  the  back  of  said  warrant  the  words,  "Pre- 
sented and  not  paid  for  want  of  funds,"  together  with  the  date  of  said  en- 
dorsement, and  thereafter  said  warrant  shall  bear  interest  as  provided  by 
law.  All  warrants  shall  be  paid  in  the  order  of  their  presentation  to  th^ 
county  treasurer:  and  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  county  treasurer 
to  advertise,  quarterly,  all  warrants  which  he  is  prepared  to  pay,  in  the  same 
way  in  which  he  is  required  to  advertise  county  warrants,  and  after  the  date 
fixed  in  said  notice  warrants  shall  cease  to  draw  interest. 

Fifth.  He  shall  prepare  and  submit  to  the  secretary  of  each  district  of 
the  first  class,  and  to  the  clerk  of  each  district  of  the  second  class  in  his 
county  a  written  report  of  the  state  of  the  finances  of  such  district  on  the 
first  day  of  each  month,  which  report  shall  be  submitted  not  later  than  the 
seventh  day  of  said  month. 

Si.  After  each  quarterly  settlement  with  the  county  commissioners 
the  treasurer  of  each  county  shall  submit  a  statement  of  all  canceled  war 
rants  of  districts  of  the  first  or  second  class  to  the  secretary  or  clerk  of  such 
district,  which  statement  shall  be  verified  to  the  county  auditor.  The  can- 
celed warrants  of  each  district  shall  be  preserved  separately  and  shall  at 
all  times  be  open  to  inspection  by  the  secretary  or  clerk  or  by  any  authorized 
accountant  of  such  district. 

•  nth.     He  shall  remit  all  moneys  derived  from  the  sale  of  school 
ters  and  school  clerks'  record  books  to  the  State  Treasurer,  as  other  moneys 
are  required  to  be  remitted,  and  the  State  Treasurer  shall  place  such  an 
to  the  credit  of  the  general  fund  of  the  stale. 

Article  X. — County  Boards  of  Education. 

240.     Appointment  and  Term   of  Office. 

now  1.  There  shall  be  in  each  county  of  this  stale  a  counts  board  Of 
education,  which  shall  consist,  of  five  t  5  i  members,  including  the  county 
superintendent  of  common  schools,  who  shall  be  ex-ofjtcio  chairman  of  the 
board;  the  other  members  of  said  board  shall  be  appointed  by  the  county 
superintendent  on  the  first  Monday  of  Si  ptember  following  bis  election  and 
shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of  two  years:  Provided,  That  in  the  event  of  a 
vacancy  in  said  board  from  any  cause  the  countj  superintendent  shall  fill 
the  same  for  the  remainder  of  the  school  year  by  appointment. 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  57 

241.  Qualification   and   Compensation   of    Members. 

Sec.  2.  Every  member  of  the  county  board  of  education  shall  be  the 
holder  of  a  valid  teacher's  certificate  for  this  state,  and  the  members  other 
than  the  county  superintendent  shall  receive  five  dollars  per  day  for  the  time 
spent  in  the  performance  of  their  official  duties,  and  they  shall  also  receive 
actual  necessary  traveling  expenses,  and  the  same  shall  be  paid  out  of  the 
funds  of  the  county. 

242.  Powers  and   Duties. 

Sec.  3.  Every  county  board  of  education  shall  have  power  and  it  shall 
be  its  duty: 

First.  To  grade  the  manuscripts  of  the  pupils  who  take  the  state  exami- 
nation for  the  purpose  of  securing  eighth  grade  or  grammar  school  certifi- 
cates. 

Second.  To  adopt  text-books  for  use  in  the  public  schools  of  school  dis- 
tricts of  the  second  division,  as  defined  in  chapter  7,  Title  III.  of  this  act,  of 
said  county. 

Third.  To  assist  the  county  superintendent  in  the  preparation  pf  man- 
uals, courses  of  study,  rules  and  regulations  for  the  circulating  libraries,  and 
to  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  required  by  him. 

Fourth.  To  adopt  rules  and  regulations  for  the  schools  of  the  county, 
not  inconsistent  with  the  Code  of  Public  Instruction  or  with  the  rules  and 
regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  or  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction. 

CHAPTER  5.— APPORTIONMENTS. 

243.  To   Apportion   Funds  Quarterly. 

Section  1.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  apportion  to 
the  several  counties  of  the  state  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  September, 
Dei  ember,  March  and  June  of  each  year  such  current  state  school  funds  as 
have  been  certified  by  the  State  Auditor  to  be  in  the  hands  of  the  state  and 
county  treasurers. 

244.  County   Superintendents'    Reports   Basis   of   Apportionment. 

Sec.  2.  For  the  purpose  of  the  apportionment  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  shall  base  his  calculations  upon  the  days'  attendance  as 
shown  by  the  several  county  superintendents'  last  annual  reports  filed  in  his 
office. 

245.  Total   Days'  Attendance  the   Basis  of  Apportionment. 

Sec.  3.  The  basis  of  the 'apportionment  to  each  county  shall  be  on  the 
total  days  of  attendance  in  the  several  districts  of  the  county:  Provided. 
That  each  school  district  shall  be  credited  with  at  least  two  thousand  days' 
attendance. 

246.  Attendance  of   Non-Resident   Pupils. 

Sec.  4.  If  a  pupil  attends  any  public  school  of  the  state,  outside  of  his 
resident  district,  up  to  the  ninth  grade,  during  the  time  the  resident  district 
maintains  a  school  of  the  grade  in  which  the  pupil  belongs,  the  attendance 


(JS  CODE   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


shall  be  credited  to  the  district  in  which  the  pupil  resides,  unless  mutually- 
agreed  otherwise  by  the  directors  of  the  two  districts. 

247.  Clerk   May  Claim  Attendance  for  District. 

Sec.  5.  The  clerk  of  any  district  whose  resident  pupils  are  attending 
school  in  another  district  may  notify  the  clerk  of  the  district  where  such 
pupils  attend,  when  the  school  of  said  pupils'  resident  district  will  be  in 
session,  and  of  the  grades  that  will  be  maintained,  and  he  must  file  a  dupli- 
cate copy  of  said  notice  with  the  county  superintendent.  He  must  name  the 
pupils  in  his  notice,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  district  clerk  so  notified, 
on  or  before  the  thirtieth  day  of  June,  to  certify  to  the  clerk  of  the  resident 
district  the  actual  number  of  days'  attendance  at  school  of  such  pupils  dur- 
ing the  time  that  a  school  of  the  grade  to  which  the  pupil  or  pupils  properly 
belong  was  in  session  in  their  resident  district.  And  in  case  said  clerk  shall 
fail  or  refuse  to  furnish  such  information  to  the  clerk  of  the  resident  dis- 
trict, then  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  grant  to  the 
district  to  which  the  attendance  belongs  the  maximum  number  of  days 
claimed  by  the  clerk  of  the  said  district.  Without  the  notice  herein  required 
by  the  clerk  of  the  resident  district,  all  claims  to  attendance  will  be  forfeited. 

248.  Private  Schools  Shall   Report  Attendance. 

Sec.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  principal  or  head  of  every  private 
school  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June  of  each  year  to  report  to  the  clerk 
of  the  proper  school  district  the  actual  days'  attendance  in  said  private  school 
of  resident  pupils  of  the  said  school  district.  The  report  shall  include  such 
pupils  only  as  are  between  six  and  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  whose 
parents  or  guardians  actually  reside  in  the  school  district  where  the  private 
school  is  located. 

249.  Attendance    in    High    Schools. 

Sic.  7.  For  purposes  of  apportionment  of  current  state  school  funds,  the 
attendance  of  all  pupils  in  high  school  shall  be  counted  as  one  and  one-half 
times  the  actual  attendance;  but  in  order  to  receive  the  benefit  of  this  pro- 
vision no  tuition  can  be  charged  any  high  school  pupil,  regardless  of  where 
his  residence  may  be  in  this  state,  if  there  be  no  high  school  in  the  pupil's 
resident  district. 

250.  Attendance    in    Parental    Schools. 

Sec.  8.  For  purposes  of  apportionment  of  current  school  funds  the  at- 
tendance of  pupils  in  parental  schools  where  food  and  lodging  are  furnished 
the  pupils  shall  be  counted  as  three  times  the  actual  attendance,  and  in 
schools  for  defectives  five  times  the  actual  attendance  shall  be  allowed. 

251.  Attendance  in  Night  Schools. 

Si  c.  I).  In  night  schools  authorized  by  the  laws  of  this  state  an  evening's 
attendance  shall  be  counted  as  a  half  day's  attendance  without  maximum  age 
limit. 

252.  Bonus  to   High   School   Grades. 

8e<  .  10.  In  addition  to  the  regular  quarterly  apportionments  as  provided 
by  law,   the   Superintendent  of  Public   Instruction  shall   apportion   annually 


STATE    OF    WASIIIXCTOX 


69 


to  each  high  school  the  sum  of  one  hundred   ($100)   dollars  for  each  grade 
above  the  grammar  grades  maintained  in  such  school.     In  order  to  rec 
the  bonus  of  one  hundred  dollars  the  district  must  have  maintained  a  high 
school  in  fact  during  the  preceding  school  year,  and  must  have  maintained 
an  average  daily  attendance  in  each  grade  of  at  least  four  students. 

253.  County   Superintendent   Shall    Apportion    Funds. 

Sec.  11.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  apportion 
within  ten  days  after  receiving  the  certificate  of  apportionment  of  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  such  state  annual  school  funds  as  are  sub- 
ject to  apportionment  to  the  several  districts  entitled  to  receive  the  same  in 
accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 
He  shall  also  at  the  same  time  apportion  in  the  manner  provided  in  Sec.  7. 
chapter  9,  title  3,  of  this  act,  the  county  school  funds  that  may  be  in  the 
hands  of  the  county  treasurer  of  his  county.  He  shall  certify  the  result  of 
the  apportionments  to  the  county  treasurer,  and  also  notify  each  clerk  of 
the  amount  apportioned  to  his  district. 

254.  When  Attendance   May  Be  Credited  for  Time   Lost. 

Sec,  12.  When  the  school  board  of  any  district  is  obliged  to  close  the 
schools  by  order  of  the  board  of  health  or  health  officer  on  account  of  the 
prevalence  of  infectious  disease,  or  when  it  is  impossible  to  maintain  the 
school  on  account  of  any  circumstances  over  which  the  school  board  has  no 
control,  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may,  at  his  discretion, 
allow  such  district  its  regular  apportionment  of  funds  for  the  time  so  lost, 
the  amount  to  be  determined  on  a  basis  of  the  average  daily  attendance  in 
the  district  for  the  year  in  which  such  discontinuance  occurs:  Provided. 
That  in  no  such  case  may  any  district  draw  money  for  a  period  of  time 
longer  than  fifteen  school  days. 

255.  County   Superintendent   Shall    Withhold    Apportionment,   When. 

Sec.  13.  Whenever  any  school  board  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to  comply 
with  the  provision  of  section  14,  article  7[5],  chapter  4,  of  title  3  of  this  Code, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  withhold  the  entire  appor- 
tionment accruing  to  said  district  until  such  time  as  full  compliance  with 
requirements  thereof  has  been  made. 

CHAPTER    6.— INSTITUTES. 

256.  Institutes   Must  Be   Held  in  Certain  Counties. 

Section  1.  Whenever  the  number  of  school  districts  in  *any  county  is 
twenty-five  or  more,  the  county  superintendent  must  devote  at  least  five  days 
to  institute  work,  three  of  which  must  be  consecutive.  The  county  superin- 
tendent must  arrange  for  the  remaining  two  days  to  be  spent  in  district 
meetings,  visiting  days,  or  in  any  other  manner  which  he  believes  will  be 
of  greatest  benefit  to  his  teachers. 

257.  Joint  Institutes  May  Be  Held. 

Sec.  2.  County  superintendents  of  contiguous  counties  may  by  mutual 
arrangements  hold  a  joint  institute,  the  expenses  to  be  shared  in  proportion 
to  the  departments  (rooms)  maintained  in  the  counties  as  shown  by  the 
county  superintendent's  last  annual  report. 


70  CODE   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

258.  Teachers   Must   Attend   Institutes. 

Sec.  3.  Every  teacher  holding  a  valid  certificate,  and  employed  in  a  public 
school  in  a  county  where  an  institute  is  held,  must  attend  such  institute 
dining  its  whole  time. 

259.  Superintendents  of  Certain  Cities  May  Hold  Institutes. 

Sec.  4.  In  districts  employing  more  than  one  hundred  teachers,  the  city 
superintendent  may,  in  his  discretion,  hold  a  teachers'  institute  of  two.  three, 
four  or  five  days  in  such  district,  said  institute  when  so  held  by  the  city 
superintendent  to  be  in  all  respects  governed  by  the  provisions  of  this  Code 
relating  to  teachers'  institutes  held  by  county  superintendents. 

260.  Time  of  Holding   Institute — Teachers  to   Receive  Pay. 

Sec  5.  Each  county  superintendent  shall,  at  the  annual  directors'  meet- 
ing for  his  county,  determine  upon  a  time  for  holding  the  teachers'  institute, 
which  shall,  as  nearly  as  may  then  be  determined,  be  during  the  week  next 
preceding  the  beginning  of  the  fall  term  of  school:  Provided,  That  should 
any  district  employ  a  teacher  during  the  then  current  school  year  who  had 
attended  the  institute,  such  teacher  shall  be  paid  and  the  district  shall  be 
credited  with  the  attendance  in  the  same  manner  as  provided  for  in  the 
next  section. 

261.  Pay  of  Teachers  Shall   Not   Be   Diminished. 

Sec.  6.  When  the  institute  is  held  during  the  time  when  a  teacher  is 
employed  in  teaching,  his  pay  shall  not  be  diminished  by  reason  of  his  at- 
tendance, when  certified  to  by  the  county  superintendent,  and  in  addition 
to  the  actual  attendance  earned  by  the  district,  an  additional  attendance  shall 
be  credited  to  the  district,  determined  by  multiplying  the  average  daily 
attendance  for  the  term  by  the  number  of  days  the  teacher  attended  the 
institute. 

262.  Examination   Fees. 

Sec  7.  All  examination  fees  shall  be  paid  by  the  county  superintendent 
or  the  city  superintendent  to  the  county  treasurer,  who  shall  place  them  to 
the  credit  of  the  proper  institute  fund  hereby  created. 

263.  Superintendent  Shall    Make  an   Estimate  of  Expenses. 

Sec.  8.  Each  county  superintendent  or  city  superintendent  shall,  prior 
to  the  holding  of  the  annual  teachers'  institute,  make  an  estimate  of  the 
necessary  expanses  thereof;  and  the  county  commissioners  must,  thereupon, 
and  prior  to  the  date  of  holding  said  institute,  place  at  the  disposal  of  the 
proper  superintendent  out  of  the  county  current  expense  fund  such  an 
amount,  not  to  exceed  $200.00,  as,  in  addition  to  the  amount  then  in  the 
hands  of  the  county  treasurer  in  the  institute  fund,  will  meet  the  superin- 
tendent's estimate. 

264.  Superintendent  to   Keep  Vouchers  and   Make   Report. 

Sec  9.  The  county  or  city  superintendent  must  keep  an  accurate  ac- 
count of  the  actual  expenses  of  the  institute,  with  vouchers  for  same,  and 
make  a  complete  report  to  the  county  auditor,  which  shall  be  placed  on  file 
in  his  office  as  a  part  of  the  regular  files. 


STATE   OF  WASHINGTON  --, 

i  i 

CHAPTER   7.— TEXT    BOOKS 

265.  Classes  of  Districts. 

Se<  hdn  1.  For  the  purpose  of  this  chapter,  the  school  districts  o 
State  of  Washington  shall  be,  and  they  are  hereby  divided  into  and  shall 
consist  of  two  divisions,  viz.:  School  districts  of  the  first  division  and 
school  districts  of  the  second  division,  and  the  school  districts  of  the  first 
division  shall  consist  of  all  school  districts  maintaining  a  four-year  accredited 
high  school.  Every  other  school  district  of  the  state  shall  be  a  school  dis- 
trict of  the  second  division. 

266.  Text   Book   Commission. 

Sec.  2.     That  the  text  books  for  use  in  the  public  schools  of  each  scho6l 
district  of  the  first  division  shall  be  selected  by  the  text  book  commission  ol 
such  school  district.    The  text  book  commission  of  such  school  district  shall 
consist  of  five  persons,  including  the  city  superintendent,  or,  if  there  be  none, 
then  the  principal  of  the  high  school,  who  shall  be  ex-officio  chairman  of  the 
commission,  and  two  members  of  the  city  board  of  school  directors   of  the 
district,  to  be  designated  by  such  board,  and  one  of  whom  shall  be  ex-offi^io 
secretary  of  the  commission,  and  two  lawfully  qualified  teachers  engaged  in 
teaching  in  such  school  district,  to  be  appointed  by  the  board  of  school  direc- 
tors of  the  district.     Each  member  of  the  text  book  commission  shall  take 
the  oath  to  faithfully  discharge  the  duties  of  his  office.     The  term  of  office 
of  the  text  book  commission  shall  be  one  year  and  until  their  successors  are 
appointed   and   qualified.     Said   text  book  commission   shall   have   power  to 
select  text  books  for  use  in  the  public  schools  of  the  school  district  for  which 
it  is  appointed,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  directors  to  require 
the  introduction  and  use  of  all  text  books  lawfully  adopted  for  use  in  their 
respective  districts.     The  text  books  selected  by  the  commission  shall  cover 
such  branches   and   studies   as   are   required   to   be   taught  by   the   lawfully 
adopted  course  of  study,  and  as  are  required  to  be  taught  by  the  laws  of  the 
State  of  Washington.     Any  text  book  selected  for  use  in  the  schools  of  the 
district  shall   continue  in  use  until   displaced  or  replaced   by  order   of  the 
text    book   commission,    and    no    text   book   selected    or    introduced    into    the 
schools  by  the  text  book  commission  shall  be  displaced  or  replaced   within 
three  years  from  the  date  of  its  introduction  into  the  schools.     But  nothing 
in  this  act  or  any  other  law  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  the  text  book 
commission  of  any  school  district  of  the  first  division  from  using  or  intro- 
ducing at  any  time  any  supplementary  or  additional  books  which  may  from 
time  to  time  be  deemed  necessary  in  order  to  maintain  the  highest  standard 
of  excellence  in  the  schools  of  the  district. 

267.      Meetings  of  Commission   and  Selection  of  Books. 

Sec.  3.  The  text  book  commission  of  each  school  district  of  the  first 
division  shall,  between  the  first  day  of  April  and  the  first  day  of  July  of  each 
year,  when  any  text  books  are  to  be  selected  by  such  commission,  publish  an 
advertisement  in  a  newspaper  of  general  circulation  published  in  the  county, 
or  if  there  be  no  such  newspaper  published  in  the  county,  then  in  an)  news- 
paper published  and  having  a  general  circulation  in  the  state,  to  the  effect 
that  the  commission  will,  on  a  day  therein  named,  select  text  books  tor  the 
use  of  the  schools  in  such  districts,  and  invite  proposals  for  the  furnishing 


CODE    OF    PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


of  such  books,  the  proposals  to  state  an  exchange  and  a  retail  price  at  which 
the  proposer  will  furnish  books  for  the  schools  of  the  district  during  th^ 
period  of  their  use  in  such  schools. 

268.  Superintendent  or  Principal  to  Issue  Course  of  Study. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  or  principal  of  each 
school  in  all  districts  of  the  first  division  to  prepare  and  issue,  under  the 
direction  of  the  board  of  school  directors  of  the  district,  a  course  of  study 
for  his  schools,  which  course  of  study  must,  before  going  into  effect,  be  ap- 
proved by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  Such  course  of 
study  shall  conform  to  the  manual,  or  general  outline,  prescribed  by  the 
State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  all  examinations  and  pro- 
motions under  the  same  shall  be  based  upon  the  minimum  credits  in  each 
study,  as  prescribed  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  in  his 
general  manual  or  outline  course  of  study. 

269.  County  Board  of  Education  to  Advertise  for  Books. 

Sec.  5.  The  county  board  of  education  in  each  county  of  this  state  shall, 
between  the  first  day  of  April  and  the  first  day  of  July  of  each  year  when 
any  text  books  are  to  be  selected,  publish  and  advertise  in  a  newspaper  of 
general  circulation  in  said  county  to  the  effect  that  said  county  board  of 
education  will  on  a  day  named  therein  select  text  books  for  the  use  of  all 
the  school  districts  of  the  second  division  in  said  county,  and  invite  pro- 
posals for  the  furnishing  of  such  books,  the  proposals  to  state  an  exchange 
price,  a  wholesale  price  and  a  retail  price  at  which  the  proposer  will  furnish 
books  for  the  schools  of  all  districts  of  the  second  division  during  the  period 
of  their  use  in  the  schools  of  such  districts.  Any  text  books  selected  for  use 
in  the  schools  shall  remain  in  use  until  the  same  shall  be  displaced  or  re- 
placed by  the  county  board  of  education:  but  no  book  selected  and  introduced 
into  the  schools  shall  in  any  event  be  changed  within  five  years  from  the 
date  of  introduction.  The  county  board  of  education  or  the  officers  of  any 
school  district  of  the  second  division  shall  have  power  to  select,  introduce 
and  use  additional  and  supplementary  books  at  any  time,  when  they  deem 
it  necessary,  in  order  to  establish  and  maintain  the  highest  standard  of 
excellence  in  their  schools.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall 
have  power  and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  prescribe  a  uniform  course  of  study 
for  all  schools  of  the  second  division:  Provider!.  That  any  publisher  or  pub- 
lishers of  school  books  furnishing  books  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  to 
any  district  or  districts  of  this  state  shall  deposit  with  the  Superintendent, 
of  Public  Instruction  a  copy  of  any  and  all  books  so  furnished. 

270.  County   Superintendent    May    Handle   Text    Books,   When. 

Sf:<  .  6.  Whenever  any  text  book"  adopted  by  lawful  authority  is  sold 
within  any  county  at  a  price  greater  than  the  retail  price  agreed  upon  at 
the  time  of  the  adoption,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  company  having  the 
contract  to  furnish  any  such  book,  to  furnish  the  county  superintendent  upon 
his  written  demand  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  said  book  to  supply  the 
schools  in  the  districts  in  which  the  price  charged  is  greater  than  the  agreed 
price.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  handle  said  books 
without  charge  and  to  remit  to  the  book  company  the  full  retail  price  or' 
such  books  after  deducting  the  necessary  charges  for  all  transportation. 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


7:3 


271.  Compensation  of  Text   Book   Commissioners. 

7.  Each  member  of  the  text  book  commission,  in  school  districts  of 
the  first  division,  shall  receive  as  compensation  for  his  services  the  sum  of 
three  dollars  for  each  day  during  which  he  is  in  attendance  upon  the  meet- 
ings of  the  text  book  commission,  and  such  compensation  shall  be  paid  from 
the  funds  of  the  school  district. 

272.  Joint   District   in   County  Where  School    House   Is   Located. 

8.  In  all  joint  districts  of  the  second  division,  that  is  to  say,  in  all 
school  districts  of  the  second  division  situated  in  more  than  one  county,  such 
joint  school  district  shall,  for  the  purpose  of  this  act.  be  held  and  deemed  to 
he  a  school  district  within  the  said  county  in  which  the  school  house  is 
located,  and  for  all  purposes  of  this  act  it  shall  be  under  the  control  and 
jurisdiction  of  the  county  board  of  education  of  that  county. 

CHAPTER   8.— COUNTY   CIRCULATING   LIBRARIES. 

273.  County  Superintendent   May   Establish   Library. 

Sectiox  1.  The  county  superintendent  of  each  county  of  this  state  may 
establish  a  circulating  library  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the  pupils  of  the 
common  schools  of  such  county. 

274.  County   Commissioners    May   Levy   Taxes. 

Sec.  2.  At  the  time  fixed  for  the  levy  of  the  county  tax,  the  county  com- 
missioners of  each  county  may  levy  a  tax  sufficient  to  carry  into  effect  the 
provisions  of  section  one  of  this  chapter:  Provided.  That  said  tax  shall  not 
exceed  one-tenth  of  one  mill  on  each  dollar  of  the  assessed  valuation  of  the 
said  county.  The  proceeds  of  said  tax  shall,  when  collected,  constitute  a 
circulating  school  library  fund  for  the  payment  of  all  bills  created  by  the 
purchase  a£  books  and  fixtures  by  the  county  superintendent. 

275.  County  Superintendent  Shall   Certify  Bills. 

Sec.  3.  The  county  commissioners  shall  allow  no  bill  or  bills  against 
said  fund  until  it  shall  have  been  certified  to  be  correct  by  the  county  super- 
intendent. 

276.  County  Superintendent  Shall    Not  Contract   Indebtedness. 

Sec.  4.  The  county  superintendent  shall  purchase  no  books  or  fixtures 
for  such  circulating  library  until  there  shall  be  to  the  credit  of  the  circulat- 
Ing  school  library  fund  sufficient  money  to  pay  the  purchase   price  thereof. 

277.  Books  to   Be   Recommended,  by  Whom. 

Sec.  5.  No  book  shall  be  placed  in  a  county  circulating  library  unless  it 
has  been  recommended  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  or  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction. 

278.  County  Superintendent  to   Purchase   Books  and   Enforce   Regulations. 
Sec.  6.     It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  purchase  the 

bocks  and  to  enforce  such  rules  and  regulations  for  their  distribution,  use. 
care  and  preservation  as  he  may  deem  necessary. 


74  CODE    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

CHAPTER   9.— SCHOOL   REVENUES. 

279.  Source  of  School   Funds. 

Sectioh  1.  The  principal  of  the  common  school  fund  shall  remain  per- 
manent am!  irreducible.  The  said  fund  shall  be  derived  from  the  following 
named  sources,  to-wit:  Appropriations  and  donations  by  the  state  to  this 
fund;  donations  and  bequests  by  individuals  to  the  state  or  public  for  com- 
mon schools;  the  proceeds  of  lands  and  other  property  which  revert  to  the 
state  by  escheat  and  forfeiture;  the  proceeds  of  all  property  granted  to  the 
state,  when  the  purpose  of  the  grant  is  not  specified,  or  is  uncertain;  funds 
accumulated  in  the  treasury  of  the  state  for  the  disbursement  of  which  pro- 
vision has  net  been  made  by  law;  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  timber,  stone, 
minerals  or  other  property  from  school  and  state  lands,  other  than  those 
granted  for  specific  purposes;  all  moneys  received  from  persons  appropriating 
timber,  stone,  minerals  and  other  property  from  school  and  state  lands,  other 
than  those  granted  for  specific  purposes,  and  all  moneys  other  than  rental, 
recovered  from  persons  trespassing  on  said  lands;  five  per  centum  of 
the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  public  lands  lying  within  the  state,  which 
shall  be  sold  by  the  United  States  subsequent  to  the  admission  of  the 
sta-te  into  the  Union  as  approved  by  section  13  of  the  act  of  Congress  enabling 
the  admission  of  the  state  into  the  Union;  the  principal  of  all  funds  arising 
from  the  sale  of  lands  and  other  property  which  have  been,  and  hereafter 
may  be  granted  to  the  state  for  the  support  of  common  schools,  and  such 
other  funds  as  may  be  provided  by  legislative  enactment. 

280.  Loss  a  Permanent  Debt  to  the  State. 

Se<  .  2.  All  losses  to  the  permanent  common  school  or  any  other 
educational  fund,  which  shall  be  occasioned  by  defalcation,  mismanagement 
or  fraud  of  the  agents  or  officers  controlling  or  managing  the  same,  shall  be 
audited  by  the  proper  authorities  of  the  state.  The  amount  so  audited  shall 
be  a  permanent  funded  debt  against  the  state  in  favor  of  the  particular  fund 
sustaining  such  loss,  upon  which  not  less  than  six  per  cent,  annual  Interest 
shall  be  paid. 

281.  Current  School   Funds. 

Sec.  3.  The  interest  accruing  on  said  permanent  school  fund,  together 
with  all  rentals  and  other  revenues  derived  therefrom,  and  from  lands  and 
other  property  devoted  to  the  common  school  fund,  shall  be  exclusively  ap- 
plied to  the  current  use  of  the  common  schools. 

In  addition  thereto  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  state  board  of  equalization, 
annually,  at  the  time  of  levying  taxes  for  state  purposes,  to  levy  a  tax  suffi- 
cient to  produce  a  sum  which,  when  added  to  the  amount  of  money  derived 
from  interest  and  other  income  from  the  state  permanent  school  fund  during 
the  preceding  school  year,  shall  equal  $10.00  for  each  child  of  school  age 
residing  in  the  state  as  shown  by  the  last  reports  of  the  several  county  super- 
intendents to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction:  Provided,  That  said 
tax  shall  not  exceed  five  (5)   mills  on  the  dollar. 

The  funds  provided  by  this  section  shall  be  known  as  the  current  state 
school  fund. 


STATE    OF    WASHINGTON 

i  •> 

282.  Tax  Levy   Must  Be  Certified. 

Sec.  4.  The  tax  levy  authorized  by  section  3  of  this  chapter  shall  be 
certified  to  the  several  county  auditors  in  the  same  manner  as  other  state 
raxes  are  required  to  be  certified,  and  shall  be  collected  and  retained  as  other 
public  funds,  by  the  county  treasurers,  until  paid  out  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed by  law. 

The  county  treasurer  shall  certify  to  the  State  Auditor  the  amount  of 
money  so  collected.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  State  Auditor,  within  thirty 
(30)  days  after  the  date  at  which  the  county  treasurers  are  required  to  trans- 
mit state  funds  to  the  State  Treasurer,  to  certify  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  the  amount  of  all  current  state  school  funds  in  the  hands 
of  the  State  Treasurer  and  county  treasurers  subject  to  apportionment.  In 
the  event  that  there  shall  be  an  excess  over  the  amount  apportioned  in  the 
hands  of  the  county  treasurer,  the  amount  shall  be  transmitted  forthwith  to 
the- State  Treasurer.  In  the  event  that  there  shall  not  be  in  the  hands  of  the 
county  treasurer  sufficient  to  pay  the  amount  apportioned  to  his  county,  the 
deficiency  shall  be  paid  by  the  State  Treasurer. 

283.  County  Tax   Must  Be  Levied. 

Sec.  5.  The  county  commissioners  of  the  several  counties  of  the  State  of 
Washington  shall  annually,  at  the  time  of  making  the  tax  levy  for  county 
purposes,  levy  a  tax  on  all  the  property  subject  to  taxation  in  their  county, 
sufficient  to  produce  the  sum  of  ten  dollars  for  each  child  of  school  age 
therein,  as  is  shown  by  the  certificate  of  the  county  superintendent  hereinafter 
mentioned:  Provided,  That  such  tax  on  said  property  shall  in  no  case  exceed 
five  mills  on  each  dollar,  at  the  assessed  valuation;  such  tax  to  be  used  for 
the  support  and  maintenance  of  the  public  schools  in  such  county. 

284.  County  Superintendent  to  Certify  School   Census. 

Sec  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  of  each  county 
in  the  State  of  Washington,  between  the  fifteenth  day  of  August  and  the  first 
day  of  September  of  each  year,  to  file  with  the  county  auditor  of  his  county 
a  certificate  showing  the  number  of  children  of  school  age  in  each  district  in 
his  county,  as  is  returned  to  him  by  the  several  school  districts  therein,  and 
said  certificate  shall  be  the  basis  upon  which  said  tax  levy,  as  mentioned  in 
section  5  hereof,  shall  be  made  by  the  county  commissioners  of  the  several 
counties  of  the  State  of  Washington. 

285.  How  County   Funds    Must   Be   Apportioned. 

Sec  7.  At  the  same  time  that  the  state  school  funds  are  apportioned  to 
the  different  districts,  as  provided  in  chapter  5,  Title  HI.  of  this  act,  the  whole 
of  the  money  derived  under  section  5  of  this  chapter  shall  be  apportioned  as 
follows:  Two-thirds  thereof  shall  go  to  the  different  districts  or  each  county 
in  proportion  to  the  number  of  days  of  attendance  in  each  district  for  the 
preceding  school  year,  and  one-third  thereof  shall  go  to  the  different  districts 
of  each  county  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  teachers  employed  in  such  dis- 
trict for  the  preceding  school  year:  Provided.  That  where  a  district  employed 
a  second  or  additional  teacher  for  a  term  less  than  eight  months  such  district, 
shall  receive  one-eighth  of  an  apportionment  for  each  teacher  for  each  month 
she  is  actually  employed. 


-(i  CODE   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

286.  District"  Taxes   May  Be  Levied. 

Sec.  8.  In  addition  to  the  school  revenues  provided  by  sections  3  and  6[5] 
of  this  chapter,  for  the  support  of  the  common  schools  of  this  state,  a  tax 
may  be  levied  upon  all  taxable  property  in  each  school  district  of  this  state, 
in  the  manner  provided  by  law.  and  the  funds  thereby  created  shall  be  known 
as  the  "School  District  Fund.'' 

The  "School  District  Fund,"  together  with  the  apportionment  from  the 
"Current  State  School  Fund"  and  the  county  apportionments,  shall  constitute 
the  "General  School  Fund"  of  each  school  district. 

287.  Certain  Moneys  to  Be  Placed  to  the  Credit  of  the  Current  School  Fund. 
Sec.  9.     Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  law,  all  sums  of  money  derived 

from  fines  imposed  for  violation  of  orders  of  injunction,  mandamus  and  other 
like  writs,  or  for  contempt  of  court,  and  the  net  proceeds  of  all  fines  collected 
within  the  several  counties  of  the  state  for  breach  of  the  penal  laws,  and  all 
funds  arising  from  the  sale  of  lost  goods  and  estrays,  and  from  penalties  and 
forfeitures,  shall  be  paid  in  cash  by  the  person  collecting  the  same,  within 
twenty  days  after  the  collection,  to  the  county  treasurer  of  the  county  in 
which  the  same  have  accrued,  and  shall  be  by  him  transmitted  to  the  State 
Treasurer,  who  shall  place  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  current  state  school 
fund.  He  shall  indicate  in  such  entry  the  source  from  which  such  money 
was  derived. 

CHAPTER  10.— BONDS. 

288.  Directors   May   Borrow    Money   Upon    Bonds. 

Ski  tion  1.  The  board  of  directors  of  any  school  district,  provided  for  in 
this  act,  or  hereafter  created  in  this  state,  may  borrow  money  and  issue  ne- 
gotiable coupon  bonds  therefor  to  any  amount  not  to  exceed  five  (5)  per  cent, 
of  the  taxable  property  in  such  district,  as  shown  by  the  last  assessment  roll 
for  county  and  state  purposes  previous  to  the  incurring  of  such  indebtedness; 
except  that  in  incorporated  cities  the  assessment  shall  be  taken  from  the 
last  assessment  for  city  purposes,  for  the  purpose  of  funding  outstanding 
indebtedness,  or  bonds  heretofore  issued,  or  issued  under  the  provisions  of 
this  act,  or  for  the  purchase  of  school  house  site  or  sites,  building  one  or 
more  school  houses  and  providing  the  same  with  all  necessary  furniture,  ap- 
paratus or  equipment,  or  for  any  or  all  of  these  purposes,  when  authorized  by 
a  vote  of  the  district  so  to  do  as  provided  in  section  2  of  this  chapter:  Pro- 
rifled.  That  the  bonds  so  issued  shall  bear  a  rate  of  interest  not  to  exceed 
six  per  rent,  per  annum,  interest  payable  annually  or  semi-annually,  payable 
and  redeemable  at  such  time  as  may  be  designated  in  the  bonds,  but  not  to 
<1  twenty   (20)   years  from  date  of  issue. 

289.  Bond    Elections. 

Sec.  2.  That  the  question  whether  bonds  shall  be  issued,  as  provided  in 
section  1  of  this  chapter,  shall  be  determined  at  an  election  to  be  held  in  the 
manner  prescribed  by  law  for  holding  annual  school  elections.  Notice  there- 
for shall  state  the  amount  of  bonds  proposed  to  be  issued,  time  they  are  to 
run,  and  purpose  for  which  the  money  is  to  be  used.  The  ballots  must  con- 
tain  the  words,  "Bonds,  yes,"  or  "Bonds,  no."  If  a  majority  of  the  votes 
cast  at  such  election  are  "Bonds,  yes,"  the  board  of  directors  must  issue  such 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  — 

bonds:  Provided,  That  if  the  amount  of  bonds  to  be  issued,  together  with 
any  outstanding  indebtedness  of  the  district,  exceeds  one  and  one-hall  per 
cent,  of  the  taxable  property  in  said  district,  then  three-fifths  of  the  vol 
at  such  election  must  be  "Bonds,  yes,"  before  the  board  of  directors  are  au- 
thorized to  issue  said  bonds.  The  bonds  shall  be  in  such  form  as  the  board  of 
directors  may  prescribe,  and  shall,  with  the  coupons,  be  signed  by  the  board 
of  directors  and  countersigned  by  the  clerk  of  the  school  district:  Prbvided, 
That  in  school  districts  of  the  first  class  said  bonds,  with  the  coupons,  shall 
be  signed  in  the  corporate  name  of  the  district  by  the  president  of  the  board 
of  directors  thereof  and  attested  by  the  secretary  of  the  board,  except  that 
said  coupons  may  bear  the  lithograph  signatures,  only,  of  the  said  president 
and  secretary;  in  districts  of  the  first  class  the  corporate  seal  of  t-he  said 
district  shall  be  affixed  to  each  bond  by  the  secretary  thereof. 

290.     Bonds  Shall  Be  Advertised. 

Sec.  3.  When  authorized  and  empowered  to  issue  bonds,  as  provided  in 
sections  1  and  2  of  this  chapter,  the  board  of  directors  shall,  within  thirty 
days  after  the  date  of  election,  certify  the  result  to  the  county  treasurer  to 
which  said  school  district  belongs,  who  shall  publish  notice  of  the  sale  of 
such  bonds,  in  at  least  one  weekly  newspaper  published  at  the  county  seat, 
if  there  be  one,  for  four  consecutive  issues,  and  publish  such  other  notices 
as  the  board  of  directors  may  require.  Said  notices  must  give  the  amounts 
of  bonds  to  be  sold,  the  time  to  run.  where  payable,  the  option,  if  any.  of 
the  district  to  redeem,  also  naming  the  hour  and  day  for  considering  bids, 
and  asking  bidders  to  name  price  and  rates  of  interest  at  which  they  will 
purchase  such  bonds  or  any  of  them.  Such  bonds  shall  be  issued  in  denomi- 
nations of  not  less  than  one  hundred  nor  more  than  one  thousand  dollars 
($1,000)  and  shall  contain  upon  their  face  the  date  and  series  of  issue,  rate 
of  interest,  where  payable,  time  to  run,  option,  if  any,  of  district  to  redeem, 
and  the  printed  or  lithographed  statement  that  said  bond  is  issued  under  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  and  that  the  whole  indebtedness  of  said  district  does 
not  exceed  the  constitutional  limit.  Each  bond  so  issued  must  be  registered 
by  the  county  treasurer  in  a  book  to  be  kept  for  that  purpose,  which  must 
show  the  number  and  such  data  as  is  necessary  to  secure  a  complete  record 
of  such  bond,  the  series  and  amount  of  such  bond,  the  person  to  whom  the 
same  is  issued,  the  number  of  the  district  issuing,  together  with  the  names 
of  directors  signing  the  same;  and  the  said  bond  shall  be  endorsed  by  the 
treasurer,  with  his  name  and  a  full  statement  of  the  name  of  the  person  to 
whom  sold,  and  when  issued,  together  with  the  number  and  series  of  said 
bond:  Provided,  That  in  the  case  of  joint  school  districts  the  bond  or  bonds 
shall  be  registered  by  the  treasurer  of  each  county  in  which  any  part  of  such 
joint  school  district  shall  lie. 

291.     Sale   of   Bonds. 

Sec.  4.  At  the  time  named  in  said  notice  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said 
board  of  directors  to  meet  with  the  county  treasurer  at  his  office,  and  with 
him  open  said  bids,  and  sell  said  bonds  or  any  portion  thereof  to  the  person 
or  persons  making  the  most  advantageous  offer:  Provided.  The  bonds  shall 
never  be  sold  below  par,  and  the  board  of  directors  may  reject  any  and  all 
bids,  and  at  any  time  within  two  years  of  the  election  at  which  authority  was 


78  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

granted  to  issue  and  sell  said  bonds,  the  board  of  directors  may  proceed  to 
readvertise  the  sale  of  such  bonds  or  any  portion  thereof  as  often  as  may  be 
necessary,  until  the  whole  thereof  shall  be  sold;  and  such  board  may  also 
require  all  persons  bidding  for  such  bonds,  except  the  State  of  Washington, 
(o  deposit  one  per  centum  of  the  par  value  of  the  bonds  bid  for  on  depositing 
with  the  treasurer  their  bids,  and  if  the  bidder  fails  to  take  and  pay  for  the 
bonds  for  which  he  bid,  in  case  of  their  sale  to  him,  the  amount  so  deposited 
shall  be  forfeited  to  the  school  district;  otherwise  to  be  returned  to  such 
bidder,  and  a  re-sale  of  such  bonds  so  refused  to  be  taken  may  be  made  as 
if  the  bid  for  the  same  had  been  rejected.  Upon  the  sale  of  the  bonds,  the 
board  of  directors  shall,  within  ten  days,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable, 
deliver  the  bonds,  properly  executed,  to  the  county  treasurer,  taking  his  re- 
ceipt therefor.  The  county  treasurer  shall,  upon  payment  of  the  price  agreed 
upon,  deliver  the  same  to  the  person  or  persons  to  whom  sold,  and  place  the 
moneys  arising  from  such  sale  to  the  credit  of  the  general  school  fund  of  the 
district.  Fees  for  advertising  shall  be  deducted  from  the  proceeds:  Pro- 
■  d.  That  if  the  board  of  directors  and  the  person  or  persons  to  whom  the 
bonds  are  sold  agree  that  the  delivery  of  said  bonds  shall  be  in  installments, 
the  county  treasurer  shall  hold  said  bonds,  and  deliver  to  purchasers  only  on 
written  order  of  the  board  of  directors  to  deliver  at  specified  time  the  bonds 
designated  by  number  and  series. 

292.  May   Exchange  Warrants  for  Bonds. 

Sec.  5.  If  bonds  issued  under  this  chapter  are  not  sold  as  herein  pro- 
vided, the  holders  of  unpaid  warrants  drawn  on  the  county  treasurer  by  such 
district  for  an  indebtedness  existing  at  the  date  of  the  election  may  exchange 
said  warrants  at  the  face  value  thereof  and  accrued  interest  thereon  for 
coupon  bonds  issued  under  this  chapter,  at  not  less  than  par  value  and  ac- 
crued interest  of  such  bonds  at  the  time  of  the  exchange;  such  exchange  to 
be  made  under  such  regulations  as  may  be  provided  by  the  board  of  directors 
of  such  district. 

293.  Joint  School   Districts. 

Si  c  .  6.  Fpr  the  purposes  of  this  chapter  a  joint  school  district  shall  be 
deemed  as  belonging  to  the  county  in  which  the  school  house  is  located,  if 
there  be  a  school  house,  and  if  there  be  no  school  house,  then  it  shall  be 
deemed  as  belonging  to  the  county  in  which  the  district  owns  a  school  house 
site  that  has  been  lawfully  selected  by  the  electors  of  the  district. 

294.  County  Commissioners   Must   Levy  Taxes  for   Interest. 

Sec.  7.  The  county  commissioners  must  ascertain  and  levy  annually,  in 
addition  to  the  school  district  tax,  the  tax  uecessary  to  pay  the  interest  upon 
such  bonds  as  it  b<  comes  due,  and  at  the  expiration  of  one-half  of  the  time 
for  which  said  bonds  arc  to  run,  and  annually  thereafter,  until  full  payment 
of  said  bonds  thej  may,  if  deemed  advisable,  levy,  in  addition  to  the 

tax  required  to  pay  the  interest,  such  amount  for  sinking  fund  to  meet  the 
payments  of  said  b<  adi  al  maturity,  to  be  determined  by  dividing  the  amount 
of  bonds  outstanding  by  the  remaining  number  of  years  to  run,  and  the  funa 
arising  from  such  levy  shall  be  kept  as  the  bond  redemption  fund  of  said 
district,  and  each  of  said  tax  levies  shall  be  a  lien  upon  the  property  of  said 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


9 


district,  and  must  be  collected  in  the  same  manner  as  the  taxes  fur  othei 
school  purposes:  Provided,  That  the  county  treasurer,  when  authorized  to 
do  so  by  the  board  of  directors  of  any  school  district,  may  invest  any  accum- 
ulated sinking  fund  of  said  district  in  school,  county  or  state  warrants  of  the 
State  of  Washington,  and  all  profits  accruing  from  such  investment,  and  the 
funds  so  invested,  shall  revert  to  the  sinking  fund  of  said  district,  and  the 
county  treasurer  shall  be  custodian  of  all  warrants  purchased  by  and  with 
the  said  sinking  fund,  until  the  same  are  redeemed:  And  provided  further, 
That  the  county  treasurer,  when  authorized  to  do  so  by  the  board  of  directors 
of  any  school  district,  may  purchase  and  redeem  any  of  the  outstanding  bonds 
of  said  district,  paying  for  said  bonds  out  of  the  accumulated  sinking  fund 
of  the  district. 

295.  Commissioners  to   Levy  for  Joint  Districts. 

Sec.  8.  In  case  of  a  joint  school  district,  the  county  commissioners  of 
each  and  every  county  in  which  any  part  of  such  joint  district  shall  lie, 
shall  levy  a  tax  as  hereinbefore  provided  in  section  6  of  this  chapter,  and  the 
treasurer  of  each  county  in  which  the  school  house  or  school  house  site  is  not 
situated  shall  at  least  five  days  before  the  time  at  which  said  bonds  or  the 
interest  thereon  must  be  paid,  according  to  the  conditions  cf  the  issuance  and 
sale  thereof,  transmit  to  the  treasurer  of  the  county  in  wnich  the  school 
house  or  school  house  site  is  situated  (and  to  which  the  joint  school  district 
is  construed  to  belong),  all  moneys  in  his  possession  derived  from  the  tax 
provided  for  in  this  chapter;  and  the  county  treasurer  receiving  such  money 
shall  receipt  in  duplicate  to  the  treasurer  or  treasurers  remitting  such  funds 
for  such  money;  and  he  shall  also  place  the  amount  or  amounts  so  received 
to  the  credit  of  the  special  bond  fund  or  funds  of  the  joint  school  district  to 
which  it  properly  belongs. 

296.  Treasurer    Must   Pay   Interest. 

Sec.  0.  The  county  treasurer  must  pay  out  of  any  moneys  belonging  to 
the  credit  of  the  fund  of  the  school  district  created  by  section  6  hereof  the 
interest  upon  any  bonds  issued  under  this  act  by  such  school  district  when 
the  same  becomes  due,  at  such  place  as  may  be  designated  in  the  coupons 
attached  to  said  bonds,  or  upon  the  presentation  at  his  office  of  said  coupons, 
which  must  show  the  amount  due  and  the  number  and  series  of  the  bond  to 
which  it  belongs,  and  all  coupons  so  paid  must  be  immediately  reported  to 
the  school  directors. 

297.  School   Directors  Must  Have  Bonds  Printed  or  Lithographed. 

Sec.  10.  The  school  directors  of  any  district  must  cause  to  be  printed  or 
lithographed,  at  the  lowest  rates,  suitable  bonds,  with  coupons  attached,  when 
the  same  become  necessary,  and  pay  therefor  out  of  the  moneys  in  the  county- 
treasury  to  the  credit  of  the  school  district. 

298.  School   Districts   May   Refund   Bonds. 

Sec  11.  Whenever  any  school  district  in  this  state  shall  have  heretofore, 
under  any  cf  the  arts  of  the  territorial  or  state  legislatures  then  in  force, 
lawfully  issued  any  bonds,  and  the  amount  of  said  bonds  so  issued  and 
negotiated   did   net.  at    the  time  of  their   issue,   exceed    the   sum   of  five  per 


80  CODE   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

centum  of  t lie  taxable  property  of  the  said  school  district,  it  shall  be  lawful 
for  the  said  school  district  to  issue  and  exchange  its  bonds  at  a  rate  of  in- 
terest not  greater  than  that  borne  by  the  original  issue  of  bonds,  par  for 
par,  without  any  further  vote  of  the  school  district  than  that  theretofore  had 
or  required  by  existing  law  at  the  time  of  their  issue,  and  said  bonds  shall 
in  all  respects  conform  to  and  be  governed  by  the  other  provisions  of  this  act. 

299.  School    Boards   May   Exchange   Bonds  for   Matured   Bonds. 

Sec.  12.  Whenever  any  bonds  lawfully  issued  by  any  school  district  under 
the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  reach  maturity  and  shall  remain  unpaid,  or 
may  be  paid  under  any  option  provided  in  the  bonds,  the  board  of  directors 
thereof  shall  have  the  power  to  fund  the  same  by  issuing  coupon  bonds  con- 
formable to  the  requirements  of  this  act  and  exchange  the  same  par  for  par, 
for  the  outstanding  bonds  as  aforesaid,  without  any  further  vote  of  the  school 
district:  Provided,  That  such  bonds  shall  be  issued  in  denominations  of  not 
less  than  one  hundred  dollars  nor  more  than  one  thousand  dollars,  shall  be 
redeemable  within  twenty  years  from  date  of  issue,  and  shall  draw  a  rate  of 
interest  not  to  exceed  six  per  centum  per  annum. 

300.  Holder  of  Bonds  to  Notify  County  Treasurer. 

Sec.  13.  Every  holder  of  any  of  the  bonds  so  issued  as  provided  in  this 
act.  shall  within  ten  (10)  days  after  he  shall  become  the  owner  or  holder 
thereof,  notify  the  county  treasurer  of  the  county  in  which  such  bonds  are 
issued  of  his  ownership,  together  with  his  full  name  and  postoffice  address, 
and  the  county  treasurer  of  said  county  shall,  in  addition  to  the  published 
notice  hereinafter  provided  for,  deposit  in  the  postoffice,  properly  stamped 
and  addressed  to  each  owner  or  holder  of  any  such  bonds  subject  to  redemp- 
tion or  payment,  a  notice  in  like  form,  stating  the  time  and  place  of  the  re- 
demption of  such  bonds  and  the  number  of  the  bonds  to  be  redeemed,  and  in 
case  any  owners  of  bonds  shall  fail  to  notify  the  treasurer  of  their  ownership 
as  aforesaid,  then  a  notice  mailed  to  the  last  holder  of  such  bonds  shall  be 
deemed  sufficient,  and  any  and  all  such  notices  so  mailed  as  aforesaid  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  personal  notice  to  the  holders  of  such  bonds,  and  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  time  therein  named  shall  have  the  force  to  suspend  the  interest 
upon  any  such  bonds. 

301.  County  Treasurer  Shall   Be   Paid  for   Incidental   Expenses. 

Sei  11.  At.  any  time  after  the  issuance  of  such  bonds,  and  in  the  dis- 
charge of  the  duties  imposed  upon  said  county  treasurer,  should  any  inci- 
dental expense,  costs  or  charges  arise,  the  said  county  treasurer  shall  present 
his  claim  for  the  same  to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  school  district  issuing 
such  bonds,  and  the  same  shall  be  audited  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  services  arc  paid   under  the  provisions  of  law. 

302.  County  Treasurer  to   Publish   Notice  of   Redemption   of   Bonds. 

Sec.  15.  Whenever  the  amount  of  any  sinking  fund  created  under  the 
provisions  of  (his  ad  -hall  equal  the  amount,  principal  and  interest,  of  any 
bond  then  due.  or  subject  under  the  pleasure  or  option  of  said  school  district 
to  tic  paid  or  redeemed,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  treasurer  of  the 
county  in  which   the  school  district  issuing  such  bonds  is  located,  to  publish 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


SI 


a  notice  in  the  official  newspaper  of  the  county,  if  such  a  one  there  be,  and 
if  not,  then  in  a  newspaper  of  general  circulation,  that  the  said  county 
treasurer  will  within  thirty  (30)  days  from  the  date  of  such  notice,  redeem 
and  pay  any  such  bond  then  redeemable  or  payable,  giving  priority  according 
to  the  date  of  issue  numerically,  and  upon  the  presentation  of  any  such  bond 
or  bonds  the  said  treasurer  shall  pay  the  same;  and  in  case  that  any  holder 
of  such  bond  or  bonds  shall  fail  or  neglect  to  present  the  same  at  the  time 
mentioned  in  said  notice,  or  in  the  notice  hereinbefore  provided  for,  then 
the  interest  upon  such  bond  or  bonds  shall  cease  and  determine,  and  the 
treasurer  of  such  county  shall  thereafter  pay  only  the  amount  of  such  bond 
and  the  interest  accrued  thereon  up  to  the  day  mentioned  in  said  notice. 
When  any  bonds  are  so  redeemed  or  paid,  the  county  treasurer  shall  cause 
the  same  to  be  fully  canceled,  and  write  across  the  face  of  such  bonds  the 
words  "redeemed,"  with  the  date  of  redemption,  and  shall  file  same  with  the 
county  auditor  as  vouchers  for  the  sums  so  paid. 

CHAPTER    11.— VALIDATION   OF    INDEBTEDNESS    AND    ISSUE    OF 
BONDS  THEREFOR. 

303.  Electors   May  Validate   Indebtedness. 

Section  1.  Any  school  district  may  validate  and  ratify  the  indebtedness 
of-  such  school  district,  incurred  for  strictly  school  purposes,  when  the  same 
together  with  all  then  outstanding  legal  indebtedness  does  not  exceed  five 
per  centum  of  the  value  of  the  taxable  property  in  such  school  district.  The 
value  of  taxable  property  in  such  school  district  shall  be  ascertained  as  pro- 
vided in  article  eight,  section  six  of  the  constitution  of  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington. 

304.  Resolution  of  Board — Three-fifths  Vote. 

Sec.  2.  Whenever  the  board  of  directors  of  any  school  district  shall  deem 
it  advisable  to  validate  and  ratify  the  indebtedness  mentioned  in  section  1 
of  this  chapter,  they  shall  provide  therefor  by  resolution,  which  shall  be 
entered  on  the  records  of  such  school  district,  which  resolution  shall  provide 
for  the  holding  of  an  election  for  the  purpose  of  submitting  the  question  of 
validating  and  ratifying  the  indebtedness  so  incurred  to  the  voters  of  such 
school  district  for  approval  or  disapproval,  and  if  at  such  election  three-fifths 
of  the  voters  in  such  school  district  voting  at  such  election  shall  vote  in  favor 
of  the  validation  and  ratification  of  such  indebtedness,  then  such  indebtedness 
so  validated  and  ratified  and  every  part  thereof  existing  at  the  time  of  the 
adoption  of  said  resolution  shall  thereby  become  and  is  hereby  declared  to  be 
validated  and  ratified  and  a  binding  obligation  upon  such  school  district. 
when  the  only  grounds  of  the  previous  invalidity  of  such  indebtedness  so 
ratified  and  validated  is  that  at  the  time  of  the  attempted  incurring  thereof. 
the  same,  together  with  all  other  then  existing  indebtedness  of  such  school 
district,  exceeded  one  and  one-half  per  centum  of  the  taxable  property  in  such 
school  district,  as  provided  in  article  eight,  section  six  of  the  constitution  of 
the  State  of  Washington,  and  that  such  indebtedness  was  so  attempted  to  be 
incurred  without  the  assent  of  three-fifths  of  the  voters  of  such  school  district 
voting  at  an  election  held  for  that  purpose,  as  required  by  said  constitution. 
—6 


go  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


305.  Posting  and   Publishing   Notices. 

Sec.  3.  At  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  the  resolution  provided  for  in  sec- 
tion 2  of  this  chapter,  the  board  of  directors  shall  direct  the  clerk  or  secre- 
tary of  the  board  to  give  public  notice  of  the  time,  place  or  places,  and  pur- 
pose of  such  election,  and  specifying  the  amount  and  general  character  of  the 
indebtedness  proposed  to  be  ratified.  Such  clerk  or  secretary  shall  thereupon 
cause  written  or  printed  notices  to  be  posted  in  at  least  five  places  in  such 
school  district,  at  least  twenty  days  before  such  election.  Said  notice  shall 
also  be  published  for  the  same  length  of  time  in  a  daily  newspaper,  printed 
and  published  in  such  district,  and  if  there  be  no  such  daily  newspaper,  then 
in  a  weekly  newspaper,  published  in  this  state  and  of  general  circulation  in 
the  county  where  such  school  district  is  situated,  in  two  regular  issues  of 
such  weekly  newspaper  next  preceding  the  day  of  such  election.  Said  notices 
shall  contain  a  copy  of  the  resolution  mentioned  in  section  2  of  this  chapter, 
the  time  of  holding  such  election  and  location  of  polling  place  or  places,  a 
statement  of  the  object  of  the  election,  and  the  form  of  the  ballot  adopted  by 
the  board  to  determine  the  question  submitted  to  the  voters. 

306.  The  Election. 

Skc.  4.  Elections  hereunder  shall  be  by  ballot,  and  conducted  in  the  man- 
ner provided  for  conducting  annual  school  elections.  The  ballot  must  con- 
tain the  words,  "Validating  and  ratifying  indebtedness,  yes,"  or  the  words, 
"Validating  and  ratifying  indebtedness,  no."  Ballots  containing  the  words, 
"Validating  and  ratifying  indebtedness,  yes,"  shall  be  counted  in  favor  of 
validating  and  ratifying  such  indebtedness,  and  ballots  containing  the  words, 
"Validating  and  ratifying  indebtedness,  no,"  shall  be  counted  against  vali- 
dating and  ratifying  such  indebtedness.  As  soon  as  the  polls  are  closed  at 
such  election,  the  judge  at  each  polling  place  shall  count  the  votes,  ascertain 
the  result  and  certify  the  same  and  make  return  thereof,  within  two  days 
after  such  election,  to  the  board  of  directors  of  such  district,  by  depositing  the 
same,  together  with  the  ballots  cast  at  such  election,  with  the  clerk  or  sec- 
retary of  such  board,  and  within  five  days  after  such  election,  or  as  soon  as  all 
the  returns  of  such  election  are  deposited  as  herein  provided,  the  board  of 
directors  of  such  district  shall  meet  and  canvass  and  declare  the  result,  and 
shall  cause  to  be  entered  a  minute  thereof  on  the  records  of  such  district. 
The  qualifications  of  voters  at  such  election  shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed 
for  the  election  of  school  officers. 

307.  Board  of  Directors  May  Issue  Bonds. 

Sec.  5.  If  the  indebtedness  of  such  school  district  is  validated  and  rati- 
fied, as  provided  in  this  chapter,  by  three-fifths  of  the  voters  voting  at  such 
election,  the  board  of  directors  of  such  school  district,  without  any  further 
vote,  may  borrow  money  and  issue  negotiable  coupon  bonds  therefor.  Bonds 
so  issued  shall  bear  a  rate  of  interest  not  to  exceed  six  per  cent,  per  annum, 
interest  payable  semi-annually,  payable  and  redeemable  at  such  time  and 
place  as  designated  in  the  bonds,  but  not  exceeding  twenty  years  from  date 
of  issue.  The  bonds  and  coupons  shall  be  in  such  form  as  the  board  of  di- 
rectors shall  prescribe,  and  payable  at  such  place  as  may  be  designated  there- 
in. In  all  school  districts  of  the  second  or  third  class,  said  bonds,  with  the 
coupons,  must  be  signed  by  the  board  of  directors  and  countersigned  by  the 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  33 


clerk  of  the  school  district.  In  school  districts  of  the  first-class  said  bonds, 
with  the  coupons,  must  be  signed  in  the  corporate  name  of  the  district,  by  the 
president  of  the  board  of  directors  thereof,  and  attested  by  the  secretary  of 
the  board,  except  that  the  said  coupons  may  bear  the  lithograph  signatures 
of  the  said  president  and  secretary.  The  seal  of  such  district,  ir  such  district 
has  a  seal,  shall  be  affixed  to  each  bond  by  the  secretary  thereof.  The  moneys 
arising  from  the  sale  of  coupon  bonds  issued  under  this  chapter  shall  be 
placed  by  the  treasurer  of  the  county  in  a  special  fund  to  the  credit  of  such 
school  district  existing  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  the  resolution  men- 
tioned in  section  2  of  this  chapter,  not  evidenced  by  negotiable  bonds. 

308.  Board  Shall   Deliver  Resolution  to  County  Treasurer. 

Sec.  6.  When  authorized  to  issue  bonds,  as  provided  in  this  chapter,  the 
board  of  directors  shall,  at  a  meeting  of  such  board,  by  resolution  provide  for 
the  issuing  of  such  bonds,  prescribing  their  number,  amount  and  term,  and 
shall  deliver  a  copy  of  said  resolution  to  the  county  treasurer  of  the  county 
in  which  such  school  district  is  situated  or  to  which  it  belongs  as  provided 
in  this  act,  who  shall  immediately  advertise  for  sale  said  bonds,  and  the  law 
relating  to  other  school  bonds  shall  govern,  control  and  apply  to  bonds  issued 
or  sold  under  this  chapter,  except  that  bonds  issued  under  this  chapter  shall 
not  bear  a  greater  rate  of  interest  than  six  per  cent,  per  annum,  and  they  may 
be  sold  in  such  amounts  or  blocks  as  the  board  of  directors  may  direct,  and 
such  board  may  also  require  all  persons  bidding  for  said  bonds,  except  the 
State  of  Washington,  to  deposit  one  per  cent,  of  the  par  value  of  the  bonds 
bid  for  on  depositing  with  the  treasurer  their  bids,  and  if  the  bidder  fails  to 
take  and  pay  for  the  bonds  for  which  he  bid,  in  case  of  their  sale  to  him,  the 
amount  so  deposited  shall  be  forfeited  to  the  school  district,  otherwise  to  be 
returned  to  such  bidder,  and  a  re-sale  of  such  bonds  so  refused  to  be  taken 
may  be  made  as  if  the  bid  for  the  same  had  been  rejected,  and  the  money 
arising  from  the  sale  of  the  bonds  issued  under  this  chapter  shall  be  applied 
as  provided  in  section  5  of  this  chapter. 

309.  Boards  May  Exchange  Bonds  for  Warrants. 

Sec.  7.  If  bonds  issued  under  this  chapter  are  not  sold  as  herein  provided, 
the  holders  of  unpaid  warrants  drawn  on  the  county  treasurer  by  such  dis- 
trict for  an  indebtedness  existing  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  the  resolu- 
tion mentioned  in  section  2  of  this  chapter,  may  exchange  said  warrants  at 
the  face  value  thereof  and  accrued  interest  thereon  for  coupon  bonds  issued 
under  this  chapter,  at  not  less  than  par  value  and  accrued  interest  of  such 
bonds  at  the  time  of  the  exchange;  such  exchange  to  be  made  under  such 
regulations  as  may  be  provided  by  the  board  of  directors  of  such  district. 

310.  If  Bonds  Are   Not  Issued,  Special    Levy   May  Be   Made. 

Sec.  8.  When  the  board  of  directors  shall  have  canvassed  and  declared 
the  result  of  the  election  as  prescribed  in  section  4  of  this  chapter,  it  shall, 
if  the  same  shall  have  been  in  favor  of  validating  and  ratifying  the  indebted- 
ness, immediately  cause  to  be  sent  to  the  county  treasurer  of  the  county  in 
which  such  district  is  situated,  notice  of  the  result  of  said  election.  The  an- 
nual expense  of  such  district  shall  not  thereafter  exceed  the  annual  revenue 
thereof,  and  any  officer  of  such  district  who  shall  knowingly  aid  in  increasing 


84  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


the  annual  expenditure  in  excess  of  the  annual  revenue  of  such  district  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  guilty  of  misdemeanor,  and  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  not 
exceeding  five  hundred  dollars.  If  the  indebtedness  of  such  school  district, 
excluding  the  bonded  indebtedness  existing  before  the  adoption  of  said  reso- 
lution, is  not  extinguished  by  the  exchange  of  warrants  for  bonds,  or  by  the 
proceeds  of  the  sale  of  bonds,  as  herein  provided,  then  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  board  of  directors,  thirty  days  before  the  regular  annual  tax  levy,  to 
certify  the  amount  of  such  indebtedness  remaining  unpaid  to  the  board  of 
county  commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  such  school  district  is  situated, 
and  said  board  of  county  commissioners,  at  the  time  of  making  the  regular 
annual  tax  levy,  shall  annually  levy  a  special  tax  on  the  taxable  property  of 
the  district  not  to  exceed  three  mills  on  the  dollar  on  the  valuation  of  such 
taxable  property,  which  shall  be  collected  as  other  taxes  are  collected,  and 
the  proceeds  of  such  tax  shall  be  a  special  fund  for  the  payment  of  the  in- 
debtedness of  such  district,  not  included  in  bonds,  existing  at  the  time  of  the 
adoption  of  the  resolution  mentioned  in  section  2  of  this  chapter. 

CHAPTER   12.— CERTIFICATION   OF   TEACHERS. 
Article  I. — General  Provisions. 

311.  Certificates  Not  Invalidated. 

Section  1.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  invalidate  the  life 
diplomas  granted  under  the  laws  of  the  Territory  of  Washington,  or  to  in- 
validate any  certificate  or  diploma  heretofore  granted  in  accordance  with  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  Washington,  but  the  same  shall  continue  in  effect  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  laws  under  which  they  were  granted: 
Provided,  That  any  third  grade  certificate,  second  grade  certificate,  first  grade 
primary  certificate,  or  first  grade  certificate,  or  any  renewal,  or  any  per- 
manent certificate,  in  full  force  and  effect  at  the  time  of  the  taking  effect  of 
this  act  shall,  for  the  purpose  of  renewal,  or  for  securing  a  certificate  of 
higher  grade,  or  for  securing  a  permanent  certificate,  or  for  any  other  pur- 
pose whatsoever,  be  of  the  same  force  and  effect,  and  shall  entitle  the  holder 
thereof  to  the  same  rights  and  privileges  as  he  would  be  entitled  to  were 
he  the  holder  of  a  certificate  of  like  designation  authorized  by  this  act. 

312.  Certificates  to  Be  Issued  by  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 
Sec.  2.     All  certificates  and  diplomas,  except  temporary  certificates,  and 

special  certificates,  shall  be  issued  or  countersigned  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction. 

313.  The  Fee  for  Any  Certificate  to  Be  One  Dollar. 

Sf.c.  3.  The  fee  for  any  teacher's  certificate  or  any  renewal  thereof,  or 
any  lifp  diploma,  or  other  instrument  issued  by  authority  of  the  State  of 
Washington,  and  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  in  the  public  schools  of  the 
state  shall  be  one  dollar.  The  fee  must  accompany  the  application  and  can- 
not be  refunded  unless  the  application  is  withdrawn  before  it  is  finally 
considered.  The  county  superintendent,  or  other  officer  authorized  to  receive 
such  fee,  shall  within  thirty  days  transmit  the  same  to  the  treasurer  of  the 
county  wherein  such  applicant  is  to  teach  or  resides,  to  be  by  him  placed  to 
the  credit  of  the  institute  fund  of  said  city  or  county:     Provided,  That  if  any 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  s- 


city  collecting  fees  for  the  certification  of  teachers  does  not  hold  an  institute 
separate  from  the  county,  then  all  such  moneys  shall  be  placed  to  the  credit 
of  the  county  institute  fund. 

314.  Applicants   Must   Be  at   Least   Eighteen  Years  of  Age. 

Sec.  4.  No  person  who  is  less  than  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  receive  a 
certificate  to  teach  in  the  State  of  Washington  nor  take  the  examination  for 
the  same;  nor  shall  any  person  less  than  nineteen  years  of  age  receive  any 
certificate  other  than  a  temporary,  a  third  grade,  or  a  second  grade. 

315.  Evidence  of   Moral   Character  Must   Be  Filed. 

Sec.  5.  No  teacher's  certificate  shall  be  issued  to  any  person  who  shall  not 
file  with  the  examiners  satisfactory  evidence  of  good  moral  character  and 
personal  fitness. 

316.  Credits  of  Ninety  Per  Cent,  or  Over. 

Sec.  6.  Any  person  who  receives  credits  of  ninety  per  cent,  or  over  In 
any  subject  or  subjects  at  any  regular  teachers'  examination  in  this  state 
shall  not  be  required  to  take  an  examination  again  in  such  subject  or  sub- 
jects in  order  to  receive  any  certificate  for  which  the  applicant  may  be 
eligible  to  apply,  so  long  as  he  is  actively  engaged  in  educational  work.  The 
holder  of  any  common  school  certificate  shall  be  entitled  to  write  on  one  or 
more  subjects  at  any  examination  for  the  purpose  of  securing  credits;  and 
when  sufficient  credits  have  been  earned  the  proper  certificate  shall  be  issued. 

317.  Evidence  of  Successful    Experience  Shall  Consist  of. 

Sec.  7.  Evidence  of  successful  teaching  experience  shall  consist  of  a  writ- 
ten personal  statement  signed  by  a  superintendent  of  schools  or  other  person 
competent  to  judge  and  having  personal  knowledge  of  the  applicant's  work 
as  a  teacher  or  supervisor,  which  shall  be  sent  by  the  writer  to  the  superin- 
tendent concerned.  The  aforesaid  documentary  evidence  of  successful  teach- 
ins  shall  be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion. 

318.  Optional   Subjects. 

Sec.  8.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  prepare  a  list  of  optional 
subjects  for  each  grade  above  the  second,  from  which  the  applicants  for  cer- 
tificates above  the  second  grade  may  select  as  provided  for  in  Article  IV  of 
this  chapter. 

319.  Certificates   May  Be   Renewed. 

Sec.  9.  Any  holder  of  a  certificate  higher  than  a  second  grade  who  shall, 
after  the  granting  of  the  same,  complete  one  year's  work  in  an  accredited 
institution  of  higher  education  in  this  state,  shall,  when  such  work  is  cer- 
tified to  by  the  president  of  such  institution,  be  entitled  to  a  renewal  upon 
application. 

320.  Certificate   Must  Contain  Subjects. 

Sec  10.  Every  certificate  issued  by  authority  of  the  State  of  Washington 
shall  have  written  or  printed  upon  its  face  the  subjects  in  which  the  holder 


86  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


has  been  examined,  with  standings  in  each,  or  the  subjects  or  work  upon 
which  credits  are  given. 

321.  Certificates  Entitle  Holder  to  Teach  in  Any  County  When  Registered. 
Sec.  11.  All  certificates  issued  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion shall  be  valid  and  entitle  the  holder  thereof  to  teach  in  any  county  of  the 
state  upon  being  registered  by  the  county  superintendent  thereof,  which  fact 
shall  be  evidenced  by  him  on  the  certificate  in  the  words,  "Registered  for  use 
in  county,"  together  with  the  date  of  registry,  and  his  official  signa- 
ture: Provided,  That  a  copy  of  the  original  certificate  or  diploma  duly  cer- 
tified by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  be  used  for  the  pur- 
pose of  registry  and  endorsement  in  lieu  of  the  original. 

Article  II. — Examinations. 

322.  Examination— Where  and   When    Held. 

Section  1.  An  examination  for  the  certification  of  teachers  of  the  State 
of  Washington  for  third,  second,  first  grade  primary  and  first  grade  cer- 
tificates shall  be  held  at  the  county  seat  of  each  county  by  the  county  super- 
intendent in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  State  Board 
of  Education,  on  the  second  Thursday  of  May  and  December  and  the  Friday 
and  Saturday  next  following  and  on  the  last  Thursday  of  August  and  the 
Friday  and  Saturday  next  following;  and  for  professional  and  life  certificates 
on  the  above  named  days  of  May  and  August  only:  Provided,  That  any  per- 
son taking  any  examination  shall  be  authorized  to  teach  until  notified  of  the 
result  of  such  examination. 

323.  County  Superintendents  Shall   Transmit    Manuscripts. 

Sec  2.  The  county  superintendent  shall  within  three  days  following  the 
close  of  the  examinations  provided  for  in  section  1  of  this  article,  transmit 
to  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  all  papers  written  at  such 
examination,  together  with  such  other  reports  as  shall  by  him  be  required. 
The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  keep  all  manuscripts  on  file 
for  a  period  of  at  least  sixty  (60)  days. 

Article  III. — Classification  of  Common  School  Certificates  and  Diplomas. 

324.  Classification  of  Certificates. 

Section  1.  The  certificates  and  diplomas  granted  by  authority  of  the 
State  of  Washington,  and  authorizing  the  holders  to  teach  in  the  public 
schools  of  this  state  shall  be  classified  as  follows: 

First — Common  School  Certificates  and  Diplomas. 

(a)  Third  Grade  Certificates; 

(b)  Second  Grade  Certificates; 

(c)  First  Grade  Primary  Certificates; 

(d)  First  Grade  Certificates; 

(e)  Professional  Certificates; 

(f)  Permanent  Certificates; 

1.  Permanent  First  Grade  Primary  Certificates; 

2.  Permanent  First  Grade  Certificates; 

3.  Permanent  Professional  Certificates; 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  g« 


(g)  Life  Certificates. 
Second — City  Certificates. 

(a)  City  High  School  Certificates; 

(b)  City  Grammar  School  Certificates; 

(c)  City  Primary  Certificates. 

Third— Certificates  and  diplomas  of  the  Higher  Institutions  of  Learning. 

(a)  Of  the  Normal  Schools; 

(b)  Of  the  State  College  of  Washington; 

(c)  Of  the  University  of  Washington. 
Fourth — Temporary  Certificates. 

Fifth — Special  Certificates. 

Aeticle  IV. — Common  School  Certificates  and  Diplomas. 
325.     Certificates  and   Diplomas   Described. 

Section  1.  The  common  school  certificates  and  diplomas  issued  by  au- 
thority of  the  State  of  Washington,  the  period  for  which  each  shall  be  valid 
and  the  qualifications  required  of  applicants  for  the  same  shall  be  as  follows: 

First — Third  Grade  Common  School  Certificates. — Applicant  shall  pass  an 
examination  in  reading,  grammar,  penmanhsip  and  punctuation,  history  of 
the  United  States,  geography,  arithmetic,  physiology  and  hygiene,  theory  and 
art  of  teaching,  orthography,  and  Washington  State  Manual.  This  certificate 
shall  be  valid  for  one  year:  Provided,  That  the  holder  of  a  third  grade  cer- 
tificate who  shall,  after  the  granting  of  the  same,  attend  any  accredited  in- 
stitution of  higher  education  in  this  state  for  one  year,  shall  upon  application 
be  granted  a  second  grade  certificate. 

Second — Second  Grade  Common  School  Certificates. — Applicants  shall 
have  credits  in  the  same  subjects  as  for  a  third  grade  common  school  cer- 
tificate and  shall  take  an  examination  in  music:  Provided,  That  this  cer- 
tificate may  be  granted  once  to  teachers  from  other  states  who  have  had  ten 
years  or  more  of  successful  experience.  Any  such  applicant  must  take  an 
examination  in  State  Manual.  This  certificate  shall  be  valid  for  two  years, 
but  may  be  renewed,  if,  during  the  life  of  the  certificate,  the  holder  has 
complied  with  any  one  of  the  following  conditions,  to-wit:  1.  An  attendance 
of  one  semester  at  an  accredited  school  of  higher  education  or  of  six  weeks 
at  an  accredited  summer  school  when  satisfactory  work  was  done  in  three 
subjects  and  certified  to  by  the  principal  of  such  school.  2.  Upon  sixteen 
months  of  successful  teaching. 

Third — First  Grade  Primary  Certificates. — Applicant  must  have  taught  at 
least  forty-five  months  in  the  primary  grades,  and  shall  have  credits  in  the 
same  subjects  as  for  a  second  grade  certificate,  and  must  also  pass  an  exami- 
nation in  nature  study,  drawing,  literature,  and  physical  geography;  but  the 
State  Board  of  Education  may  accept  other  subjects  in  lieu  of  two  of  the 
above  subjects  at  the  request  of  the  applicant,  as  provided  in  section  9 [SI  of 
article  1  of  this  chapter.  This  certificate  shall  authorize  the  holder  to  teach 
in  the  primary  grades  only  and  shall  be  valid  for  five  (5)  years,  and  may  be 
renewed  for  a  like  period  at  the  expiration  thereof  if  during  the  life  of  the 
certificate  the  holder  has  complied  with  any  one  of  the  following  conditions, 
to-wit:     1.    An  attendance  of  one  year  at  an  accredited  institution  of  higher 


88  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


learning  during  the  life  of  the  certificate  when  satisfactory  work  was  done 
in  three  subjects  and  certified  to  by  the  principal  or  president  of  such  school. 
2.  Successful  teaching  for  not  less  than  twenty-four  (24)  months  during  the 
life  of  the  certificate.    Any  renewal  may  be  renewed  in  like  manner. 

Fourth — First  Grade  Certificates. — Applicant  must  have  taught  at  least 
nine  (9)  months  and  shall  have  credits  in  the  same  subjects  as  for  a  second 
grade  certificate,  and  also  in  physics,  English  literature,  algebra  and  physical 
geography.  The  State  Board  of  Education  may  accept  other  subjects  in  lieu 
of  two  of  these  upon  request  of  the  applicant,  as  hereinbefore  provided.  Ap- 
plicant must  secure  the  same  number  of  credits  as  for  a  first  grade  primary 
certificate.  This  certificate  shall  be  valid  for  five  (5)  years  and  may  be 
renewed  in  the  same  manner  and  under  the  same  conditions  as  a  first  grade 
primary  certificate. 

Fifth — Professional  Certificates. — Applicant  shall  meet  all  the  require- 
ments for  a  first  grade  certificate,  but  must  have  taught  successfully  twenty- 
four  (24)  months,  at  least  eight  (8)  months  of  which  must  have  been  in  the 
State  of  Washington.  He  shall  also  pass  an  examination  in  plane  geometry, 
geology,  botany,  zoology,  and  civil  government:  Provided,  That  the  State 
Board  of  Education  may  accept  other  subjects  in  lieu  of  any  or  all  of  these 
upon  the  request  of  the  applicant,  as  hereinbefore  provided.  This  certificate 
shall  be  valid  for  five  (5)  years  and  may  be  renewed  in  the  same  manner  and 
under  the  same  conditions  as  a  first  grade  certificate. 

Sixth — Permanent  Certificates. — Applicant  must  be  the  holder  of  a  first 
grade  primary  certificate,  a  first  grade  certificate,  or  a  professional  certificate, 
or  a  renewal  of  any  one  of  them,  in  full  force  and  effect,  and  must  have 
taught  successfully  not  less  than  seventy -two  (72)  months,  nor  less  than 
thirty-six  (36)  months  in  the  State  of  Washington,  nor  less  than  eighteen 
(18)  months  subsequent  to  the  granting  of  the  certificate  upon  which  the 
application  is  made.  Upon  filing  satisfactory  evidence  of  having  met  these 
requirements,  together  with  the  written  endorsement  of  the  county  superin- 
tendent, a  permanent  certificate  shall  be  issued  of  the  same  grade  as  that 
held  by  the  applicant,  valid  during  the  life  of  the  holder  unless  revoked  for 
cause. 

Seventh — Life  Certificates. — Applicant  must  file  with  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  evidence  of  having  taught  successfully  for  forty-five 
(45)  months,  not  less  than  twenty-seven  (27)  months  of  which  shall  have 
been  in  this  state.  He  must  have  the  credits  required  for  professional  cer- 
tificates and  in  addition  shall  pass  an  examination  in  the  following,  to-wit: 
Psychology,  history  of  education,  bookkeeping,  composition,  general  history: 
Provided,  That  the  Board  of  Education  may  accept  other  subjects  in  lieu 
thereof  upon  request  of  the  applicant.  This  certificate  shall  be  valid  during 
the  life  of  the  holder  unless  revoked  for  cause. 

Article  V. — City  Certificates. 

326.     Board  of  Examiners — Powers  and   Duties. 

Section  1.  In  any  city  of  this  state  in  which  one  hundred  or  more 
teachers  are  employed  in  the  city  schools,  if  the  board  of  directors  in  such 
city  shall  so  determine,  there  shall  be  a  board  of  examiners,  consisting  of  the 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  §9 

city  superintendent  of  schools  and  two  other  members  having*  practical 
experience  as  teachers,  residents  of  said  city,  to  be  designated  as  associate 
examiners.  The  associate  examiners  shall  be  elected  by  the  board  of  directors 
at  their  regular  meeting  in  July  annually,  and  shall  hold  office  for  one  year, 
but  no  candidate  for  examination  as  a  preliminary  to  teaching  in  the  public 
schools  shall  be  an  associate  examiner.  The  city  superintendent  of  schools 
shall  be  chairman  of  the  board  of  examiners.  The  board  of  examiners  shall 
meet  and  hold  examinations  for  the  granting  of  teachers'  certificates  on  such 
occasions  only  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  board  of  directors.  Such  board 
•of  examiners  shall  have  power: 

1.  To  adopt  rules  and  regulations,  not  inconsistent  with  the  laws  of  this 
state  or  the  rules  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  for  its  own  government 
and  for  the  examination  of  teachers  and  to  fix  standards  of  proficiency  for  the 
granting  and  renewing  of  certificates,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  board 
of  directors. 

2.  To  prepare  questions  on  the  various  subjects  prescribed  by  law  and 
examine  by  written  or  oral  examination  all  candidates  for  the  following  cer- 
tificates : 

(a)  A  city  high  school  certificate,  valid  for  one  year  only,  unless  renewed, 
and  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  or  serve  as  principal  in  any  primary, 
grammar,  or  high  school  in  such  city. 

(ft)  A  city  grammar  school  certificate,  valid  for  one  year  only,  unless 
renewed,  and  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  in  any  primary  or  grammar 
school,  or  serve  as  principal  in  any  primary  school  in  such  city. 

(c)  A  city  primary  certificate,  valid  for  one  year  only,  unless  renewed, 
and  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  in  any  primary  school  in  the  city. 
'  The  board  of  examiners  shall  report  the  result  of  all  examinations  to  the 
board  of  directors,  who,  through  the  president  and  secretary  thereof,  shall 
issue  to  the  successful  candidates  the  certificates  to  which  they  are  entitled; 
and  the  board  of  directors  shall  report  a  list  of  certificates  issued  to  the 
State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  to  the  county  superintendent 
of  the  county  in  which  the  city  is  located. 

3.  To  recommend  to  the  board  of  directors  renewal  of  the  various  renew- 
able certificates,  in  accordance  with  such  regulations  as  they  may  adopt,  or  as 
may  be  prescribed  by  the  board  of  directors;  whereupon  said  board  of  di- 
rectors, through  its  president  and  secretary,  may  renew  such  certificates  from 
year  to  year. 

327.  Qualifications  of  Applicants. 

Sec.  2.  No  certificate  of  permission  to  teach  shall  be  issued  to  any  person 
not  eighteen  years  of  age.  No  certificate  shall  be  granted  to  any  person  whose 
moral  character  or  habits  are  known  by  the  board  of  examiners  or  board  of 
directors  to  be  bad,  or  who  is  afflicted  with  a  serious  infectious  or  hereditary 
disease.  No  certificate  shall  be  granted  by  the  board  of  directors  or  upon 
its  authority  except  to  successful  candidates  in  a  regular  or  special  examina- 
tion conducted  by  the  board  of  examiners  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  the  law. 

328.  Primary  and  Grammar  Certificates. 

Sec.  3.  City  primary  and  city  grammar  certificates  shall  be  granted  only 
to  applicants  who  are  found  upon  examination  to  have  a  practical  knowledge 


90  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


of  pedagogics,  school  management  and  the  general  school  system  of  the  State 
of  Washington,  and  to  be  proficient  in  and  qualified  to  teach  the  following 
branches:  Reading,  writing,  spelling,  English  grammar,  geography,  arith- 
metic, physiology  and  hygiene,  United  States  history,  and  such  other  English 
branches  as  the  board  of  directors  may  prescribe:  Provided,  That  the  ex- 
amination of  applicants  for  such  certificates  shall  be  specially  adapted  to 
discover  their  fitness  to  teach  all  branches  named  to  pupils  of  primary  or 
grammar  grades  respectively. 

329.  High  School  Certificates. 

Sec.  4.  City  high  school  certificates  shall  be  granted  only  to  applicants 
who  pass  satisfactorily  the  examination  required  for  grammar  certificates 
and  in  addition  thereto  sustain  a  satisfactory  examination  in  civil  govern- 
ment, physical  geography,  elementary  physics,  algebra,  botany,  and  such 
other  branches  as  the  board  of  directors  may  prescribe. 

330.  Exemptions  from    Examinations. 

Sec.  5.  Holders  of  normal  diplomas  and  holders  of  state  diplomas  or 
state  certificates  or  any  certificate  authorized  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
Washington  shall  be  exempt  from  all  further  examinations  during  the  terms 
of  validity  of  such  certificates  as  provided  by  law.  Teachers  engaged  in  the 
exclusive  teaching  of  music,  foreign  languages,  drawing,  penmanship,  kinder- 
garten, manual  training,  domestic  science  and  physical  culture  shall  be 
exempt  from  all  examinations  except  such  as  pertain  to  the  special  depart- 
ments over  which  they  preside. 

331.  Special   Certificates. 

Sec.  6.  Special  certificates  shall  be  granted  only  to  applicants  who  pass 
satisfactorily  the  examination  in  a  special  or  departmental  subject  (such  as 
music,  foreign  language,  drawing,  penmanship,  kindergarten,  manual  train- 
ing, domestic  science,  physical  culture,  etc.),  and  such  other  subjects  as  are 
calculated  to  discover  applicants'  fitness  to  teach  in  public  schools. 

Article   VI. — Certificates   and   Diplomas   of   the   Higher   Institutions   of 

Leaening. 

332.  Papers  to   Be   Issued  According  to   Law. 

Section  1.  Certificates  and  diplomas  of  the  normal  schools,  of  the  State 
College  of  Washington,  and  of  the  University  of  Washington  shall  be  granted 
as  provided  by  law. 

Article  VII. — Temporary  Certificates. 

333.  Shall    Be  Granted,  to   Whom. 

Section  1.  Temporary  certificates  shall  be  issued  by  the  county  superin- 
tendent, or,  if  in  a  district  of  the  first  class  by  the  city  superintendent,  in  the 
county  or  district  where  the  applicant  expects  to  teach  and  shall  be  valid  In 
such  county  or  district  only  until  the  end  of  the  then  current  school  year. 
Temporary  certificates  shall  be  granted  to  such  applicants  only  as  show  evi- 
dence of  fitness  to  teach,  either  by  successful  experience,  or  by  being  the 
holder  of  accredited  papers  or  a  valid  certificate  or  diploma  from  some  other 
state  or  territory,  or  by  special  written  examination.     Only  one  temporary 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  91 

certificate  shall  be  issued  to  any  one  applicant  within  a  period  of  three  (3) 
years,  and  issuance  of  the  same  shall  be  immediately  reported  to  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction. 

Article  VIII. — Special  Certificates. 

334.  Shall   Be  Granted,  to  Whom. 

Section  1.  Special  certificates  shall  be  issued  by  the  county  superintend- 
ent, or  city  superintendent  if  in  a  city,  to  applicants  who  show  by  examina- 
tion or  otherwise  satisfactory  evidence  of  fitness  to  teach  special  subjects, 
such  as  music,  foreign  languages,  art,  manual  training,  penmanship,  kinder- 
garten, domestic  science,  typewriting,  stenography,  physical  culture,  etc. 
Special*certificates  shall  be  valid  so  long  as  the  holder  continues  to  teach  in 
the  city  or  county  where  granted,  unless  revoked. 

Article  IX. — Revocation  of  Certificates. 

335.  May  Be  Revoked  by  Authority  Which   Issued   It. 

Section  1.  Any  certificate  to  teach  named  in  this  act  may  be  revoked  by 
the  authority  authorized  to  grant  same  upon  complaint  of  any  superintendent 
for  immorality,  violation  of  written  contract,  intemperance,  crime  against  the 
law  of  the  state,  or  any  unprofessional  conduct,  after  the  defendant  has  been 
given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard. 

336.  Penalty  for  Revocation. 

Sec.  2.  In  case  any  certificate  is  revoked,  the  holder  shall  not  be  eligible 
to  receive  another  teacher's  certificate  for  a  period  of  twelve  months  after  the 
date  of  revocation. 

337.  Right  of  Appeal. 

Sec  3.  Any  teacher  whose  certificate  to  teach  has  been  revoked,  as  pro- 
vided in  the  preceding  sections,  and  feeling  aggrieved  at  such  revocation, 
shall  have  the  following  right  of  appeal: 

First.  To  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  whenever  the  cer- 
tificate has  been  revoked  by  the  county  superintendent. 

Second.  To  the  State  Board  of  Education  when  the  certificate  has  been 
revoked  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

Third.  To  the  State  Board  of  Education  when  the  certificate  has  been 
revoked  by  the  faculty  of  the  State  University,  the  State  College  or  the 
normal  schools. 

Fourth.  An  appeal  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  to  the  State  Superin- 
tendent shall  operate  as  a  stay  of  proceedings  for  a  period  of  thirty  (30) 
days,  and  an  appeal  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  operate  as  a  stay 
of  proceedings  till  the  next  regular  or  special  meeting  of  said  board. 

CHAPTER  13. 
Article  I. — General  Elections. 

338.  General    Elections— When   Held. 

Section  1.  The  election  of  school  district  directors  shall,  except  as  other- 
wise provided  by  law,  be  held  on  the  first  Saturday  in  March  of  each  year,  at 


92  CODE    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


the  district  school  house,  if  there  be  one,  or  if  there  be  none,  or  more  than 
one,  then  at  a  place  to  be  designated  by  the  board  of  directors.  Special  school 
elections  shall  be  called  and  conducted  in  the  manner  provided  for  calling  and 
conducting  annual  elections. 

339.  Notices  of  Election. 

Sec.  2.  The  district  clerk  must  give  at  least  ten  days'  notice  of  such  school 
election,  by  posting  or  causing  to  be  posted,  written  or  printed  notices  thereof 
in  at  least  three  public  places  in  the  district,  one  of  which  must  be  the  place 
of  holding  the  election.  Said  notice  must  designate  the  place  of  holding  the 
election,  day  of  holding  the  election,  hours  between  whicu  tne  polls  are 
to  be  kept  open,  names  and  offices  for  wihch  persons  are  to  be  elected,  and 
terms  of  office,  with  a  statement  of  any  other  questions  which  the  board 
of  directors  may  desire  to  submit  to  the  electors  of  said  district.  Notices 
must  be  signed  by  the  district  clerk  "By  order  of  the  board  of  directors." 
Unless  otherwise  designated  in  the  notice  of  election,  the  polls  shall  be 
open  at  one  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  and  close  at  eight  o'clock  In  the  after- 
noon, but  the  board  of  directors  may,  in  districts  of  the  second  or  the  third 
class,  previous  to  giving  notice  of  election,  determine  on  an  hour  before  eight 
o'clock  for  closing,  but  they  must  not  be  closed  earlier  than  four  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon.  In  no  case  shall  the  polls  be  opened  before  the  hour  named  in  the 
notice,  nor  kept  open  after  the  hour  fixed  for  closing  the  polls,  but  if  there 
is  not  a  sufficient  number  of  electors  present  at  the  hour  named  for  opening 
the  polls  to  constitute  a  board  of  election,  it  shall  be  lawful  to  open  the  polls 
as  soon  thereafter  as  a  sufficient  number  of  electors  is  present. 

340.  Organization  of  Election  Board. 

Sec.  3.  At  the  hour  fixed  for  opening  the  polls  the  electors  present  shall 
select  two  electors  to  act  as  judges  of  the  election  and  one  elector  to  act  as 
clerk  of  the  election,  and  the  three  selected  shall  constitute  the  election  board; 
and  no  election  shall  be  held  unless  an  election  board  is  so  constituted  and 
qualified.  The  judges  and  clerk  aforesaid  shall,  before  entering  upon  the 
duties  of  their  office,  severally  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  or  affirmation  faith- 
fully to  discharge  the  duties  as  such  officers  of  election,  said  oath  or  affirma- 
tion to  be  administered  by  any  school  officer  or  any  other  person  authorized 
to  administer  oaths.  The  judges  shall,  before  they  commence  receiving  bal- 
lots, cause  to  be  proclaimed  aloud  at  the  place  of  voting  that  the  polls  are 
now  open. 

341.  Must  Vote  by  Ballot. 

4.  The  voting  shall  be  by  ballot.  The  ballots  shall  be  of  white  paper 
of  uniform  size  and  quality,  containing  the  names  of  the  persons  for  whom 
the  electors  intend  to  vote,  and  designating  the  office  to  which  such  person  so 
named  is  intended  by  him  to  be  chosen.  Whenever  any  person  offers  to  vote, 
one  of  the  judges  shall  pronounce  his  name  in  an  audible  voice,  and  if  there 
be  no  objections  to  the  qualifications  of  such  person  as  an  elector,  he  shall 
receive  the  ballot  in  the  presence  of  the  election  board  and  deposit  the  same 
without  being  opened  or  examined  in  the  ballot  box,  and  the  clerk  shall 
immediately  enter  the  name  upon  the  list  headed  "Names  of  voters." 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


98 


342.  Qualifications  of  Voters. 

Sec.  5.  Every  person,  male  or  female,  over  the  age  of  twenty-one  years, 
who  shall  have  resided  in  the  school  district  for  thirty  days  immediately  pre- 
ceding any  school  election,  and  in  the  state  one  year,  and  is  otherwise,  except 
as  to  sex,  qualified  to  vote  at  any  general  election,  shall  be  a  legal  voter  at 
any  school  election,  and  no  other  person  shall  be  allowed  to  vote:  Provided, 
That  registration  for  purposes  of  school  election  shall  not  be  required  except 
in  school  districts  of  the  first  class.  Persons  offering  to  vote  may  be  chal- 
lenged by  any  legally  qualified  school  elector  of  the  district,  and  one  of  the 
judges  of  election  shall  thereupon,  before  receiving  his  vote,  administer  to 
the  person  challenged  an  oath  in  substance  as  follows:  "You  do  swear,  (or 
affirm)  that  you  are  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  that  you  are  twenty-one 
years  of  age,  according  to  your  information  and  belief,  and  that  you  have 
resided  in  this  district  thirty  days  next  preceding  this  election,  and  in  the 
state  one  year,  and  that  you  have  not  voted  before  on  this  day."  If  he  shall 
refuse  to  take  the  oath,  his  vote  will  be  rejected.  Any  person  guilty  of  illegal 
voting  shall  be  punished  as  provided  in  the  general  election  laws  of  the  state. 

343.  Closing  of  Polls — Counting  of  Ballots. 

Sec.  6.  When  the  polls  are  closed,  proclamation  thereof  shall  be  made  at 
the  place  of  voting,  and  no  vote  shall  be  afterward  received.  As  soon  as  the 
polls  are  closed  the  judges  shall  open  the  ballot  box  and  commence  counting 
the  votes,  and  in  no  case  shall  the  ballot  box  be  removed  from  the  room  in 
which  the  election  is  held  until  all  the  votes  are  counted.  The  counting  shall 
be  in  public.  The  ballots  shall  be  taken  out  one  by  one,  by  one  of  the  judges, 
who  shall  open  them  and  read  aloud  the  name  of  each  person  contained 
therein,  and  the  office  for  which  such  person  was  voted  for.  The  clerk  shall 
write  down  each  office  to  be  filled  and  the  name  of  such  person  voted  for  such 
office,  and  shall  keep  the  number  of  votes  by  tallies  as  they  are  read  aloud 
toy  one  of  the  judges.  The  counting  of  the  votes  shall  continue  without  ad- 
journment until  all  the  votes  are  counted.  No  ticket  shall  be  rejected  on 
account  of  form  or  mistake  in  the  initials,  or  spelling  of  names,  if  the  judges 
can  determine  to  their  satisfaction  the  person  voted  for  and  the  office  intended. 
After  the  result  of  the  election  is  duly  canvassed  and  officially  declared,  the 
clerk  of  the  election  shall  forward  the  poll  sheet  thereof  to  the  county  super- 
intendent, who  shall  preserve  the  same  on  file  in  his  office. 

344.  Persons  Having   Highest  Number  of  Votes  Elected. 

Sec  7.  Persons  having  the  highest  number  of  votes  given  for  each  office 
shall  be  declared  duly  elected,  and  the  clerk  of  election  shall  immediately 
make  out  and  deliver  to  each  person  so  elected  a  certificate  of  election.  The 
clerk  of  election  shall  also  make  out  a  certificate  showing  the  persons  elected 
to  each  office  at  such  election,  with  oaths  of  office  of  persons  elected  attached, 
and  mail  such  certificates  and  oaths  to  the  superintendent  of  schools  of  the 
county  in  which  the  election  is  held.  If  two  persons  have  an  equal  and 
highest  number  of  votes  for  one  and  the  same  office,  they  shall,  within  ten 
days  after  the  election,  appear  before  the  clerk  of  election  of  said  district  and 
publicly  decide  by  lot  which  of  the  persons  so  having  an  equal  number  of 
votes  shall  be  declared  elected,  and  the  clerk  of  election  shall  make  out  and 
deliver  to  the  person  thus  declared  elected  a  certificate  of  his  election,  and 


94  CODE   OF   PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION 


notify  the  county  superintendent  of  the  county  as  before  provided.  If  the 
persons  above  named  do  not,  within  ten  days  after  election,  thus  decide,  the 
office  shall  be  declared  vacant  by  the  clerk  of  election,  and  the  county  superin- 
tendent shall,  when  notified  of  the  vacancy,  fill  the  same  by  appointment. 

Article  II. — Special  Meetings 

345.  Board   May  Call  Special   Meeting  of  Electors. 

Section  1.  Any  board  of  directors  may,  at  its  discretion  and  shall,  upon 
a  petition  of  a  majority  of  the  legal  voters  of  their  district,  call  a  special 
meeting  of  the  voters  of  the  district,  to  determine  the  length  of  time  in  excess 
of  the  minimum  length  of  time  prescribed  by  law  that  such  school  shall  be 
maintained  in  the  district  during  the  year;  to  determine  whether  or  not  the 
district  shall  purchase  any  school  house  site  or  sites,  and  to  determine  the 
location  thereof;  or  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  district  shall  build  one 
or  more  school  houses;  or  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  district  shall 
maintain  one  or  more  free  kindergartens;  or  to  determine  whether  or  not  the 
district  shall  sell  any  real  or  personal  property  belonging  to  the  district, 
borrow  money  or  establish  and  maintain  a  school  district  library. 

346.  The  Meeting,  How,  When  and  Where  Held. 

Sec  2.  All  such  special  meetings  shall  be  held  at  the  school  house,  if 
there  be  one,  or  if  there  be  none,  or  more  than  one,  then  at  such  school  house 
or  place  as  the  board  of  directors  may  determine.  The  voting  shall  be  by 
ballot,  the  ballots  to  be  of  white  paper  of  uniform  size  and  quality.  At  least 
ten  days'  notice  of  such  special  meeting  shall  be  given  by  the  district  clerk  i;i 
the  manner  that  notice  is  required  to  be  given  of  the  annual  school  election, 
which  notice  shall  state  the  object  or  objects  for  which  the  meeting  is  to  be 
held,  and  no  other  business  shall  be  transacted  at  such  meeting  than  such  as 
is  specified  in  the  notice.  The  district  clerk  shall  be  clerk  of  the  meeting, 
and  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  directors  or,  in  his  absence,  the  senior  di- 
rector present,  shall  be  chairman  of  the  meeting:  Provided,  That  in  the 
absence  of  one  or  all  of  said  officers,  the  qualified  electors  present  may  elect 
a  chairman  or  clerk,  or  both  chairman  and  clerk,  of  said  meeting  as  occasion 
may  require,  from  among  their  number.  The  clerk  of  the  meeting  shall  make 
a  record  of  the  proceedings  of  the  meeting,  and  when  the  clerk  of  such  meet- 
ing has  been  elected  by  the  qualified  voters  present,  he  shall  within  ten  days 
thereafter,  file  the  record  of  the  proceedings,  duly  certified,  with  the  clerk  of 
the  district,  and  said  records  shall  become  a  part  of  the  records  of  the  district, 
and  be  preserved  as  other  records. 

347.  Board   Must  Obey  Directions. 

Sec  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  board  of  directors  to  carry  out  the 
directions  of  the  electors  of  their  districts  as  expressed  at  any  such  meeting. 

Article  III. — Elections  in  Districts  of  the  Fihst  Class. 

348.  Notices  of   Election. 

Section  1.  The  regular  district  election  in  each  district  of  the  first  class 
shall  be  held  upon  the  first  Saturday  of  December  in  each  year.  The  board 
of  directors  shall  cause  written  or  printed  notices  to  be  posted,  specifying  the 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


95 


day  and  place  of  such  election,  and  the  time  during  which  the  ballot  box  will 
be  kept  open.  Said  notices  shall  be  posted  in  at  least  one  place  in  each  ward 
in  the  district  at  least  twenty  days  previous  to  the  time  of  election.  Said 
notices  shall  also  be  published  three  times  in  two  daily  papers  published  in 
the  district,  and  if  there  be  no  daily  or  dailies,  then  in  the  weekly  paper  or 
papers  in  three  regular  issues  next  preceding  the  day  of  such  election.  If 
the  board  of  directors  fail  to  give  notice  at  such  time,  as  herein  provided, 
then  any  five  legal  voters  residing  in  the  district  may  give  such  notice  over 
their  own  title  for  such  election. 

349.  All  Elections  to  Be  by  Ballot. 

Sec.  2.  All  elections  shall  be  by  official  ballot  and  the  polls  shall  be  opened 
at  one  o'clock  p.  m.  and  be  closed  at  eight  o'clock  p.  m.  The  official  ballot 
shall  be  printed  and  furnished  by  the  board  of  directors,  and  shall  contain 
the  names  of  all  candidates. whose  names  have  been  presented  by  petitions 
filed  with  the  secretary  of  the  board  not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  day  of 
election.  The  names  of  no  other  candidates  shall  appear  upon  said  official 
ballots,  and  no  other  ballots  shall  be  received  or  counted. 

350.  Not   More  Than  Two  Voting   Places  in   Each   Ward. 

Sec.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  directors  to  provide  at  least 
one  and  not  more  than  two  voting  places  in  each  ward.  The  board  shall  also 
appoint  two  judges  and  one  clerk  for  each  voting  precinct.  Both  judges  and 
clerk  shall  be  qualified  electors  in  the  precinct  for  which  they  were  appointed. 
Should  any  judge  or  clerk  be  absent  at  the  time  for  opening  the  polls,  the 
electors  present  shall  appoint  a  legal  voter  to  fill  such  vacancy. 

351.  Qualification  of  Voters. 

Sec. 4.  Only  those  persons,  male  and  female,  who  have  complied  with  the 
laws  governing  registration  in  districts  of  the  first  class,  shall  be  permitted 
to  vote,  and  no  person  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  at  said  election  except  in  the 
ward  in  which  he  or  she  resides:  Provided,  That  any  elector  of  said  district 
who  has  duly  registered  as  a  voter  at  any  general  election  in  said  district 
shall  be  allowed  to  vote  at  the  next  succeeding  school  election  held  the  same 
year  without  registration. 

352.  City  Clerk  Must  Furnish  Registration  Books. 

Sec.  5.  The  city  clerk  or  other  municipal  officer  in  whose  custody  the 
registration  books  of  the  general  election  are  kept  shall  furnish  to  the  sec- 
retary of  the  board,  on  the  morning  of  the  day  of  any  school  election,  the 
registration  books  of  said  city  or  a  copy  thereof,  which  said  registration  books 
shall  be  returned  within  two  days  after  said  election. 

353.  Board  of  Directors  Shall  Canvass  Returns. 

Sec.  6.  The  board  of  directors  shall,  upon  closing  the  polls,  receive  the 
returns  at  the  time  and  the  place  it  shall  direct,  and  shall,  within  five  (5) 
days  from  said  election,  meet  as  a  canvassing  board,  and  in  the  presence  of 
any  duly  qualified  justice  of  the  peace  in  and  for  said  county,  canvass  the 
returns  and  ascertain  the  result.  The  result  of  said  election  shall  be  certified 
by  the  board  of  directors  to  the  county  school  superintendent,  who  shall  pre- 
serve said  certificate,  entering  upon  his  records  the  receipt  of  said  certificate 


96  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


and  the  names  of  the  person  or  persons  elected  as  members  of  such  board  of 
directors  for  said  district,  together  with  the  term  for  which  elected. 

Article  IV. — Registration  of  Voters  in  School  Districts  or  the  First  Class. 

354.  All    Persons    Must   Register. 

Section  1.  No  person  shall  vote  at  any  school  election,  either  general  or 
special,  to  be  held  in  any  school  district  of  the  first  class,  unless  he  or  she 
shall  have  previously  complied  with  the  requirements  as  to  registration,  as 
in  this  act  provided. 

355.  Secretary   Must   Register  Voters. 

Sec.  2.  The  secretary  of  the  board  of  directors  in  each  district  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  keep  the  books  of  registration  herein  provided 
for,  and  shall  register  therein  the  names  of  all  duly  qualified  voters  in  his 
district,  on  application,  in  the  manner  and  at  the.  times  here  specified. 

356.  School   Board   Must  Furnish   Books  and   Blanks. 

Sec.  3.  The  board  of  directors  of  each  district  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  this  act  shall  furnish  the  secretary  of  such  board,  at  the  expense  of  the 
district,  all  blanks  and  books  of  registration  and  shall  furnish,  at  the  expense 
of  their  respective  districts,  all  funds  necessary  for  carrying  out  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act. 

357.  When  and  Where  Books  Shall  Be  Opened. 

Sec  4.  The  books  of  registration  shall  be  opened  for  the  purpose  of  regis- 
tration, at  the  office  of  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  the  district,  on  each  day 
between  the  hours  of  9  o'clock  a.  m.  and  4  o'clock  p.  m.,  except  on  legal  holi- 
days, and  they  shall  be  closed  and  no  names  shall  be  registered  therein  during 
the  five  days  preceding  any  special  or  general  election  held  in  such  district. 
The  secretary  of  the  board  shall  give  notice  of  the  closing  of  the  books  of 
registration  in  his  district  by  notice  published  in  a  newspaper  of  general 
circulation,  published  in  his  district,  at  least  ten  days  before  the  day  for 
closing  said  books. 

358.  Books  May  Be  Opened  at  Convenient  Places. 

Sec.  5.  For  a  period  of  thirty  days  preceding  the  closing  of  registration 
books  for  any  election,  the  books  may  be  opened  at  a  convenient  place  in  the 
district  for  the  registration  of  voters,  which  places  must  be  designated  by  the 
board  of  directors,  and  during  a  period  of  ten  days  immediately  preceding 
the  closing  of  such  books  they  shall  be  kept  open  until  seven  o'clock  each 
evening,  and  they  may  be  kept  open  until  a  later  hour  by  order  of  the  board 
of  directors. 

359.  Registration   Required  Once   Each  Year. 

Sec.  6.  Registration  shall  not  be  required  more  than  once  in  each  year. 
All  persons,  male  or  female,  who  are  qualified  electors  under  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  shall  be  entitled  to  registration  on  application  to  the  secretary  of 
the  board  of  directors  of  the  district  in  which  they  reside:  Provided,  Such 
elector  shall  have  been  a  resident  of  the  state  for  one  year,  of  the  county 
ninety  days,  and  of  the  voting  precinct  thirty  days  prior  to  the  next  general 
or  special  school  election  to  be  held  in  such  district.    No  person  shall  vote  at 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  <r 

any  such  election  except  in  the  precinct  where  he  or  she  has  resided  foi     tu 
length  of  time  above  specified. 

360.  Separate   Book  for   Each    Precinct. 

Sec.  7.  There  shall  be  provided  by  the  board  of  directors  in  each  district, 
and  kept  by  the  secretary  of  such  board,  a  separate  hook  of  registration  for 
each  school  election  precinct  in  the  district.  Each  ward  in  any  city  withia 
which  the  whole  or  any  portion  of  a  school  district  may  be  situate  shall  be 
a  voting  precinct  for  all  general  or  special  school  elections.  The  book  of 
registration  shall  bear  the  name  or  number  of  the  precinct  to  which  it 
longs.  In  case  the  whole  or  any  portion  of  any  such  district  shall  lie  withoul 
the  limits  of  any  incorporated  city,  the  board  of  directors  of  such  i  istrict 
shall  subdivide  such  outlying  territory  into  voting  precincts,  so  that  each  pre- 
cinct shall  contain  as  near  as  may  be  five  hundred  inhabitants,  and  aftei  'he 
boundaries  of  such  precincts  shall  have  been  established,  said  territory  Bhall 
not  be  redistricted  oftener  than  once  in  three  years,  and  not  then  unless  one 
or  more  of  the  precincts  thereof  shall  have  attained  a  population  of  more  than 
five  hundred  inhabitants.  In  case  the  authorities  of  any  city,  within  which 
the  whole  or  any  portion  of  any  district  may  lie,  shall  cause  the  boundaries 
of  the  wards  of  such  city  to  be  changed  after  the  opening  of  the  book-  of 
registration  for  the  school  district,  the  voting  precincts  of  such  district  shall 
conform  to  the  lines  of  the  wards  as  established  when  said  books  "were  opt  aed 
until  the  next  set  of  books  shall  be  opened,  at  which  time  said  new  books  and 
the  voting  precincts  of  such  district  shall  conform  to  the  boundaries  cf  the 
wards  as  then  established. 

361.  What  the   Book   Shall   Contain. 

Skc.  8.     The  books  of  registration  aforesaid  shall  be  so  arranged  as  I 
mit.  the  alphabetical  classification  of  the  names  of  the  voters,  and  rule  1   in 
parallel  columns  with  appropriate  heads,  as  follows:      Date  of  registral 
name,  age,  occupation,  place  of  residence,  place  of  birth,  time  of  residence 
in  the  state,  county  and  precinct,  and  if  of  foreign  birth,  name  and  place  of 
court  and  date  of  declaration  of  intention  to  become  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States,  or  date  of  naturalization,  and  with  one  column  for  signature  and  one 
for  remarks,  and  one  column  for  checking  the  name  of  voter  at  the  time  of 
voting.     Under  head  of  place  of  residence  shall  be  noted  the  number  of  lot 
and  block,  or  number  and  street  where  applicant  resides,  or  some  other  definite 
description  sufficient  to  locate  the  residence,  and  the  voter  so  registering     • 
provided  in  this  section  shall  sign  his  or  her  name  on  the  registry 
the  entries  above  required,  in  the  column  headed  "Signature."'  and  in 
voter  shall  not  be  capable  of  writing  his  or  her  name  he  or  she  shall,  on  (he 
left  hand  margin  of  said  column,  make  his  or  her  mark  by  a  cross 
other  mark  as  is  usual  in  indicating  his  or  her  signature,  and  som>  r 

who  is  personally  known  to  said  voter,  and  is  personally  known  to  t: 
tering  officer,  and  who  is  capable  of  writing  his  or  her  name,  shall   sign    in 
said  column  immediately  opposite  said  mark  as  an  identifying  witness  thereto. 

362.  Must  Appear  in    Person  to   Register. 

Sec.  9.    Xo  person  shall  be  registered  unless  he  or  she  appears  in  p       i 
before  the  secretary  or  the  board  of '  directors  in   the  district  in  which   ■  ich 

—  7 


;i,s  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  [NSTRUCTION. 


lides,  during  the  hours  the  hooks  are  opened  for  registration,  and 
s  truly  the  questions  that  may  be  put  to  him  or  her  touching  his  oi- 
lier qualifications  to  vote  in  such  district,  and  shall  also  make  and  subscribe 
the  following  oath: 

State  of  Washington,  County  of ,  ss. 

I,   do  solemnly  swear   (or  affirm)   that  I  am 

;i»  legally  qualified  school  elector,  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Washington, 
and  that  I  have  been  an  actual  permanent  resident  of  said  state  for  eleven 
months  and  twenty  days  last  past,  and  of  the  county  for  eighty  days  last  past. 

aid  the  precinct  twenty  clays  last  past,  and  that  I  have  not 

lost  my  civil  rights  by  reason  of  being  convicted  of  any  infamous  crime. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of 

■  Said  affidavit  shall  be  filed  and  preserved  by  the  secretary  of  the  board 
for  at  least  two  years. 

363.  Secretary   to    Administer   Oaths. 

•  Sec.  10.  The  secretaries  of  the  boards  of  directors  are  hereby  empowered 
to  administer  all  necessary  oaths  in  examining  applicants  for  registration,  or 
any  witness  that  may  be  offered  in  behalf  of  any  applicant.  The  said  sec- 
retary shall  examine  carefully  any  applicant  whose  right  to  register  he  may 
doubt,  or  who  may  be  challenged,  and  if  the  applicant  shall  be  entitled  to 
vote  at  the  next  election  he  or  she  shall  be  registered,  otherwise  not. 

364.  May   Transfer   Registration. 

Si>  .  11.  If  any  elector  shall,  during  the  year  for  which  he  or  she  may  be 
registered,  change  his  or  her  place  of  residence  from  the  precinct  in  which  he 
or  she  is  registered,  he  or  she  shall  apply  to  the  secretary  of  the  board  to  have 
said  removal  noted.  The  secretary  shall  run  a  red  ink  line  across  the  name 
iii  the  precinct  book  in  which  said  applicant  shall  be  registered,  and  likewise 
note  said  removal  in  the  column  headed  "Remarks"  in  said  book,  and  there- 
upon the  said  secretary  shall  enter  the  name  and  register  the  elector  in  the 
registration  book  of  the  ward  to  which  he  or  she  has  removed. 

365.  Voters    May   Be   Challenged. 

12.  Registration  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  prima  facie 
evidence  of  the  right  of  the  elector  to  vote  at  any  general  or  special  school 
election  held  within  the  district  during  the  year  for  which  said  elector  is 
registered.  If  any  person  duly  registered  is  challenged,  it  shall  oe  the  duty  of 
the  judges  of  election  to  examine  the  challenger  and  any  witnesses  that  may 
be  produced  on  oath,  touching  the  righl  of  such  elector  to  vote;  the  judges 
shall  then,  unless  they  dismiss  said  challenge,  examine  the  proposed  elector 
on  oath,  and  if  it  appears  that  said  elector  is  entitled  to  vole  at  said  election, 
his  or  her  vote  shall  be  received,  otherwise  rejected,  Any  person  swearing 
falsely  before  any  judge  of  election,  on  the  hearing  of  any  such  challenge, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  perjury,  ami  shall  In-  subjected  to  the  pains  and 
penalties  of  perjury. 

366.  Secretary  to  Deliver  Books  to   Election  Clerks. 

Sfc.  13.  On  the  morning  of  any  general  or  special  school  election  the  sec- 
retary of  the  board  shall  deliver  to  the  clerk  of  each  voting  precinct  within 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON". 


99 


his  district  the  original  book  of  registration  of  the  precinct  for  which  such 
clerk  was  appointed.  Each  clerk  of  election  shall  return  the  book  of  regis- 
tration entrusted  to  him  to  the  secretary  of  the  board  at  the  time  of  the  de- 
livery of  the  ballots  cast  in  the  precinct  at  such  election,  and  It  shall  be 
unlawful  for  any  clerk  or  any  judge  of  election  to  cause  or  allow  any  marks 
or  alterations  to  be  made  in  said  book  while  the  same  is  in  their  possession, 
other  than  a  proper  check  mark  when  a  ballot  is  cast,  to  indicate  the  party 
voting. 

CHAPTER  14.— PENALTIES. 

367.  For   Disclosing    Questions. 

Section  1.  Any  member  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  any  employe  of 
the  State  of  Washington,  any  county  superintendent  or  any  employe  of  his 
office,  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  disclose  any  question  or  questions  pre- 
pared for  the  examination  of  teachers  or  of  eighth  grade  pupils,  or  any 
teacher  or  other  person  connected  with  the  instruction  of  or  the  examination 
of  eighth  grade  pupils,  who  shall,  before  the  time  appointed  for  the  use  of 
the  questions  in  the  examination  of  such  pupils,  disclose  the  questions,  or 
make  known  their  character,  or  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  assist  any 
such  eighth  grade  pupil  to  answer  any  question  submitted,  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  fined  in  any 
sum  not  less  than  one  hundred  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars.  Said 
fine  shall  be  turned  over  to  the  county  treasurer  of  the  county  in  which  it  is 
collected,  and  shall  be  by  him  transmitted  to  the  State  Treasurer,  who  shall 
place  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  current  school  fund  of  the  state. 

368.  For   Failure  of  County  Superintendent  to   Report  to  Superintendent  of 

Public  Instruction. 
Sec.  2.  If  any  county  superintendent  fails  to  make  a  full  and  correct 
report  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  of  all  statements  required 
by  him,  or  if  he  shall  fail  to  file  with  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
a  full  and  correct  annual  report  within  ten  days  after  the  time  prescribed 
by  law  for  filing  said  report,  he  shall  forfeit  the  sum  of  fifty  dollars  from  his 
salary,  and  the  board  of  county  commissioners  are  hereby  authorized  and 
required  to  deduct  therefrom  the  sum  aforesaid  upon  information  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  that  such  reports  have  not  been  made. 

369.  For  Failure  to  Pay  Over  Fines. 

Sec.  3.  Any  officer  or  person  collecting  or  receiving  any  fines,  forfeitures 
or  other  moneys  belonging  to  the  schools  of  the  State  of  Washington,  or  be- 
longing to  the  school  fund  of  any  county  or  school  district  in  this  state,  and 
refusing  or  failing  to  pay  over  the  same,  as  required  by  law,  shall  forfeit 
double  the  amount  so  withheld,  and  interest  thereon  at  the  rate  of  five  per 
cent,  per  month  during  the  time  of  so  withholding  the  same;  and  it  shall  be 
a  special  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  to  supervise  and  see 
that  the  provisions  of  this  section  are  fully  complied  with,  and  report  thereon 
to  the  county  commissioners  semi-annually  or  oftener.  Such  fines  and  pen- 
alties, when  collected,  shall  be  turned  over  to  the  county  treasurer  and  by 
him  transmitted  to  the  State  Treasurer,  who  shall  place  the  same  to  the 
credit  of  the  current  school  fund  of  the  state. 


IQQ  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

370.  For   Failure  to   Provide  for  Teaching   Hygiene. 

Sm  .  I.  Upon  complaint  in  writing  being  made  to  any  county  superin- 
tendent by  any  district  clerk,  or  by  any  head  of  a  family,  that  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  district  of  which  said  clerk  shall  hold  his  office,  or  said  head 
of  family  shall  reside,  have  failed  to  make  provisions  for  the  teaching  of 
hygiene  or  have  failed  to  require  it  to  be  taught,  with  special  reference  to  the 
effects  of  alcoholic  drink,  stimulants  and  narcotics  upon  the  human  system,  as 
provided  by  law,  in  the  common  schools  of  such  districts,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  such  county  superintendent  to  investigate  at  once  the  matter  of  such  com- 
plaints, and  if  found  to  be  true,  he  shall  immediately  notify  the  county  treas- 
urer of  the  county  in  which  such  school  district  is  located,  and  after  the  re- 
ceipt of  such  notice,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  such  county  treasurer  to  refuse 
to  pay  any  warrants  drawn  upon  him  by  the  board  of  directors  of  such  dis- 
trict subsequent  to  the  date  of  such  notice  and  until  he  shall  be  notified  to 
do  so  by  such  county  superintendent.  Whenever  it  shall  be  made  to  appear 
to  the  said  county  superintendent,  and  he  shall  be  satisfied  that  the  board  of 
directors  of  such  district  are  complying  with  the  provisions  of  law  in  this 
matter,  and  are  causing  physiology  and  hygiene  to  be  taught  in  the  public 
schools  of  such  district  as  hereinbefore  provided,  he  shall  notify  said  county 
treasurer,  and  said  treasurer  shall  thereupon  honor  the  warrants  of  said  board 
of  directors. 

371.  For  Failure  of  County  Superintendent  to  Enforce  Teaching  of  Hygiene. 
Sec.  ■",.     Any  county  superintendent  of  common  schools  who  shall  fail  or 

refuse  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  preceding  section  shall  be  liable  to 
a  penalty  of  one  hundred  dollars,  to  be  recovered  in  civil  action  in  the  name 
of  the  state  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  and  the  sum  recovered 
shall  go  into  the  state  current  school  fund;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
prosecuting  attorneys  of  the  several  counties  of  the  state  to  see  that  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section  are  enforced. 

372.  For  Clerk's  Failure  to   Make   Report. 

Sec,  6.  In  case  the  district  clerk  fails  to  make  the  reports  as  by  law  pro- 
vided, at  the  proper  time  and  in  the  proper  manner,  he  shall  forfeit  and  pay 
to  the  district  tin-  sum  of  twenty-five  dollars  for  each  and  every  such  failure. 
He  shall  also  be  liable,  if,  through  such  neglect,  the  district  fails  to  receive 
its  just  apportionment  of  school  moneys,  for  the  full  amount  so  lost.  Each 
and  all  of  said  forfeitures  shall  be  recovered  in  a  suit  brought  by  the  county 
superintendent  or  by  any  citizen  of  such  district,  in  the  name  of  and  for  the 
benefit  of  such  district,  and  all  moneys  so  collected  shall  be  paid  over  to  the 
coun  irer  and  shall  be  by  him  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  geneml  fund 

of  the  district  to  which  it  belongs. 

373.  For  Failure  to   Deliver  Books  to  Successor. 

7.     Any  school  officer  who  shall  refuse  or  fail  to  deliver  to  his  qualified 

successor  all   books,   papers,  records  and  moneys   pertaining  to  his  office,  or 

shall  wilfully  multilate  or  destroy  any  such  property,  or  any  part  thereof, 

or  shall  misapply  moneys  entrusted  to  him  by  virtue  of  his  office,  shall  be 

a    misdemeanor,   and    shall,    upon    conviction    thereof,   be 

ot  to  exceed  one  hundred  dollars;   said  fine,  when  col- 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  1()1 


lected,  to  be  turned  over  to  the  county  treasurer  and  by  him  transmitted  to 
the  State  Treasurer,  who  shall  place  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  current 
school  fund  of  the  state;  and  any  director  who  shall  aid  in,  or  give  his  con- 
sent to  the  employment  of  a  teacher  who  is  not  the  holder  of  a  valid  certificate 
authorizing  him  or  her  to  teach  in  the  public  schools  of  this  state,  shall  be 
personally  liable  to  his  district  for  any  loss  which  it  may  sustain  by  reason 
of  the  employment  of  such  person  not  lawfully  cpialified  to  teach. 

374.  For  Failure  to   Enforce  Course  of  Study. 

Sec.  8.  Any  teacher  who  wilfully  refuses  or  neglects  to  enforce  the  course 
of  study  or  the  rules  and  regulations  required  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, or  by  any  other  lawful  authority,  shall  not  be  allowed  by  the  directors 
any  warrant  for  salary  due  until  said  teacher  shall  have  complied  with  said 
requirements. 

375.  For   Maltreatment  of  a   Pupil. 

Sec.  9.  Any  teacher  who  shall  maltreat  or  abuse  any  pupil  by  administer- 
ing any  unjust  punishment,  or  who  shall  inflict  punishment  on  the  head  or 
face  of  a  pupil,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction 
thereof  before  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  be  fined  in  any  sum 
not  exceeding  one  hundred  dollars.  Said  fine,  when  collected,  shall  be  turned 
over  to  the  county  treasurer  and  by  him  transmitted  to  the  State  Treasurer, 
who  shall  place  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  current  school  fund  of  the  state. 

376.  For   Failure  to   Attend   an    Institute. 

Sec.  10.  In  addition  to  other  causes  for  the  revocation  of  teachers'  cer- 
tificates as  provided  by  law,  any  teacher  failing  to  attend  the  annual  institute 
held  in  the  county  in  which  he  is  employed,  or  the  annual  joint  institute  held 
by  the  county  in  which  he  is  employed  and  another  county  or  other  counties, 
unless  for  good  and  sufficient  reasons  satisfactory  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  may  upon  complaint  of  the  superintendent  of  the  county 
in  which  he  is  employed  to  teach  have  any  certificate  he  may  hold  forfeited 
by  order  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction:  Provided.  That  such 
forfeiture  shall  be  duly  published  after  the  said  teacher  shall  have  been  given 
opportunity  to  present  his  reasons  for  such  non-attendance,  and  after  final 
action  thereon. 

377.  For  Abusing  a  Teacher. 

Sec.  11.  Any  parent,  guardian  or  other  person  who  shall  insult  or  abuse  a 
teacher  in  the  presence  of-  his  school,  or  anywhere  on  the  school  grounds  or 
premises,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  be  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  ten  dollars  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  and  said  fine 
shall  be  turned  over  to  the  county  treasurer,  and  by  him  remitted  to  the 
State  Treasurer,  who  shall  place  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  current  school 
fund  of  the  state. 

378.  For  Disturbing  a   School    Meeting. 

Sec.  12.  Any  person  who  shall  wilfully  disturb  any  school  or  school  meet- 
ing shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof 
shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  more  than  fifty  dollars.  Said  fine,  when  col- 
lected, shall  be  turned  over  to  the  county  treasurer  and  by  him  transmitted 


l()o  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


to  the  Stale  Treasurer,  who  shall  place  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  current 
school  fund  of  the  state. 

379.  For  False  Report  of  the  Presence  of  Pupils. 

Sec.  13.  Any  teacher,  principal  or  superintendent  who  shall  knowingly 
report,  cause  to  be  reported,  or  permit  to  be  reported,  the  presence  of  any 
pupil  or  pupils  at  school,  when  such  pupil  or  pupils  were  absent,  or  when 
school  is  not  in  session,  shall  forfeit  his  certificate  or  subject  it  to  revocation 
and  the  same  shall  not  be  restored  or  a  new  one  granted  within  one  year 
after  such  forfeiture  or  revocation:  Provided,  That  pupils  who  are  excused 
from  attendance  at  examinations  for  promotion,  having  completed  their  work 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  board  of  directors,  shall  be  accredited  with 
attendance  during  said  days  of  examination. 

380.  For  Injuring  School   Property. 

Sec.  14.  Any  pupil  who  shall  cut,  deface  or  otherwise  injure  any  school 
house,  furniture,  fence  or  outbuilding  thereof,  or  any  book  or  books  belong- 
ing to  the  district  library,  shall  be  liable  to  suspension  and  punishment,  and 
the  parent  or  guardian  of  such  pupil  shall  be  liable  for  damages,  on  complaint 
of  the  teacher  or  of  any  director  or  other  person  residing  in  the  district; 
and  when  such  damages  shall  have  been  collected  they  shall  be  turned  over 
to  the  county  treasurer  and  by  him  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  school  district 
sustaining  such  damages. 

381.  For  Failure  to   Use  Adopted  Text  Books. 

Sec.  15.  Any  district  using  text  books  other  than  those  prescribed  by 
lawful  authority,  or  any  district  failing  to  comply  with  the  course  of  study 
prescribed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  or  by  other  lawful  authority,  or 
any  district  in  which  warrants  are  issued  to  a  teacher  not  legally  qualified 
to  teach  in  the  common  school  of  the  said  district,  shall  forfeit  twenty-five 
per  cent,  of  their  school  fund  for  that  or  the  subsequent  year,  and  it  is  hereby 
made  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  deduct  said  amount  from  the 
apportionment  to  be  made  to  any  district  failing  in  either  or  all  of  the  above 
requirements,  and  the  amounts  thus  deducted  shall  revert  to  the  general 
school  funds  of  the  state,  and  the  county  treasurer  shall  return  the  same  to 
the  State  Treasurer  for  reapportionment. 

382.  For  Failure  of  New  District  to   Have  One   Month  of  School. 

16.  Any  new  district  formed  bj  the  division  of  an  old  one  and  which 
new  district  shall  have  maintained  at  least  one  month's  school  during  the 
preceding  school  year,  as  shown  by  the  last  annual  report  of  the  county 
superintendent,  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion, shall  be  entitled  to  its  just  share  of  school  moneys  when  the  time  that 
school  was  maintained  in  the  old  district  before  division,  and  in  the  new  one 
after  division,  shall  be  equal  to  at  least  the  minimum  time  required  by  law 
in  the  old  district:  Provided,  That  if  any  school  district  has  heretofore  failed 
to  receive  apportionment  of  state  school  funds  because  of  a  failure  to  hold 
school  the  time  required  by  law,  and  there  are  unpaid  warrants  drawn  on  the 
general  funds  of  said  district  for  maintenance  of  school  prior  to  said  failure, 
a  special  tax  shall  be  levied  by  the  board  of  county  commissioners  on   the 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


10.) 


property  of  the  district,  the  proceeds  of  which  tax  shall   he  applied   to   the 
payment  of  the  indebtedness. 

383.  For  False  Swearing. 

Sec.  17.  If  any  person  shall  falsely  swear  or  affirm  in  taking  the  oath  or 
making  the  affirmation  herein  prescribed  when  being  registered  for  voting 
in  a  school  district  of  the  first  class,  or  shall  falsely  personate  another  and 
procure  the  person  so  personated  to  be  registered,  or  if  any  person  shall 
represent  his  name  to  the  secretary  or  officer  of  registration  to  be  different 
from  what  it  actually  is,  and  cause  such  name  to  be  registered,  or  if  any 
person  shall  cause  any  name  to  be  placed  upon  the  register  list  otherwise 
than  in  the  manner  provided  in  this  act,  he  or  she  shall  be  guilty  of  a  felony. 
and  upon  conviction  be  punished  by  confinement  in  the  penitentiary  nor 
more  than  five  nor  less  than  one  year. 

CHAPTER   15.— APPEALS. 

384.  May  Appeal   Within  Thirty  Days. 

Section'  1.  Any  person,  or  persons,  either  severally  or  collectively,  ag- 
grieved by  any  decision  or  order  of  any  school  officer  or  school  board  may. 
within  thirty  days  after  the  rendition  of  such  decision  or  order,  or  of  tlie 
failure  to  act  upon  the  same  when  properly  presented,  appeal  the  same  to  the 
proper  officer  or  board  as  hereinafter  provided. 

385.  Appeals — To  Whom  Taken. 

Sec.  2.  Appeals  from  the  decision  or  order,  or  from  the  failure  to  decide 
or  order,  by  a  board  of  school  directors  shall  be  taken  to  the  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools  in  and  for  the  county.  Appeals  from  the  decision  or  order, 
or  the  failure  to  decide  or  order,  of  a  county  superintendent  of  schools  shall, 
when  relating  to  the  territory  or  boundaries,  or  to  the  adjustment  of  the  assets 
or  liability  of  school  districts,  be  taken  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners 
wherein  the  territory  lies,  but  when  relating  to  the  operation  or  management 
of  schools,  or  the  property  of  the  school  district  or  to  the  relations  with 
teachers  such  appeal  shall  be  taken  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion: Provided,  That  in  matters  involving  the  construction  of  contracts  the 
appeal  shall  be  taken  to  the  court  of  the  proper  resort. 

386.  The  Basis  of  Appeal. 

Sec.  3.  The  basis  of  appeal  shall  be  an  affidavit  or  affidavits  of  the  party 
aggrieved,  filed  within  the  time  for  the  taking  of  such  appeal,  setting  forlh 
in  a  clear  and  concise  manner  the  errors  complained  of.  • 

387.  Interested   Parties  to   Be   Notified. 

Sec.  4.  Having  received  the  basis  of  appeal,  as  set  forth  in  the  preceding 
section,  the  officer  to  whom  the  appeal  is  taken  shall  within  ten  days,  and  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  shall  at  their  next  regular  session,  notify  in 
writing  the  party  from  whose  action  the  appeal  is  taken  of  the  taking  of  such 
appeal  and  of  its  nature  and  scope.  Within  twenty  days  after  such  uotioe 
the  said  party  shall  file  a  complete  transcript,  properly  certified  to  be  cor- 
rect, of  the  record  and  papers  and  proceedings  relating  to  the  decision  com- 


1(H  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

d  of.  I'pon  the  filing  of  such  transcripl  notice  shall  be  duly  given  to 
all  parties  Interested  of  the  time  and  place  where  the  matter  of  the  appeal 
sfa  ill  be  head  and  determined. 

388.  Hearing  of  the  Appeal. 

5.  At  the  hearing  of  an  appeal,  properly  presented  in  accordance 
with   this  chapter,  the  county   superintendent   or  the  board  of  county   com- 

i  :   srs,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  hear  testimony  of  all  parties  interested, 

and  for  the  purpose  may  administer  oaths  if  necessary,  may  summon  wit- 
ii  >  or  demand  records  or  certified  copies  of  the  same:  Provided,  That  in 
th        ise  of  a  hearing  before  the  board  of  county  commissioners  the  board 

ii  I  ear  the  case  de  novo,  and  in  the  case  of  a  hearing  on  appeal  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  no  new  evidence  may  be  admitted. 

389.  Decisions  to   Be    Final. 

Sec.  6.  In  decisions  of  appeal  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
in  the  board  of  county  commissioners  the  decision  or  order  shall  be  final 

set  aside  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction   in  an  action  brought 
Mi       in  to  review  such  order  or  decision. 

390.  Record  of  Appeals. 

S  7.  Decisions  of  appeal  shall  be  made  a  matter  of  record  in  full,  and 
certified  copies  of  the  same  shall  be  made  if  asked  for  by  the  parties  inter- 
ested within  ten  days  of  such  decision.  Notice  of  such  decision  of  appeal 
shall  be  made  in  writing  to  parties  interested  within  five  days  of  their 
rendition. 

391.  Certain   Decisions  to   Be   Reported  to  County  Assessor. 

S.  In  cases  of  appeal  resulting  in  the  change  of  any  school  district. 
boundaries  the  decision  shall  within  five  days  thereafter  be  also  certified  by 
the  proper  officer  to  the  county  assessor  of  the  county,  or  to  the  county 
i         -  <rs  of  the  counties,  wherein  the  territory  may  lie. 

CHAPTER  16.— COMPULSORY  SCHOOL  LAW. 

392.  Age — Attendance — Excuses. 

;m\   1.     All  parents,  guardians  and  other  persons  in  this  state  having 

or   who  may  hereafter  have  immediate  custody   of  any  child  between  eight 

and  fifteen  years  of  age  (being  between  the  eighth  and  fifteenth  birthdays  i, 

or  of  any  child  between  fifteen  and  sixteen  years  of  age    (being  between  the 

:r  th  and  sixteenth  birthdays)  not.  regularly  and  lawfully  engaged  in  some 

i  and    remunerative   occupation,   shall   cause   such   child    to   attend    the 

public  school  of  the  district,  in  which  the  child  resides,  for  the  full  time  when 

sin  Ii  school  may  be  in  session  or  to  attend  a  private  school  for  the  same  time, 

i  the  superintendent   of  the  schools  of  the  district   in  which  the  child 

there  be  such  a  superintendent,  and  in  all  other  cases  the  county 

superintendents  of  common  schools,  shall  have  excused  such  child  from  such 

ii  inci    bee;   ise  the  child  is  physically  or  mentally  unable  to  attend  school 

already  attained  a  reasonable  proficiency  in  the  branches  required  by 

law  to  be  taught  in  the  first   eighl   grades  of  the  public  schools  of  this  state 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  1()- 


as  provided  by  the  course  of  study  of  such  school,  or  for  some  other  sufficient 
reason.  Proof  of  absence  from  public  schools  or  approved  private  BChool 
shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  of  a  violation  of  this  section. 

393.  Employment  of  Children   Under  Fifteen  Years  of  Age   Forbidden. 

Sec.  2.  No  child  under  the  age  of  fifteen  years  shall  be  employed  for  any 
purpose  by  any  corporation,  person  or  association  of  persons  in  tins  state 
during  the  hours  which  the  public  schools  of  the  district  in  which  such  child 
resides  are  in  session,  unless  the  said  child  shall  present  a  certificate  from 
a  school  superintendent  as  provided  for  in  section  one  of  this  act,  excusing 
the  said  child  from  attendance  in  the  public  schools  and  setting  forth  the 
reason  for  such  excuse,  the  residence  and  age  of  the  child,  and  the  time  for 
which  such  excuse  is  given.  Every  owner,  superintendent,  or  overseer  of 
any  establishment,  corporation,  company  or  person  employing  any  such  child 
shall  keep  such  certificate  on  file  so  long  as  such  child  is  employed  by  him. 
her  or  it.  The  form  of  said  certificate  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction.  Proof  that  any  child  under  fifteen  years  of 
age  is  employed  during  any  part  of  the  period  in  which  public  schools  of  the 
district  are  in  session  shall  be  deemed  prima  facie  evidence  of  a  violation 
of  this  section. 

394.  Penalty. 

Sec.  3.  Any  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  either  of  the  two 
preceding  sections  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  twenty-five  dollars.  Attend- 
ance officers  shall  make  complaint  for  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  act 
to  a  justice  of  the  peace  or  to  a  judge  of  the  superior  court. 

395.  Attendance    Officers — Their   Duties. 

Sec.  4.  To  aid  in  the  enforcement  of  this  act,  attendance  officers  shall  be 
appointed  and  employed  as  follows:  In  incorporated  city  districts  the  board 
of  directors  shall  annually  appoint  one  or  more  attendance  officers.  Any 
attendance  officer  may  be  a  sheriff,  constable,  a  city  marshal,  or  a  regularly 
appointed  policeman.  In  all  other  districts  the  county  superintendent  shall 
act  as  attendance  officer,  and  he  shall  also  have  authority  to  appoint  one  or 
more  assistant  attendance  officers  to  aid  him  in  the  performance  of  his  duties 
as  attendance  officer.  The  compensation  of  attendance  officer  in  such  city 
districts  shall  be  fixed  and  paid  by  the  board  appointing  him.  The  attend- 
ance officer  shall  be  vested  with  police  powers,  the  authority  to  make  arrests 
and  serve  all  legal  processes  contemplated  by  this  act.  and  shall  have  au- 
thority to  enter  all  stores,  mills,  shops,  or  other  places  in  which  children  may 
be  employed,  for  the  purpose  of  making  such  investigations  as  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  enforcement  of  this  act.  The  attendance  officer  is  authorized 
to  take  into  custody  the  person  of  any  child  between  eight  and  fifteen  years 
of  age,  who  may  be  a  truant  from  school,  and  to  conducl  such  child  to  his 
parents,  for  investigation  and  explanation,  or  to  the  school  which  he  should 
properly  attend,  the  attendance  officer  shall  institute  proceedings  against 
any  officer,  parent,  guardian,  person,  company  or  corporation  violating  any 
provisions  cf  this  act.  and  shall  otherwise  discharge  the  duties  prescribed  in 
this  act,  and  shall  perform  such  other  services  as  the  superintendent  of 
schcols  or  the  board  cf  directors  may  deem  necessary.    The  attendance  officer 


10^  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


shall  keep  a  record  of  his  transactions,  for  the  inspection  and  information 
of  the  board  of  directors  and  the  city  and  county  superintendent,  and  shall 
make  a  detailed  report  to  the  superintendent  of  the  city  or  of  the  county,  as 
often  as  the  same  may  be  required. 

396.  May  Arrest  Without  Warrant. 

Sec.  5.  Any  attendance  officer,  sheriff,  deputy  sheriff,  marshal,  policeman, 
or  any  other  officer  authorized  to  make  arrests  in  the  city  or  district,  shall 
arrest  without  a  warrant  a  child  who,  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  is 
required  to  attend  school,  such  child  then  being  a  truant  from  instruction  at 
the  school  which  he  or  she  is  lawfully  required  to  attend,  shall  forthwith 
deliver  a  child  so  arrested  either  to  the  custody  of  a  person  in  parental  rela- 
tion to  the  child  or  to  the  teacher  from  whom  the  child  is  then  a  truant,  or, 
in  case  of  habitual  or  incorrigible  truants,  shall  bring  him  or  her  before  a 
justice  of  the  peace.  The  justice  of  the  peace  shall,  if  he  be  convinced  that 
the  child  so  arrested  is  an  habitual  truant  or  that  the  child  is  guilty  of 
wilful  and  continued  disobedience  to  the  school  rules  and  regulations  or 
laws,  or  that  the  conduct  of  the  child  is  pernicious  and  injurious  to  the 
school,  bind  the  child  over  to  the  superior  court  with  a  view  of  his  com- 
mitment to  the  state  reform  school  or  other  school  for  incorrigibles. 

397.  Census  Report. 

Skc.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  district  clerk  or  secretary,  at  the  be- 
ginning of  each  school  year,  to  provide  the  teacher  with  a  copy  of  the  last 
census  cf  school  children  taken  in  his  school  district:  Provided,  That  if  there 
be  a  principal  or  city  superintendent  in  such  district,  the  clerk  or  secretary 
shall  make  such  census  report  to  him,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  ot  every  teacher 
to  report  to  the  proper  truant  officer  all  cases  of  truancy  or  incorrigibility 
in  his  or  her  school,  immediately  after  the  offense  or  offenses  shall  have  been 
committed:  Provided  further,  That  if  there  be  a  principal,  the  report  shall 
be  made  to  him  and  by  him  transmitted  to  the  truant  officer:  And  provided 
further.  That  if  there  be  a  city  superintendent,  the  principal  shall  transmit 
such  report  to  said  city  superintendent,  who  shall  transmit  such  report  to 
the  proper  truant  officer  of  his  district. 

398.  Concurrent  Jurisdiction. 

Sec.  7.  In  cases  arising  under  this  act  all  justices'  courts,  municipal 
courts  and  superior  courts  in  the  State  of  Washington  shall  have  concurrent 
jurisdiction. 

399.  The  County  Attorney  Shall    Prosecute. 

Sec.  8.  The  county  attorney  shall  act  as  attorney  for  the  complainant 
in  all  court  proceedings  relating  to  the  compulsory  attendance  of  children 
as  required  by  this  act. 

400.  Notice  by  County  Superintendent. 

Sec.  9.  The  county  superintendent  shall  on  or  before  the  loth  day  of 
August  of  each  year,  by  printed  circular  or  otherwise,  call  the  attention  of 
all  school  district  officers  to  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  to  the  penalties 
prescribed  for  the  violation  of  its  provisions,  and  he  or  she  shall  require 
the  clerk  of  every  school   district  to  make  a   report    annually   hereafter,   to 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


107 


him  or  her,  verified  by  affidavit,  stating  whether  or  not  the  provisions  of 
this  act  have  been  faithfully  complied  with  in  his  district.  Such  reports 
shall  be  made  upon  blanks  to  be  furnished  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  and  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  county  superintendent  at  the  time 
the  district  clerk  is  required  to  make  his  annual  report  to  the  county  super- 
intendent. Any  district  clerk  who  shall  knowingly  or  wilfully  make  a  false 
report  relating  to  the  enforcement  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  or  fail  to 
report  as  herein  provided  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon 
conviction  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  be  fined  not  less  than 
twenty -five  dollars  nor  more  than  one-hundred  dollars;  and  any  district  clerk 
who  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  make  the  report  required  in  this  section  shall 
be  personally  liable  to  his  district  for  any  loss  which  it  may  sustain  because 
of  such  neglect  or  refusal  to  report. 

40t.     Penalty. 

Sr:c.  10.  Any  superintendent,  teacher  or  attendance  officer,  who  shall  fail 
or  refuse  to  perform  the  duties  prescribed  by  this  act  shall  be  deemed  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor  and,  upon  conviction  thereof,  be  fined  not  less  than  twenty 
nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars:  Provided,  That  in  case  of  a  district 
officer,  such  fine  shall  be  paid  to  the  county  treasurer  and  by  him  placed  to 
the  credit  of  thus  school  district  in  which  said  officer  resides,  and  in  case  of 
other  officers  such  fine  shall  be  paid  to  the  county  treasurer  and  by  him  placed 
to  the  credit  of  the  general  school  fund  of  the  county. 

402.  Fines  Applied  to   Support  of  Schools. 

Sec.  11.  All  fines  except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  act  shall  inure  and 
be  applied  to  the  support  of  the  public  schools  in  the  district  where  such 
offense  was  committed. 

403.  Officers   Not   Liable  for  Costs. 

Sec.  12.  No  officer  performing  any  duty  under  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  act,  or  under  the  provisions  of  any  rules  that  may  be  passed  in  pursuance 
hereof,  shall  in  any  wise  become  liable  for  any  costs  that  may  accrue  in  the 
performance  of  any  duty  prescribed  by  this  act. 

CHAPTER  17.— GRAMMAR  SCHOOL  EXAMINATIONS. 

404.  Duties  of  Superintendent  of  Public   Instruction. 

Section  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion at  such  times  as  he  may  deem  it  advisable,  but  not  oftener  than  three 
times  each  year,  to  forward  questions  prepared  by  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation for  use  in  the  examination  of  pupils  having  completed  the  grammar 
school  course  of  study,  to  fix  the  date  for  such  examination,  and  to  grant  cer- 
tificates of  promotion  to  pupils  successfully  passing  such  examination  accord- 
ing to  the  standard  prescribed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education:  Provided, 
That  such  certificate  shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof  to  entrance  into  any  high 
school  of  the  state  without  further  examination:  Provided  further.  That 
nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  compelling  boards  of  directors  to 
admit  non-resident  pupils  without  tuition  charge. 


108  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


405.  County  Superintendent    May  Appoint  Assistant   Examiners. 

2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  board  of  education  to  examine 
and  mad.-  the  manuscripts  of  the  pupils  who  take  the  examinations  men- 
tioned in  section  one  (1)  of  this  chapter.  The  county  superintendent  may 
appoint  assistant  examiners,  who  shall  conduct  such  examinations  of  pupils 
according  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  and 
within  three  days  transmit  the  manuscripts  to  the  county  superintendent. 
Assistant  examiners  shall  receive  three  dollars  per  day,  to  be  paid  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  regular  board. 

406.  County  Board  of  Education  to  Grade   Manuscripts. 

Sec.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  board  of  education  to  meet  at 
the  county  seat  at  the  call  of  the  county  superintendent  for  the  purpose  of 
examining  and  grading  the  manuscripts  of  pupils  taking  such  examinations 
under  the  direction  of  any  assistant  examiner  or  of  the  county  superintendent. 
No  questions  shall  be  used  in  such  examination  except  those  prepared  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  as  provided  in  section  one  (1)  of  this  chapter: 
Provided,  That  the  State  Board  of  Education  may  prescribe  a  special  course 
of  reading  to  be  done  by  pupils  in  the  last  year  of  the  grammar  school  course, 
as  a  requisite  to  their  receiving  certificates  of  graduation. 

407.  County  Superintendent  to  Report. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  superintendent  to  report  to  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  within  ten  days  after  any  meeting  of 
the  county  board  of  education,  the  names  of  all  pupils  successfully  passing 
any  examination,  as  herein  provided,  together  with  their  respective  stand- 
ings or  grades  in  the  several  prescribed  subjects  and  such  other  facts  relating 
to  said  pupils  or  said  examination  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion may  require. 

CHAPTER   18.— HIGH   SCHOOL   EXTENSION   EXAMINATIONS. 

408.  State   Board  to   Outline  Course. 

Section  1.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  outline  a  course  of  read- 
in-  and  study  similar  to  a  course  of  study  required  in  a  full  four-year  high 
school  course,  and  shall  provide  for  the  examination  and  certification  of  those 
taking  or  completing  such  course.  Examinations  for  this  purpose  shall  be 
held  at  the  same  time  and  place  of  holding  examinations  for  teachers'  cer- 
tificates,  and  in  such  form  to  fully  test  the  students'  knowledge  of  the  sub- 
or  subjects  examined  in.  Any  one  or  more  subjects  may  be  taken  at  any 
such  examination  and  a  student  failing  in  any  subject  may  again  be  ex- 
amined in  such  subject  at  any  subsequent  examination:  Pruriilerf.  Each 
-  work  nl  a  lower  grade  must  be  completed  before  a  student  shall  be 
permitted  to  complete  the  work  of  a  higher  year.  Such  examination  shall  be 
intended  only  for  those  not  taking  a  full  course  in  the  same  subject  in  a 
regular  high  school,  and  no  person  shall  be  admitted  to  any  such  examination 
unless  he  shall  have  given  to  the  county  superintendent  notice  of  his  inten- 
tion to  take  such  examination  and  the  subjects  in  which  he  desires  to  he 
examined  at  least  thirty  days  before  the  examination,  and  obtain  permission 
from  such  superintendent  to  take  such  examination. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


109 


409.  Questions  and  Examination. 

Sec.  2.  The  questions  for  such  examination  shall  be  prepared  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education,  and  shall  be  furnished  to  the  State  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction,  who  shall  cause  the  same  to  be  printed  and  distributed 
to  the  several  county  superintednents  upon  request  therefor  the  same  as  the 
questions  for  teachers'  examinations  are  printed  and  distributed.  The  manu- 
scripts containing  the  answers  of  applicants  shall  be  returned  to  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  to  be  marked  and  graded  by  him,  and  who 
shall  issue  certificates  to  those  who  have  the  required  percentage  in  the  vari- 
ous branches  which  shall  be  fixed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

410.  Certificates  to   Be   Issued. 

Sec.  3.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  full  course  as  outlined  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  a  state  high  school  certificate  shall  be  issued  to  the  ap- 
plicant by  the  said  board  and  such  certificate  shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof 
to  enter  the  freshman  class  of  the  State  University  or  to  enter  any  other 
class  in  the  other  state  educational  institutions  as  may  be  specified  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education. 

CHAPTER  19.— KINDERGARTENS. 

411.  How    Established. 

Section  1.  The  board  of  directors  of  any  school  district  shall  have  power 
to  establish  and  maintain  free  kindergartens  in  connection  with  the  common 
schools  of  said  district  for  the  instruction  of  children  between  the  ages  of 
four  and  six  years,  residing  in  said  district,  and  shall  establish  such  courses 
of  training,  study  and  discipline  and  such  rules  and  regulations  governing 
such  kindergartens  as  said  board  may  deem  best:  Provided,  That  such 
kindergartens  have  been  authorized  by  a  three-fifths  vote  of  the  electors 
voting  at  a  special  election  called  for  that  purpose,  at  which  election  the 
question  of  the  number  of  such  kindergartens  to  be  established  shall  be  sub- 
mitted by  the  directors  and  determined  by  the  electors.     The  vote  shall  be 

by  ballot  in  the  following  form:     "Shall  School  District  No.  ,  — 

county,  establish  kindergartens?"     "Yes"  or  "No." 

412.  Shall   Be   Part  of  Public  School   System. 

Sec.  2.  Kindergartens  established  under  this  act  shall  be  a  part  of  the 
public  school  system  and  under  the  control  and  supervision  of  the  regular 
officers  who  have  charge  of  the  public  schools  of  the  state:  Provided,  That 
nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  change  the  law  relating  to  the  taking 
of  the  census  of  the  school  population  or  the  apportionment  of  state  and 
county  funds. 

413.  To  Be   Paid  from  Special   Fund. 

Sec.  3.  The  cost  of  establishing  and  maintaining  such  kindergartens  shall 
be  paid  from  a  special  school  fund  voted  by  the  electors  of  the  district  for 
the  purpose. 

414.  Teachers  to   Hold   Diplomas  or  Certificates. 

Sec.  4.  Kindergarten  teachers  and  sup<  rviso  s  shi  ll  have  diplomas  or  cer- 
tificates from  some   accredited    kindergarten   training   school,    from   the   kin- 


HO  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


dergarten  department  of  a  state  normal  school  of  this  state  or  of  a  normal 
school  whose  kindergarten  department  is  accredited  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education. 

CHAPTER  20.— TAKING  OF  PRIVATE  PROPERTY  FOR  SCHOOL  HOUSE 

SITES. 

415.  School   Districts   May  Take  and  Acquire  Title. 

Section  1.  Whenever  any  school  district  shall  select  any  real  estate  as  a 
site  for  a  school  house,  or  as  additional  grounds  to  an  existing  school  house 
site,  within  the  district,  and  the  board  of  school  directors  of  such  district 
and  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  site  or  any  part  thereof,  or  addition  thereto 
selected,  shall  be  unable  to  agree  upon  the  compensation  to  be  paid  by  such 
school  district  to  the  owner  or  owners  thereof,  such  school  district  shall  have 
the  right  to  take  and  acquire  title  to  such  real  estate  for  use  as  a  school 
house  site  or  additional  site,  upon  first  paying  to  the  owner  or  owners  thereof 
therefor  the  value  thereof,  to  be  ascertained  in  the  manner  hereinafter 
provided. 

416.  Petition    to    Superior   Court. 

Sec.  2.  The  board  of  directors  of  the  school  district  shall  present  to  the 
superior  court  of  the  State  of  Washington  in  and  for  the  county  wherein  is 
situated  the  real  estate  desired  to  be  acquired  for  school  house  site  purposes, 
a  petition,  reciting  that  the  board  of  directors  of  such  school  district  have 
selected  certain  real  estate,  describing  it,  as  a  school  house  site,  or  as  addi- 
tional grounds  to  an  existing  site,  for  such  school  district;  that  the  site  so 
selected,  or  some  part  thereof,  describing  it,  belongs  to  a  person  or  persons, 
naming  him  or  them;  that  such  school  district  has  offered  to  give  the  owner 

or   owners  thereof   therefor    dollars,   and   that  the  owner  of  such 

real  estate  has  refused  to  accept  the  same  therefor;  that  the  board  of  school 
directors  of  such  school  district  and  the  said  owner  or  owners  of  such  real 
estate  are  unable  to  agree  upon  the  compensation  to  be  paid  by  such  school 
district  to  the  owner  or  owners  of  such  real  estate  therefor,  and  praying 
that  a  jury  be  impaneled  to  ascertain  and  determine  the  compensation  to  be 
made  in  money  by  such  school  district  to  such  owner  or  owners  for  the  taking 
of  such  real  estate  for  the  use  as  a  school  house  site  for  such  school  district; 
or  in  case  a  jury  be  waived  in  the  manner  provided  by  law  in  other  civil 
actions  in  courts  of  record,  then  that  the  compensation  to  be  made  as  afore- 
said be  ascertained  and  determined  by  the  court,  or  judge  thereof. 

417.  Notice  of  Petition. 

Sec.  3.  A  notice,  stating  the  time  and  place,  when  and  where  such  petition 
shall  be  presented  to  the  court,  or  the  judge  thereof,  together  with  a  copy 
of  such  petition,  shall  be  served  on  each  and  every  person  named  therein  as 
owner,  or  otherwise  interested  therein,  at  least  ten  days  previous  to  the  time 
designated  in  such  notice  for  the  presentation  of  such  petition.  Such  notice 
shall  be  signed  by  the  prosecuting  attorney  of  the  county  wherein  the  real 
estate  sought  to  be  taken  is  situated,  and  may  be  served  in  the  same  manner 
as  summons  in  a  civil  action  in  such  superior  court  is  authorized  by  law  to 
be  served. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


Ill 


418.  Adjournment  of   Proceedings. 

Sec.  I.  The  court  may,  upon  application  of  the  petitioner  or  of  any  owner 
of  said  real  estate,  or  any  person  interested  therein,  for  reasonable  cause, 
adjourn  the  proceedings  from  time  to  time,  and  may  order  new  or  further 
notice  to  be  given  to  any  party  whose  interests  may  be  affected  by  such 
proceedings. 

419.  Findings  of  Court. 

Sec.  5.  At  the  time  and  place  appointed  for  the  hearing  of  such  petition, 
or  to  which  the  same  may  have  been  adjourned,  if  the  court  shall  find  that  all 
parties  interested  in  such  real  estate  sought  to  be  taken  have  been  duly 
served  with  notice  and  a  copy  of  the  petition  as  above  prescribed,  and  shall 
further  find  that  such  real  estate  sought  to  be  taken  is  required  and  necessary 
for  the  purposes  of  a  school  house  site,  or  as  an  addition  to  a  school  house 
site,  for  such  school  district,  the  court  shall  make  an  order  reciting  such 
findings,  and  shall  thereupon  set  the  hearing  of  such  petition  down  for  trial 
by  a  jury,  as  other  civil  actions  are  tried,  unless  a  jury  is  waived  in  the 
manner  provided  by  law  in  other  civil  actions. 

420.  Jury — Number   of   Persons. 

Sec.  6.  The  jury  impaneled  to  hear  the  evidence  and  determine  the  com- 
pensation to  be  paid  to  the  owner  or  owners  of  such  real  estate  desired  for 
such  school  house  site  purpose  shall  consist  of  twelve  persons,  unless  a  less 
number  be  agreed  upon,  and  shall  be  selected,  impaneled  and  sworn  in  the 
same  manner  that  juries  in  other  civil  actions  are  selected,  impaneled  and 
sworn:  Provided.,  A  juror  may  be  challenged  for  cause  on  the  ground  that  he 
is  a  taxpayer  of  the  district  seeking  the  condemnation  of  any  real  estate. 

421.  Superior  Court  Judge  to   Preside. 

Sec.  7.  A  judge  of  the  superior  court  shall  preside  at  the  trial  and  wit- 
nesses may  be  examined  in  behalf  of  either  party  to  the  proceedings,  as  in 
other  civil  actions,  and  upon  the  request  of  all  the  parties  interested  in  such 
proceedings  the  court  shall  cause  the  jury  impaneled  to  hear  the  same,  to 
view  the  premises  sought  to  be  taken,  and  upon  the  request  of  any  less  num- 
ber of  the  persons  interested  in  the  proceedings,  the  court  may  cause  the 
jury  to  view  the  premises,  pending  the  hearing  of  the  case. 

422.  Court  to  Instruct  Jury. 

Sec.  8.  Upon  the  close  of  the  evidence,  and  the  argument  of  counsel,  the 
court  shall  instruct  the  jury  as  to  the  matters  submitted  to  them,  and  the 
law  pertaining  thereto,  whereupon  the  jury  shall  retire  and  deliberate  and 
determine  upon  the  amount  of  compensation  in  money  that  shall  be  paid  to 
the  owner  or  owners  of  the  real  estate  sought  to  be  taken  for  such  school 
house  site  purposes  therefor,  which  shall  be  the  amount  found  by  the  jury  to 
be  the  fair  and  full  value  of  such  premises;  and  when  the  jury  shall  have 
determined  upon  their  verdict,  they  shall  return  the  same  to  the  court  as  in 
other  civil  actions. 

423.  The  Verdict. 

Sec.  9.  When  ten  of  the  jurors  agree  upon  a  verdict,  the  verdict  so  agreed 
upon  shall  be  signed  by  the  foreman,  and  the  verdict  so  agreed  upon  shall 
be  and  stand  as  the  verdict  of  the  jury. 


1  ]  o  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


424.  Compensation,   When  Jury   Is  Waived. 

Sec.  10.  In  case  a  jury  is  waived,  the  compensation  that  shall  be  paid 
for  the  premises  taken  shall  be  determined  by  the  court  and  the  proceedings 
shall  be  the  same  as  in  the  trial  of  issues  of  fact  by  the  court  in  other  civil 
actions. 

425.  Entry  of  Judgment,  etc. 

Sec.  11.  Upon  the  verdict  of  the  jury,  or  upon  the  determination  by  the 
court  of  the  compensation  to  be  paid  for  the  property  sought  to  be  taken  as 
herein  provided,  judgment  shall  be  entered  against  such  school  district  in 
favor  of  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  real  estate  sought  to  be  taken,  for  the 
amount  found  as  compensation  therefor,  and  upon  the  payment  of  such 
amount  by  such  school  district  to  the  clerk  of  such  court  for  the  use  of  the 
owner  or  owners  of,  and  the  persons  interested  in  the  premises  sought  to  be 
taken,  the  court  shall  enter  a  decree  of  appropriation  of  the  real  estate 
sought  to  be  taken,  thereby  vesting  the  title  to  the  same  in  such  school 
district;  and  a  certified  copy  of  such  decree  of  appropriation  may  be  filed  in 
the  office  of  the  county  auditor  of  the  county  wherein  the  real  estate  taken 
is  situated,  and  shall  be  recorded  by  such  auditor  like  a  deed  of  real  estate, 
and  with  like  effect.  The  money  so  paid  to  the  clerk  of  the  court  shall  be  by 
him  paid  to  the  person  or  persons  entitled  thereto,  upon  the  order  of  the  court. 

426.  Costs. 

Sec.  12.  All  the  costs  of  such  proceedings  in  the  superior  court  Khali  be 
paid  by  the  school  district  initiating  such  proceedings. 

427.  Appeal. 

Sec.  13.  Either  party  may  appeal  from  the  judgment  for  compensation 
awarded  for  the  property  taken,  entered  in  the  superior  court,  to  the  supreme 
court  of  the  state  within  sixty  days  after  the  entry  of  the  judgment,  and  such 
appeal  shall  bring  before  the  supreme  court  the  justness  of  the  compensation 
awarded  for  the  property  taken,  and  any  error  occurring  on  the  hearing  of 
such  matter,  prejudicial  to  the  party  appealing:  Provided,  however,  That 
if  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  land  taken  accepts  the  sum  awarded  by  the 
jury  or  court,  he  or  they  shall  be  deemed  thereby  to  have  waived  their  right 
of  appeal  to  the  supreme  court. 

428.  Possession  of  Premises. 

Sec.  14.  An  appeal  from  such  judgment  by  the  owner  or  owners  of  the 
land  sought  to  be  taken,  shall  not  have  the  effect  to  preclude  the  school  dis- 
trict from  taking  possession  of  the  premises  sought,  pending  (he  appeal,  pro- 
vided the  amount  of  the  judgment  against  the  school  district  shall  have  been 
paid  in  to  the  clerk  of  the  court,  as  hereinbefore  provided. 

429.  Plaintiff  and   Defendants. 

Se<  .  1">.  In  all  proceedings  under  this  act  the  school  district  seekin 
acquire  title  to  real  estate  for  a  school  house  site,  shall  be  denominated 
plaintiff,  and  all  other  persons  interested  therein  shall  be  denominated  de- 
fendants; and  in  all  such  proceedings  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court  wherein 
any  such  proceeding  is  brought  shall  charge  nothing  for  his  services,  except 
in  taking  an  appeal  from  the  judgment  entered  in  the  superior  court. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


11. '3 


CHAPTER  21.— PROHIBITING  SALE  OF  INTOXICATING  LIQUORS  WITH- 
IN PRESCRIBED  LIMITS  OF  STATE  EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTIONS. 

430.  Two  Thousand   Feet  from   Institution. 

Section  1.  That  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  sell  or  in  any  way  dispose  of  any 
vinous,  spiritous,  malt  or  other  intoxicating  liquors,  with  or  without  a 
license,  within  two  thousand  (2,000)  feet  of  any  normal  school,  agricultural 
college,  reform  school,  or  state  school  for  defective  youth,  now  established  or 
which  may  hereafter  be  legally  established  within  the  State  of  Washington: 
Provided,  That  nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  affect  in  any  way  the 
provisions  of  "An  act  prohibiting  the  sale  of  intoxicating  liquors  on  or  near 
the  grounds  of  the  University  of  Washington,"  approved  March  19,  1895. 

431.  Penalty. 

Sec.  2.  Any  person  or  persons  violating  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall 
be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  upon  conviction  thereof  in  any  court 
of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  two 
hundred  (200)  dollars,  nor  more  than  one  thousand  (1,000)  dollars,  or  by 
both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

TITLE  IV. 

CHAPTER  1.— DESIGNATION  AND   INTENT  OF  ACT  AND  REPEALING 

CLAUSE. 

432.  Official  Title. 

Section  1.  This  act  shall  be  known  and  cited  as  the  Code  of  Public  In- 
struction of  the  State  of  Washington. 

433.  Intention  of  Act. 

Sec.  2.  This  act  is  intended  to  be  and  is  amendatory  of,  and  a  recodifica- 
tion as  amended  of,  all  laws  relating  to  the  public  school  system  of  the  State 
of  Washington. 

434.  Repealing  Clause. 

Sec  3.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  inconsistent  with  or  in  conflict  with  the 
provisions  of  this  act  are  hereby  repealed. 

Passed  the  Senate  February  24,  1909. 
Passed  the  House  March  1,  1909. 
Approved  March  11,  1909. 


114  CODE   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


PUBLICATION    OF    ESTIMATES    OF    SCHOOL    EXPENSES. 

♦(Chapter  138,  Session  Laws  of  1909.) 

435      Detailed   Estimate  of  Expenditures. 

Section  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  county  commissioners,  city  and  town 
councils,  and  school  directors  of  school  distircts  lying  wholly,  or  in  part, 
within  the  limits  of  any  incorporated  city  or  town,  on  or  before  the  first 
Monday  in  September  of  each  year,  to  make  estimates  of  the  amount  required 
to  meet  the  public  expense  for  the  ensuing  year,  and  to  be  raised  by  taxation 
in  such  county,  city,  town,  road,  school,  or  other  taxing  district.  Such  esti- 
mates shall  be  fully  itemized,  showing  under  separate  heads  the  amount  re- 
quired for  each  department,  public  office,  public  official,  for  each  public  im- 
provement, for  the  maintenance  of  each  public  building,  structure,  or  institu- 
tion, the  salary  of  each  public  officer  or  employe,  the  maintenance  of  public 
highways,  roads,  streets,  bridges,  the  construction,  operation  and  maintenance 
of  each  public  utility,  and  shall  contain  a  full  and  complete  disclosure  and 
statement  of  the  contemplated  expenditures  for  the  ensuing  year,  showing 
the  amount  proposed  to  be  expended  from  each  separate  fund,  and  the  total 
amount  of  public  expense.  Said  statement  shall  also  contain  an  estimate  of 
the  receipts  for  the  ensuing  year  from  sources  other  than  direct  taxation, 
and  the  amount,  or  amounts,  proposed  to  be  raised  by  taxation  upon  the  real 
and  personal  property  of  such  county,  city,  town,  road,  school,  or  other  taxing 
district. 

436. — Publication   of   Estimate. 

Sec.  2.  The  estimates  required  in  section  one  (1)  of  this  act,  together 
with  a  notice  that  such  board  of  county  commissioners,  city  or  town  council, 
or  board  of  school  directors,  will  meet  on  the  first  Monday  in  October  for  the 
purpose  of  making  tax  levies,  as  stated  in  said  estimates,  and  naming  the 
time  and  place  of  holding  such  meeting,  shall  be  published  ror  at  least  two 
(2)  consecutive  weeks  following  the  adoption  of  such  estimates  "as  follows: 
Estimates  of  expenditures,  required  to  be  disbursed  by  county  commissioners, 
shall  be  published  in  the  official  newspaper  of  the  county,  if  there  be  one;  if 
not,  then  in  a  newspaper  of  general  circulation  in  such  county.  All  other 
estimates  shall  be  published  in  a  newspaper  of  general  circulation  in  such 
county,  town,  school,  or  other  taxing  district. 

437.     Public  Hearing. 

Sec.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  county  commissioners,  city  and  town  coun- 
cils, and  of  school  directors  of  school  districts,  lying  wholly,  or  in  part, 
within  the  limits  of  any  incorporated  city  or  town,  to  meet  on  the  first  Mon- 
day in  October,  and  at  the  time  and  place  designated  in  said  notice,  when 
and  where  any  taxpayer  who  may  appear  shall  be  heard  in  favor  or  against 
any  proposed  tax  levies.    When  such  hearing  shall  have  been  concluded,  such 


*  This  chapter  applies  only  to  school  districts  of  the  first  or  the  second  class. 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  n5 


county  commissioners,  city  or  town  councils,  and  school  directors  shall  pro- 
ceed to  make,  determine,  and  decide  the  amount  of  taxes  to  be  levied  upon 
the  current  assessment  rolls.  All  taxes  shall  be  levied  or  voted  in  specific 
sums,  and  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  specified  in  such  published  estimates. 

438.     Penalty. 

Sec.  4.  Any  person  violating  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  guilty  of 
a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  less  than 
one  hundred  dollars,  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars. 


FIRE  DRILLS. 

(Chapter  106,  Session  Laws  of  1909.) 

439.  Fire  Drills  Twice  Each  Month. 

Section  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  principal  or  other  person  in  charge 
of  every  public  or  private  school  or  educational  institution  within  the  state, 
to  instruct  and  train  the  pupils  by  means  of  drills,  so  that  they  may  in  a 
sudden  emergency  be  able  to  leave  the  school  building  in  the  shortest  pos- 
sible time  and  without  confusion  or  panic.  Such  drills  or  rapid  dismissals 
shall  be  held  at  least  twice  in  each  month. 

440.  Penalty. 

Sec.  2.  Neglect  by  any  principal  or  other  person  in  charge  of  any  public 
or  private  school  or  educational  institution  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of 
this  act  shall  be  a  misdemeanor,  punishable  at  the  discretion  of  the  court 
by  a  fine  not  exceeding  fifty  ($50.00)  dollars.  Such  fine  to  be  paid  to  the 
county  treasurer  for  the  benefit  of  said  school  district. 

441.  Publication  of  this  Act. 

Sec.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  directors  or  other  body  having 
control  of  the  schools  in  any  town  or  city  to  cause  a  copy  of  this  act  to  be 
printed  in  the  manual  or  handbook  prepared  for  the  guidance  of  teachers, 
where  such  manual  or  handbook  is  in  use  or  may  hereafter  come  into  use. 
It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  cause  a 
copy  of  this  act  to  be  published  in  the  Washington  State  Manual. 

442.  Colleges  and  Universities  Excepted. 

Sec.  4.  The  provisions  of  this  act  shall  not  apply  to  colleges  or  uni-" 
versities. 


PROHIBITING   CHILD    LABOR. 
(Chapter  128,  Session  Laws  of  1907.) 

443.     Child   Labor  Forbidden. 

Sec.  1.  That  no  person  under  the  age  of  nineteen  years  shall  be  em- 
ployed as  a  public  messenger  by  any  person,  telegraph  company,  telephone 
company,  or  messenger  company  in  any  city  of  th3  first  class  in  this  state, 


HQ  CODE    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


nor  shall  any  child  of  either  sex  under  the  age  of  fourteen  years  be  hired  out 
to  labor  in  any  factory,  mill,  workshop  or  store  at  any  time:  Provided,  That 
any  superior  court  judge  may  issue  a  permit  for  the  employment  of  any 
child  between  the  ages  of  twelve  and  fourteen  years  at  any  occupation,  not 
in  his  judgment  dangerous  or  injurious  to  the  health  or  morals  of  such 
child,  upon  evidence  satisfactory  to  him  that  the  labor  of  such  child  is  neces- 
sary for  its  support  or  for  the  assistance  of  any  parent:  And  provided  fur- 
ther, That  the  judge  of  the  juvenile  court  may  issue  permits  for  the  employ- 
ment of  any  male  child  over  fourteen  years  of  age,  as  messenger  by  tele- 
graph, telephone  and  messenger  companies  subject  to  such  limitations  and 
conditions  as  may  be  imposed  by  said  court.  All  permits  herein  provided 
for  shall  be  issued  for  a  definite  time  and  shall  be  revocable  at  the  discretion 
of  the  judge  by  whom  issued. 

444.     Penalty. 

Sec.  2.  Any  employer,  or  any  overseer,  superintendent,  or  agent  of 
such  person,  telegraph  company,  telephone  company  or  messenger  company 
who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall,  upon  conviction 
thereof,  be  fined  for  each  offense  not  less  than  ten  dollars  nor  more  than 
five  hundred  dollars,  or  be  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  to  exceed  six 
months,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


INVESTMENT    OF    PERMANENT    SCHOOL    FUNDS. 
(Chapter  12,  Session  Laws  1907.) 

445.  State  Board  of  Finance. 

Sec.  1.  There  is  hereby  created  a  board  which  shall  be  known  and 
designated  as  the  "State  Board  of  Finance."  Said  board  shall  be  composed 
of  the  Governor,  State  Treasurer,  and  State  Auditor:  Provided,  however, 
That  the  Governor  may  designate  and  appoint  some  state  officer  as  his  repre- 
sentative. 

446.  Records,  When   Kept. 

Sec.  2.  Said  board  shall  keep  a  full  and  complete  record  of  all  their 
proceedings  in  appropriate  books  of  record,  and  a  clerk  in  the  office  of  the 
State  Auditor  shall  act  as  the  secretary  of  the  said  board;  their  office  shall 
be  in  the  office  of  the  State  Auditor,  and  all  records  and  correspondence  re- 
lating to  the  said  board  shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  State  Auditor,  and 
shall  be  subject  to  public  inspection. 

447.  Rules  and  Regulations. 

Sec.  3.  Said  State  Board  of  Finance  shall  make  appropriate  rules  and 
regulations  for  the  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  not  incon- 
sistent with  law  and  the  State  Treasurer  shall  act  as  chairman  of  said  State 
Board  of  Finance. 

448.  Investment  of  Permanent  Funds. 

Sec.  4.  Whenever  there  shall  be  in  the  permanent  school  funds  of 
the  state,  or  in  the  permanent  funds  of  the  normal  school,  state  university, 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  un- 

scientific school,  agricultural  college,  or  the  charitable,  educational,  penal  and 
reformatory  institutions,  one  thousand  dollars  or  more  available  for  li 
ment,  said  State  Board  of  Finance  shall  invest  the  same  in  national,  state, 
county,  municipal  or  school  district  bonds,  bearing  not  less  than  three  and 
three-fourths  per  cent,  interest  per  annum,  paying  therefor  not  more  than 
the  par  value  thereof:  Provided,  The  word  bonds  in  this  section  shall  not 
be  interpreted  to  mean  or  include  any  special,  or  assessment  district  bonds 
or  bonds  other  than  those  found  to  be  within  the  limit  of  indebtedness  pre- 
scribed by  law,  or  regularly  created  and  issued  as  general  indebtedness  bonds: 
Provided  further,  That  school  district  bonds  regularly  created  and  issued 
shall  be  given  preference  in  said  investments.  Upon  such  investment  being 
made,  the  State  Auditor  shall  draw  his  warrant  on  said  fund  for  the  amount 
so  invested,  and  the  bonds  so  purchased  shall  be  deposited  with  the  State 
Treasurer,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  collect  all  interest  payments  falling  due 
thereon,  and  the  principal  at  maturity. 


LEGAL  RATE  OF  INTEREST  ON  SCHOOL  WARRANTS. 
(Chapter  80,  Session  Laws  of  1899.) 

449.  Interest  on  School  Warrants. 

Sec.  4.  All  county,  city,  town  and  school  warrants,  and  all  warrants  or 
other  evidences  of  indebtedness,  drawn  upon  or  payable  from  any  public 
funds,  shall  bear  interest  at  a  rate  not  greater  than  eight  per  centum  per 
annum,  unless  a  less  rate  be  specified  therein. 

450.  Issuing  Officer  to   Regulate   Rate. 

Sec.  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  public  officer  issuing  public  warrants 
to  make  monthly  investigation  to  ascertain  the  market  value  of  the  current 
warrants  issued  by  him,  and  he  shall,  so  far  as  practicable,  fix  the  rate  of 
interest  (not  in  any  event,  however,  exceeding  the  maximum  rate  herein- 
before established  therefor)  on  the  warrants  issued  by  him  during  the  en- 
suing month,  so  that  the  par  value  shall  be  the  market  value  thereof. 


118  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


SYNOPSIS  OF  OFFICIAL  OPINIONS  AND  RULINGS  ON  QUESTIONS 
OF  S0HO0L  LAW,  IN  FORCE  UNDER  THE  CODE  OF  PUBLIC 
INSTRUCTION. 

BY  ATTORNEY  GENERAL. 

1.  Any  person  who  is  actually  the  head  of  a  family;  that  is,  who  is  under 
legal  obligation  to  provide  for  the  support  and  education  of  persons  depend- 
ent upon  him,  and  who  is  in  fact  providing  for  their  education  and  support, 
is  the  head  of  a  family  for  the  purpose  of  signing  petitions  relating  to  school 
matters,  whether  he  is  a  legal  voter  or  not.  Any  person  who  is  not  the  head 
of  a  family  within  the  definition  given  above  is  not  qualified  to  sign  such 
petition,  though  he  be  a  legal  voter. — Jones. 

2.  When  a  petition  is  presented  to  a  county  superintendent  praying  for 
the  organization  of  a  new  school  district,  he  may,  after  he  has  heard  all  the 
evidence  presented  by  the  parties  interested,  exercise  his  judgment,  within 
reasonable  limits,  in  the  organization  of  such  new  district  and  the  fixing  of 
its  boundaries,  and  in  so  doing  he  may  correct  any  mistakes  that  may  have 
been  made  in  the  description  given  in  the  petition,  and  in  a  proper  case 
modify  the  boundaries  described  herein. — Jones. 

3.  Children  of  school  age  residing  upon  military  reservations  lying  within 
any  school  district  constitute  a  legitimate  portion  of  the  school  population 
of  the  district  and  should  be  enumerated  as  other  children  are. — Jones. 

4.  If  a  teacher  is  a  near  relative  of  a  member  of  the  school  district  board, 
he  is  not  by  reason  of  such  relationship  alone  rendered  ineligible  to  election 
as  a  teacher  in  a  school  under  the  management  of  such  board  of  directors. — 
Jones. 

5.  When  cities,  in  extending  their  limits,  take  in  other  districts  or  parts 
of  districts,  and  in  so  doing  take  in  a  part  or  all  of  the  school  district  officers 
of  such  included  school  districts,  the  officers  so  taken  into  the  city  district  do 
not  become  a  part  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  city  districts  so  extending 
their  limits. — Jones. 

G.  The  stated  reading  of  the  Bible  in  the  public  schools  of  this  state  is 
a  religious  exercise  within  the  meaning  of  the  constitution,  and  as  such  is 
thereby  prohibited  in  section  11,  article  1  of  that  document. — Jones. 

7.  County  superintendents  shall  furnish  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  all  information  specifically  required  by  law,  and  such  other  in- 
formation as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  desire  in  the 
administration  of  his  office,  such  information  to  be  of  such  a  character  as 
the  county  superintendent  possesses  or  as  he  can  reasonably  obtain.  For  a 
persistent  refusal  to  furnish  such  information,  he  may  be  removed  from  his 
office.  In  turn,  school  district  clerks  shall  furnish  to  the  county  superin- 
tendent all  information  required  by  law,  and  for  a  persistent  refusal  to  do 
so,  they  may  be  removed  from  office. — Winston. 

8.  A  union  high  school  district  cannot  be  formed  by  the  union  of  school 
districts  lying  in  different  counties. — Stratton. 

9.  In  case  a  school  is  closed  by  order  of  the  board  of  directors,  because 
of  the  prevalence  of  a  contagious  disease  in  the  district,  the  teacher  is  en- 
titiled  to  his  wages  during  the  time  the  school  is  so  closed,  and  he  cannot 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


lit) 


be  required  to  make  up  the  time  lost  by  the  closing  of  the  school,  unless  it 
is  so  stipulated  in  his  contract  with  the  directors. — Stratton. 

10.  In  case  of  the  formation  of  a  new  school  district  by  the  division  of  an 
old  district  or  districts,  the  basis  of  the  division  of  the  funds  of  the  old  dis- 
trict or  districts  should  be  the  ratio  of  the  number  of  school  children  in  each 
district  at  the  time  of  the  formation  of  the  new  district. — Stratton. 

11.  A  board  of  school  directors  has  authority  to  make  a  by-law  refusing 
to  admit  children  of  six  years  of  age  to  the  public  schools  at  any  other  time 
than  the  commencement  of  a  term.  The  opinion  holds  such  a  by-law  is  not 
inconsistent  with  the  section  of  the  Code  of  Public  Instruction  which  admits 
to  attendance  all  children  between  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years  residing 
in  the  school  district. — Stratton. 

12.  The  annual  reports  of  county  school  superintendents  is  the  only 
proper  basis  of  apportionment  of  public  moneys  by  the  State  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction. — Ross. 

13.  The  county  superintendent  is  the  lawful  auditor  of  all  claims  or  bills 
incurred  in  holding  teachers'  institutes.  However,  the  expenditure  for  this 
purpose  is  limited  to  $200  in  excess  of  the  receipts  for  examination  fees.  The 
county  commissioners  have  the  right  to  refuse  to  order  paid  any  manifestly 
improper  or  unlawful  charge. — Ross. 

14.  A  county  superintendent  has  not  power  and  the  right  to  divide  in 
the  event  of  the  formation  of  a  new  school  district,  any  sinking  fund  or 
special  fund  accumulated  in  the  treasury  of  the  old  (divided)  district  for 
the  payment  of  bonds  that  are  not  yet  due. — Ross. 

15.  The  school  teacher,  not  the  board  of  directors,  is  the  proper  authority 
to  determine  to  what  grade  or  course  a  pupil  properly  belongs. — Ross. 

16.  A  board  of  directors  in  a  school  district  employing  not  more  than  one 
teacher  cannot  be  required  to  institute  a  high  school  or  have  high  school 
studies  taught  in  their  district. — Stratton. 

17.  A  school  district  desiring  to  maintain  a  kindergarten  school  service 
must  maintain  such  school  at  their  own  expense  without  diverting  any  por- 
tion of  the  state  or  county  funds  from  the  usual  channel. — Ross. 

18.  A  school  superintendent  cannot  hold  the  office  of  school  clerk  without 
vacating  the  office  of  superintendent.  A  school  clerk  cannot  fill  the  office  of 
school  teacher,  and  a  teacher  is  ineligible  to  the  office  of  clerk  of  the  dis- 
trict in  which  he  is  employed. 

19.  Boards  of  school  directors  have  the  power  to  authorize  the  school 
room  to  be  used  for  summer  or  night  schools,  literary,  scientific,  religious, 
political,  mechanical  or  agricultural  societies,  but  are  not  empowered  to 
authorize  the  use  of  a  school  room  for  dancing  purposes. — Stratton. 

20.  A  county  superintendent  may  act  as  his  own  agent  in  purchasing 
necessary  blanks,  books,  stationery,  postage,  printing  and  other  expenses  of 
his  office. — Stratton. 

21.  The  county  superintendent  is  the  proper  person  to  determine  the 
necessity  for  issuing  any  circular  of  information  pertaining  to  the  schools  of 
his  county. — Ross. 

22.  Private  schools  which  make  a  specialty  of  instructing  in  any  branch 
other  than  those  similar  in  character  to  the  common  school  course  prescribed 
by  the  state  course  of  study  are  not  entitled  to  receive  the  benefit  of  attend- 
ance credited  to  the  district  in  which  the  pupils  reside.    Such  schools  as  com- 


lOQ  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


mercial,  music  and  art  schools  do  not  entitle  a  school  district  to  the  benefit 
of  attendance  in  the  apportionment  of  the  state  school  funds. — Ross. 

23.  Bonds  shall  not  bear  a  higher  rate  of  interest  than  six  per  cent.,  and 
a  district  cannot  directly  or  indirectly  pay  more. — Stratton. 

24.  A  director  cannot  lawfully  be  employed  to  perform  the  duties  of 
janitor  in  his  own  district. — Stratton. 

25.  Neither  state  nor  county  school  funds  can  lawfully  be  applied  to  the 
building  of  school  houses  or  to  permanent  improvements  thereon. — Stratton. 

26.  County  superintendents  have  power  to  institute  proceedings  to  stop 
the  payment  of  warrants  issued  without  authority  of  law. — Stratton. 

27.  There  is  no  limit  to  the  time  school  warrants  may  be  held  after  they 
have  been  "called"  by  the  county  treasurer.  In  other  words,  they  must  be 
paid  on  presentation,  at  any  time  after  the  date  of  payment  announced  in 
the  county  treasurer's  notice. — Stratton. 

28.  The  petition  for  the  formation  of  a  consolidated  school  district  need 
not  be  signed  by  five  heads  of  families  in  each  and  every  district  which  it  is 
proposed  to  include  in  the  consolidated  district,  but  only  by  five  heads  of 
families  residing  in  the  several  districts  which  it  is  proposed  to  include  in 
the  consolidated  district. — Stratton. 

29.  School  district  electors  must  control  the  location  of  schools,  school 
houses,  length  of  term  to  be  taught  (over  and  above  the  minimum  term  re- 
quired by  law),  in  their  respective  districts,  and  directors  are  not  authorized 
to  change  the  location  of  the  school  without  the  sanction  of  the  legal  electors 
of  the  district. — Ross. 

30.  Directors  have  the  authority  to  pay  for  the  transportation  of  pupils 
to  and  from  school,  no  matter  where  the  school  of  the  district  is  held. — Ross. 

31.  School  directors  may  lawfully  insure  school  property  in  a  fire  insur- 
ance company  or  association  organized  under  the  act  of  1903. — Stratton. 

32.  If  territory  is  detached  from  a  school  district  having  a  bonded  indebt- 
edness, the  detached  territory  is  not  liable  for  the  payment  of  any  part  of 
the  bonded  indebtedness  of  the  district  from  which  it  was  detached. — Stratton. 

33.  School  district  warrants  must  be  paid  in  the  order  of  their  presenta- 
tion to  the  county  treasurer. — Stratton. 

34.  It  is  optional  with  a  school  board  to  allow  a  pupil  of  the  eighth  grade, 
for  example,  to  review  his  book  in  that  grade,  if  such  review  is  not  incon- 
sistent with  the  rules  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  or  rules  of  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction. — Stratton. 

35.  The  power  to  accept  the  resignation  of  a  school  officer  lies  in  the 
officer  who  is  authorized  to  appoint  his  successor. — Stratton. 

36.  If  two  school  districts,  each  having  a  school  house,  are  consolidated, 
and  it  is  proposed  to  establish  a  school  house  site  for  the  consolidated  dis- 
trict, only  a  majority  vote  is  required. — Falknor. 

37.  A  consolidated  school  district  cannot  be  formed  of  districts  lying  in 
two  or  more  counties. — Booth. 

38.  In  case  a  union  high  school  district  exists  (for  instance,  districts 
Nos.  1  and  2)  and  an  additional  district  is  consolidated  with  district  No.  1,  it 
becomes  a  part  of  the  union  high  school  district. — Atkinson. 

39.  A  board  of  school  directors  may  subscribe  for  a  school  journal  which 
publishes  a  department  of  state  news  that  is  of  value  to  boards  of  directors, 
and  pay  for  the  same  out  of  public  funds. — Atkinson. 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  ^21 


40.  Any  certificate  may  be  revoked  for  cause  by  the  authority  issuing  if. 
The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  has  the  power  to  revoke  any  class 
of  certificates  or  diplomas  for  non-attendance  at  a  teachers'  institute. — At- 
kinson. 

41.  Two  cities  are  adjacent.  Each  is  embraced  in  a  school  district.  Can 
the  school  district  unite  and  form  a  consolidated  district  without  the  con- 
solidation of  the  cities?     Answer:     No. — Falknor. 

42.  A  school  board  cannot  lawfully  purchase  text-books  and  sell  them  to 
the  pupils  of  the  district.  It  can  perform  only  such  acts  as  the  law  au- 
thorizes.— Falknor. 

43.  If  a  teacher  is  compelled  to  sell  his  school  warrants  at  a  discount  the 
school  board  issuing  the  warrants  cannot  lawfully  remunerate  him  for  such 
loss. — Atkinson. 

44.  If  a  county  superintendent,  at  the  time  of  his  election,  is  the  holder 
of  such  a  certificate  as  is  required  by  law  as  a  condition  of  eligibility  to  that 
office,  fails  to  have  it  renewed  or  fails  to  obtain  a  new  one  at  the  time  of  the 
expiration  of  the  old  one;  or,  if  his  certificate  should  be  revoked,  it  does  not 
disqualify  him  from  holding  his  office  during  the  period  for  which  he  was 
elected. — Atkinson. 

45.  The  law  requiring  the  taking  of  the  school  census  annually  is  manda- 
tory. The  Code  of  Public  Instruction  is  presumed  to  be  the  law  until  proven 
to  be  in  conflict  with  the  statutes. — Atkinson. 

4G.  In  the  formation  of  a  consolidated  school  district  the  component  dis- 
tricts maintain  their  existence  for  the  purposes  of  appeal  until  the  time  for 
taking  an  appeal  has  expired. — Falknor. 

47.  A  teacher  has  no  right  to  punish  a  child  for  any  act  committed  after 
the  child  has  reached  home,  after  dismissal. — Atkinson. 

48.  Directors  have  no  power  to  buy  a  site  for  a  new  building  without  the 
consent  of  the  legal  electors  of  the  district. — Atkinson. 

49.  A  school  board  can  not  contract  indebtedness  in  excess  of  the  income 
of  the  district  for  the  current  year. — Knickerbocker. 

50.  A  school  district  cannot  claim  the  attendance  of  pupils  above  the 
eighth  grade,  if  such  pupils  attend  school  in  some  other  district.— Knicker- 
bocker. 

51.  School  funds  cannot  be  apportioned  to  any  school  district  that  has 
not  maintained  school  the  minimum  time  required  by  law  during  the  preced- 
ing school  year. — Falknor. 


DECISIONS   BY  STATE   SUPERINTENDENT. 

1.  The  powers  and  duties  of  a  county  superintendent  of  common  schools, 
under  the  law,  are  mainly  executive  and  supervisory.  He  has,  in  addition, 
limited  judiciary  power  in  cases  of  hearing  petitions  and  appeals;  but  in  the 
exercise  of  this  power  he  should  not  lay  aside  his  executive  and  supervisory 
functions  and  assume  the  attitude  of  a  judge  in  a  case  at  law,  leaving  to  the 
parties  interested  the  entire  burden  of  conducting  the  investigation.  He 
should,  on  the  contrary,  exercise  his  other  official  powers  to  the  extent  neces- 
sary to  enable  him  to  investigate  thoroughly  the  matter  before  him,  elicit  all 
necessary  testimony,  and  thus  have  at  hand  the  data  upon  which  he  will  be 
able  to  render  the  just  and  equitable  decision  required  of  him  by  law. — Bryan. 


122  CODE   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


2.  When  the  officers  of  a  new  school  district  have  been  appointed,  and 
have  qualified  according  to  law,  the  new  district  is  fully  organized  and  pos- 
sesses all  the  powers  of  any  other  school  district,  though  by  a  failure  to  have 
the  required  amount  of  school  within  one  year  it  may  forfeit  its  organization 
and  cease  to  exist  as  a  corporation. — Bryan. 

3.  The  terms  of  office  of  all  the  first  officers  of  a  new  school  district  ex- 
pire at  the  time  of  the  first  annual  election  succeeding  its  organization, 
whether  those  officers  were  appointed  by  the  county  superintendent  or  hold 
their  positions  by  virtue  of  a  previous  election  in  the  old  district  or  districts 
from  which  the  new  district  was  taken.  They  are  only  temporary  officers  in 
either  case. — Bryan. 

4.  In  case  a  school  district  should  fail  to  elect  officers  at  the  time  and  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  law,  the  officers  whose  terms  of  office  expire  at  the 
time  such  election  should  have  taken  place  do  not  of  right  hold  over,  or 
continue  in  office  until  the  next  or  some  subsequent  annual  election.  This 
opinion  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  school  district  officers,  by  failing  to  order 
the  annual  election  to  be  held,  at  which  all  school  district  officers  must  be 
elected,  might  continue  themselves  in  office  perpetually,  by  giving  no  oppor- 
tunity for  the  electors  to  express  their  will  as  to  whom  they  desire  as  the 
officers  of  their  district.  In  such  cases  the  county  superintendent  should,  upon 
a  petition,  declare  such  offices  vacant,  and  should  appoint  other  officers  to  fill 
the  vacancies,  in  accordance  with  the  wishes  of  the  electors  of  the  district. 
If,  however,  no  protest  is  made  by  the  people  of  the  district,  the  old  officers 
may  be  allowed  to  continue  in  office,  and  their  acts  will  be  perfectly  legal. 
They  are  at  least  officers  de  facto. — Bryan. 

5.  A  board  of  directors  cannot  dismiss  a  teacher  simply  because  the 
teacher  is  unpopular,  or  does  not  give  general  satisfaction.  They  must  first 
establish  the  fact  that  he  is  incompetent,  or  that  he  has  violated  the  law  or 
the  terms  of  his  contract.  Neither  can  boards  of  directors  make  contracts 
that  are  not  in  accordance  with  law. — Bryan. 

6.  The  spirit  of  the  code  is  that  school  houses  shall  be  used  for  public 
school  purposes,  and  all  incidental  uses  must  be  under  such  restrictions  as 
to  result  in  no  injury  to  the  school  or  to  the  school  property.  A  school  house 
can  be  used  for  no  other  purpose  than  those  specified  in  paragraph  1G3,  sub. 
10.— Bryan. 

7.  Boards  of  directors  and  other  school  officers  possess  such  powers  as 
are  specifically  delegated  to  them  by  law,  and  such  other  implied  powers  as 
are  necessary  in  order  to  transact  all  business  specifically  prescribed  by  law-. 
In  other  words,  their  powers  are  ministerial,  not  plenary. — Bryan. 

8.  It  is  the  duty  of  boards  of  directors  to  make  all  necessary  rules  and 
regulations  for  the  systematic  transaction  of  their  official  business,  and  to 
transact  all  business  as  a  hoard,  at  board  meetings. — Bryan. 

9.  A  board  of  directors  cannot  legally  employ  a  minor  child  of  one  of 
the  directors  to  perform  services  for  the  district  unless  such  child  has  been 
first  emancipated  by  its  parent.  Unless  the  child  has  been  emancipated,  the 
parent  may  lawfully  claim  its  wages,  and  thus  the  director  would  be  placed 
in  the  attitude  of  auditor  of  his  own  accounts  against  the  district. — Bryan. 

10.  All  persons  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twenty-one  years,  whether 
married  or  single,  residing  in  any  school  district  on  the  first  day  of  May, 
should  be  enumerated  by  the  school  district  clerk.     The  simple  fact  that  a 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


123 


person  is  married  does  not  debar  him  or  her  from  the  privileges  of  the  com- 
mon school  in  this  state,  under  existing  law. — Bryan. 

11.  The  notice  to  be  given  by  the  school  district  clerk,  of  all  meetings  of 
the  board  of  directors,  is  not  a  notice  to  the  public,  but  simply  a  notice  to  the 
members  of  the  board.  A  failure  to  give  the  required  notice  does  not,  of 
itself,  invalidate  the  meeting,  provided  all  members  of  the  board  actually  at- 
tend the  meeting  and  participate  in  its  transactions. — Bryan. 

12.  A  teacher  does  not  forfeit  his  certificate  by  non-attendance  at  a 
teachers'  institute,  but  simply  renders  it  forfeitable  in  case  he  has  not  a 
valid  excuse  for  non-attendance.  In  other  words,  a  forfeiture  does  not  and 
cannot  exist  until  a  declaration  of  the  forfeiture  has  been  made  by  the  proper 
authority. — Bryan. 

13.  A  contract  to  teach  does  not,  either  directly  or  by  implication,  include 
the  doing  of  janitor  work  by  the  teacher;  and  unless  a  contract  to  teach 
specifically  states  that  the  teacher  is  to  perform  that  service,  the  directors 
must  provide  some  person  other  than  the  teacher  to  perform  duties  of  janitor 
for  the  school. — Bryan. 

14.  Teachers,  principals  and  city  superintendents,  in  keeping  registers 
and  making  reports,  should  record  and  report  only  the  actual  attendance  of 
pupils.  School  districts  are  entitled  to  accredited,  or  constructive  attendance, 
when  the  school  is  closed  for  the  purpose  of  allowing  a  teacher  to  attend  a 
teachers'  institute.  In  this  instance  the  accredited  attendance  should  be 
added  by  the  county  superintendent  before  making  his  annual  report,  and 
should  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  average  daily  attendance,  as  re- 
ported by  the  teacher,  by  the  number  of  days  the  teacher  was  actually  in  at- 
tendance at  the  institute.  The  teacher  who  marks  pupils  present  on  days 
when  the  school  was  not  for  any  reason  in  session,  is  guilty  of  falsifying  his 
records,  and  is  liable  to  prosecution  for  so  doing,  and  subjects  his  certificate 
to  revocation. — Bryan. 


124  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 


RULES  AND  REGULATIONS,  BY  STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 

TEACHERS. 

1.  The  teachers  in  the  public  schools  of  this  state  shall  follow  the  pre- 
scribed course  of  study  and  enforce  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  board  of 
education;  shall  keep  records,  use  blanks  and  render  reports  according  to  in- 
structions. 

2.  Teachers  shall  be  held  responsible  for  the  care  of  all  school  property 
entrusted  to  them;  shall  frequently  inspect  the  same  and  promptly  report  to 
the  district  clerk  any  damage  it  may  have  received. 

3.  Each  teacher  shall  prepare  a  program  of  daily  exercises,  a  copy  of 
which  shall  be  posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  school  room. 

4.  Teachers  shall  exercise  watchful  care  over  the  conduct  and  habits  of 
the  pupils  while  under  their  jurisdiction. 

5.  Teachers  shall  maintain  strict  order  and  discipline  in  their  schools  at 
all  times.  Any  neglect  of  this  requirement  shall  be  considered  good  cause  for 
dismissal.  Corporal  punishment  may  be  resorted  to  when  it  becomes  neces- 
sary to  the  preservation  of  proper  discipline.  No  cruel  punishment  shall  be 
inflicted;  and  no  teacher  shall  administer  punishment  on  or  about  the  head 
of  any  pupil. 

6.  In  any  case  of  misconduct  or  insubordination,  when  the  teacher  deems 
it  necessary  for  the  good  of  the  school,  he  may  suspend  a  pupil,  and  shall 
immediately  notify  the  directors  of  the  district  thereof  for  further  action, 
and  shall  send  a  copy  of  said  notice  to  the  parents  or  guardians  of  the  child. 

7.  Every  public  school  teacher  shall  give  vigilant  attention  to  the  tempera- 
ture and  ventilation  of  the  school  room  and  shall  see  that  the  doors  and  win- 
dows are  open  at  each  intermission,  for  the  purpose  of  changing  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  room. 

8.  Teachers  shall  have  the  right,  and  it  shall  be  their  duty,  to  direct  and 
control  within  reasonable  limits  the  studies  of  their  pupils:  Provided,  That 
all  pupils  shall  receive  instruction  in  the  branches  included  in  the  prescribed 
course  of  study. 

9.  The  use  of  tobacco  in  any  form  or  place  by  a  teacher  is  discoun- 
tenanced, and  the  use  of  alcoholic  stimulants  in  any  form  or  place  as  a  bever- 
age is  prohibited.  The  use  of  tobacco  or  any  other  narcotic  on  the  school 
premises  by  a  teacher  shall  work  a  forfeiture  of  his  certificate. 

10.  At  the  close  of  every  term  of  school  the  teacher  shall  thoroughly  ex- 
amine his  pupils  in  the  studies  of  the  term,  using  written  questions  and  re- 
quiring written  answers  whenever  practicable,  and  the  standing  of  each  pupil 
in  the  work  of  the  term  shall  be  noted  accurately  upon  the  school  register. 

11.  Teachers  shall  require  excuses  from  the  parents  or  guardians  of 
pupils,  either  in  person  or  by  written  note,  in  all  cases  of  absence,  tardiness 
or  dismissal  before  the  close  of  school,  and  no  excuse  shall  be  deemed  valid 
except  that  of  sickness.     Excuses  for  absence  shall  be  placed  in  the  hands  of 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  ]ur> 


the  attendance  officer,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  attendance  officer  to 
thoroughly  investigate  each  case  and  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  law  re- 
lating thereto. 

12.  An  attendance  of  less  than  one  hour  at  any  half-day's  session  shall 
not  be  counted  by  the  teacher  in  making  his  or  her  annual  report. 

13.  In  all  public  schools  in  this  state  the  teachers  shall  require  of  their 
pupils  regular  exercises  in  composition  and  declamation.  In  the  preparation 
of  programs  for  rhetoricals,  teachers  shall  use  every  effort  to  secure  selections 
of  a  high  literary  character  and  to  make  the  work  truly  educational. 

PUPILS. 

1.  Every  pupil  shall  be  punctual  and  regular  in  attendance,  obedient  to 
all  rules  of  the  school,  diligent  in  study,  respectful  and  obedient  to  teachers 
and  kind  and  obliging  to  schoolmates. 

2.  Wilful  disobedience,  habitual  truancy,  vulgarity  or  profanity,  the  use 
of  tobacco  on  or  about  the  school  premises,  stealing,  the  carrying  of  deadly 
weapons,  the  carrying  or  using  of  dangerous  playthings,  shall  constitute  good 
cause  for  suspension  or  expulsion  from  school. 

3.  As  soon  as  dismissed,  pupils  shall  leave  the  school  premises  and  go 
directly  to  their  homes.  Loitering  on  the  way  to  and  from  school  is  posi- 
tively forbidden. 

4.  Pupils  shall  give  attention  to  personal  neatness  and  cleanliness,  and 
any  who  repeatedly  fail  in  this  respect  may  be  sent  home  to  be  prepared 
properly  for  school. 

5.  Pupils  shall  not  be  detained  more  than  forty  minutes  after  the  regular 
hour  for  dismissal. 


126 


CODE    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


FORMS  FOR  USE  OF  SCHOOL  OFFICERS  AND  TEACHERS. 


Form  No.  1. 


County  Superintendent's  Annual  Report  to  State  Superintendent  of  Public 

Instruction. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.J 


Form  No.  2. 

Petition  to  County  Superintendent,  Praying  for  Formation  of  a  New  School 

District. 

To  the  Superintendent  of  Schools County,   Washington  : 

We,   the  undersigned,   being  heads  of  families  and  lawful   petitioners  for   the   pur- 
pose herein  set  forth,  do  hereby  petition  you  to  form  a  school  district  in  the  county 

of    State   of  Washington,    with   the   following  boundaries,   viz.:      [Here 

describe  boundaries.]  Our  reasons  for  asking  for  the  formation  of  the  above  described 
district  are  as  follows,  viz. :  [Here  give  reasons.]  Following  is  a  correct  list  of  the 
names  of  children  of  school  age  residing  within  the  limits  of  the  proposed  district,  viz. : 
[Here  insert  the  names  of  children  of  school  age.] 


Signed. 

Signed. 

Dated  this day  of ,  19 ... . 

Remarks. — This  petition  must  be  signed  by  at  least  five  heads  of  families,  who  are 
bona  fide  members  of "  the  proposed  district. 


Form  No.  8. 

Petition  to  County  Superintendent,  Praying  for  Alteration  of  Boundaries  of 

School    District. 

To  the  Superintendent  of  Schools,    County,   Washington: 

We,  the  undersigned,  being  heads  of  families  and  lawful  petitioners  for  the  pur- 
pose herein  set  forth,  do  hereby  petition  you  to  change  the  boundaries  of  School  Dis- 
tricts Nos ,  of  county,  Washington,  as  follows,  viz.:  [Here  de- 
scribe change  desired.]  Our  reasons  for  desiring  said  change  of  boundaries  are  as 
follows,  viz.  :     [Here  give  reasons.]     Following  is  a  correct  list  of  the  names  of  children 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON 


127 


of  school  age  residing  in  the  territory  which  it  is  desired  to  have  transferred:      [Here 
give  list  of  names.] 


Signed. 


Signed. 


Dated  this    day  of ,   19 


Fokm  No.  4. 

Notice  of  Meeting  to  Investigate  a  Petition  for  the  Formation  of  a  School 

District. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  meeting  will  be  held  at on  the   

day  of ,  19. .  . .,  at  the  hour  of   ....   o'clock   ....   m.,  for  the  purpose  of 

investigating  a  petition  which  was  filed  in  my  office  on  the day  of 

19 praying  for  the  formation  of  a  school  district,  with  the  following  boundaries, 

viz. : 


And  all  parties  are  hereby  notified  that  a  full  and  fair  investigation  will  be  made 
at  the  time  and  place  above  stated  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  formation  of  the 
above  described  school  district,  and,  if  it  shall  be  deemed  advisable,  the  petition  will 
be  granted  and  the  school  district  formed  as  prayed  for. 

Dated  this day  of ,  19 

(Signed)      

Supt.  of  Schools,    County,   Washington. 

The  above  notice  is  posted  by ,  this day  of 19 ... . 

Remarks. — Twenty  days'  notice  must  be  given. 


Form  No.  5. 

Notice   of   Meeting  to   Investigate   a   Petition   for   the   Alteration   of   School 

District  Boundaries. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  meeting  will  be  held  at    on   the 

day  of ,  19. . . .,  at  the  hour  of   ....   o'clock   ....   m.,  for  the  purpose  of 

investigating,  a  petition  which  was  filed  in  my  office  on  the day  of 

19....,  praying  for  changes  in  the  boundaries  of  School  Districts  Nos....    and    

in  the  county  of  ,  State  of  Washington,  as  follows,  viz.  : 


And  all  parties  are  hereby  notified  that  a  full  and  fair  investigation  will  be  made 
at  the  time  and  place  above  stated  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  said  change  of  bound- 
aries, and  that,  if  it  shall  be  deemed  advisable,  the  petition  will  be  granted  and  the 
changes  made  as  above  described. 

(Signed)      

Supt.  of  Schools County,   Washington. 

The  above  notice  is  posted  by this day  of 19 ... . 

Remarks. — Twenty  days'  notice  must  be  given. 


128  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

Form  No.  6. 
Certificate  of  Formation  of  School  District. 
I  Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  7. 
Certificate  of  Alteration  of  School  District  Boundaries. 
I  Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.   10. 

Report  of  Teachers'  Institute County,  Washington. 

I  Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  11. 

Certificate    of    County    Treasurer    to    County    Superintendent    Showing    the 
Amount  of  Funds  on  Hand  to  be  Apportioned. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  12. 

Certificate  of  County  Superintendent  to  County  Treasurer,  Showing  Amount 
of  Funds  Apportioned  to  Each  School  District. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  13. 

Form  for  Notifying  District  Clerk  of  the  Amount  of  Funds  Apportioned  to 
District  by  County  Superintendent. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  14. 
Annual  Report  of  County  Treasurer  to  County  Superintendent,  Showing  Fi- 
nancial Status  of  Each  School  District  for  Preceding  Year  Ending  June  30. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 

Form  No.  15. 
Appointment  of  Director  to  Fill  Vacancy. 

By  virtue  of  authority  in  me  vested  by  law.  I  hereby  appoint  . 

to  the  office  of  director  of   School   District  No ,   of    county,   State 

of  Wnsbington,  to  fill  a  vacancy  caused  by  [here  state  cause  of  vacancy]  ;  said 

to   continue    in    office    until    the    fourth    Monday    following   the   next   annual 

school  election,  and  until  his  successor  is  selected  and  qualified  according  to  law. 

Dated  this day  of 19 

(Signed)    

Supt.  of  Schools County,  Washington. 


STATE    OF    WASHINGTON 


129 


OATH    OF   OFFICE. 

State  of  Washington,  County  of   as. 

I ,  do  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  will  support  the  con- 
stitution of  the  United  States  and  the  constitution  of  the  State  of  Washington  ;  that 
I   will    endeavor   to   promote    the    interests   of   education,    and    will    faithfully    discharge 

the  duties  of of  School  District  No ,  in  the  county  of. 

in  said  state.     So  help  God. 

(Signed)    

(Postoffice)    

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of 19.  .  .  . 

(Signed)    

[Here  state  official   character  of  officer  administering  oath] 


Form  No.  16. 

Report  of  Defective  Youth. 

To  the  Board  of  Commissioners  of   County,  Washington  : 

I  herewith  transmit  to  you  a  report  of  all  defective  youth  residing  in  your  county, 
as  reported  to  me  by  the  clerks  of  the  several  school  districts  of  the  county. 

Dated  this day  of ,  19 

(Signed) 

Supt.  of  Schools County.    Washington. 


Name  of  youth. 

Character  of 
ailment. 

Name  of  parent  or         Postoffice  address  of  parent  or 
guardian.                                     guardian. 

Remarks. — This  report  should  be  made  to  the  county  commissioners  at  their  August 
meeting,  and  a  copy  of  it  should  be  sent  by  the  county  superintendent  to  the  superin- 
tendent of  the  School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind  at  Vancouver,  Wash.,  and  another 
copy  to  the  State  Board  of  Control  at  Olympia,  Wash. 


Form  No.  17. 
Graded  School   Report. 

[Form  not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  18. 

Union  High  School  Report. 
[Form  not  printed  with  laws.] 

Form  No.   19 

Annual  Report  of  School  District  Clerk  to  County   Superintendent. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 
—9 


150  CODE    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

Form  No.  20. 

Petition  for  Formation  of  Consolidated  District. 

To  the  Superintendent  of  CommoD  Schools County,  Washington  : 

We,    the  undersigned,   being  heads  of  families   in   the  districts   whoso  numbers  arc 
set  opposite  our  respective  names,  do  hereby  petition  you  to  issue  an  order  combining 

School    Districts    Nos and    in    County.    Washington,    and, 

thus   form  a  consolidated  district    as  provided  for  in  the  Code  of   Public   Instruction   of 
-tate. 


Name. 

No.  of 
District. 

Name. 

No.  of 
District. 





Dated   this    day  of    10 . 


Form  No.  21. 

Estimate  of  School  District  Tax  Levy. 

To  the  Board  of  Commissioners,    County,  Washington  : 

I,    ,  clerk  of  School   District  No of  said  county,   de   hereby 

certify   that  at  a   meeting  of  the  board  of  directors,   duly  held  in   said   school   district, 

on  the day  of 10 it  was  estimated  that  the  following  amount 

of  money  will  be  required  for  school  purposes  in  said  district  during  the  present  school 
year  : 


Items. 


H  uildings  and  repairs 

Salaries  of  teachers 

Salaries  of  janitors  

Salary  and  expenses  of  district  clerk 

School  furniture  and  apparatus 

School  supplies 


Fuel. 


Incidental  expenses. 


Total  amount  to  be  raised 


STATE   OF    WASHINGTON  ];$] 


You  are  hereby  authorized  to  levy  a  sufficient  tax  on  the  property  of  School  District 

No. to   produce   this  amount   after   deducting   t ho   amount   to  be   received   by   the 

said  school  district  from  state  and  county   funds. 

Dated  this  ' day  of   19 

Cbrk. 

School  District  No County.  Washington. 

Note. — This  notice  must  be  filed  with  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners 
on  or  before  the  first  day  of  September. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the   county   commissioners  to  make  sufficient   levies  for  bond   in- 
terest and  sinking  funds,  in  addition  to  the  above  estimates. 


Form  No.  22. 

School  District  Warrant. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  23. 

Notice  of  Annual  Election. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  annual   election  of  School   District   No of 

county,  State  of  Washington,  will  be  held  at in  said 

school    district,    on    Saturday,    the    day    of   March.    19 for    the    purpose    of 

electing  school  district  officers,  as  follows,  viz.  : 

One  school  district  director  for  a  term  of  three  years. 


and  for  the  transaction  of  such  other  business  as  may  lawfully  come  before  the  meeting. 

The  polls  will  be  open  from o'clock   ....   m..  to o'clock   ....   m. 

By  order  of  the  board  of  directors. 

Dated  this    day  of    ,   19 ...  . 

Clerk. 

Remarks. — Three  of  these  notices  must  be  posted  at  least  ten  days  prior  to  the  day 
of  election,  one  of  which  must  be  at  the  place  of  holding  the  election.  All  elections 
should  be  held  at  the  school   house,   if  there  be  oue. 


Form  No.  25. 

Notice  of  School  District  Bond  Election. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  special  election  will  be  held  at    in 

School  District  No ,  of county.  State  of  Washington,  on  the 

day  of 19 for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  or  not  the  direc- 
tors of  said  school  district  shall  borrow  money  and  issue  bonds  "of  the  district  in  the 
sum  of   dollars,  for  the  purpose  of   


Said  bonds,  if  issued,  shall  bear  a  rate  of  interest  not  to  exceed   per  centum 

per  annum,  payable annually  ;  the  bonds  to  be  payable  and  redeemable  in   

years  after  date  :      *Provided.   That  said  school   district  reserves  the  right   to   pay  or 
redeem  said  bonds,  or  any  of  them,  at  any  time  after years  from  the  date  thereof. 

The   election   will   be   by  ballot.     Those   in  favor  of   the    issuing  of  bonds  as   above 
specified,  will  vote,  "Bonds,  yes"  ;  those  opposed.   "Bonds,   no." 

The  polls  will  be  open  from o'clock   ....   m.,  to o'clock m. 

By  order  of  the  board  of  directors. 

Dated  this    day  of    19 

(Signed)     C,erk- 

Remarks. — All  elections  must  be  held  at  the  school  house,  if  there  be  one.     At  least 


l;3£  CODE    OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 

three  notices  must  be  posted  at  least  ten  days,  one  of  which  must  be  at  the  place  of 
holding  election. 

Preserve  one  copy  of  tbis  notice  as  a  part  of  the  records. 

•If  the  directors  do  not  desire  the  option  of  paying  the  bonds,  or  any'  part  of  them, 
before  the  maximum  limit  stated  in  the  notices,  this  clause  should  be  erased. 


Form  No.  26. 

Notice  of  Special  School  District  Meeting. 
Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  special  meeting  of  the  legal  school  electors  of  School 

District  No of   county,  Washington,  will  be  held  at   

in  said  district,  on  the   day  of  ,  19. . . .,  beginning  at  the  hour  of 

o'clock   ....   m.,  of  said  day,  for  the  purpose  of  determining 


By  order  of  the  board  of  directors. 

Dated  this    day  of    ,   19 

(Signed)     Clerk. 

Remarks. — At  least  three  notices  should  be  posted  at  least  ten  days.  No  business 
can  be  transacted  except  such  as  is  specified  in  the  notice.  The  meeting  contemplated 
is  not  an  election  in  the  strict  sense  of  that  term,  but  is  a  meeting  at  which  the  voters 
may  assemble  to  discuss  and  determine  matters  pertaining  to  the  welfare  of  their 
district. 


Form  No.  27. 

Notice  of  Meeting  to  Form  Consolidated  School  District. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  a  meeting  will  be  held  at    on  the   

day  of 19 at  the  hour  of o'clock   ....   m.,  for  the  purpose  of 

investigating  a  petition  which  was  filed  in  my  office  on  the day  of 

19. . . .,  praying  for  the  consolidation  of  School  Districts  Nos and   ,   thus 

forming  a  consolidated  school  district. 

And  all  parties  are  hereby  notified  that  a  full  and  fair  investigation  will  be  made 
at  the  time  and  place  above  stated  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  formation  of  the 
above  described  school  district,  and  if  it  shall  be  deemed  advisable,  the  petition  will 
be  granted  and  the  school  district  formed  as  prayed  for. 

Dated  this    day  of    ,    19 

( Signed )      

Supt.   of  Schools County,   Washington. 

The  above  notice  is  posted  by this day  of   ,  19.  .  .  . 

Remarks. — Twenty  days'  notice  must  be  given  and  three  notices  should  be  posted 
in   each   district. 

Form  No.  28. 

Certificate  of  Election  and  Oath  of  Office. 

To  the  Superintendent  of  Schools County,   Washington  : 

I  hereby  certify  that  at  the  annual  election  of  School  District  No 

county,  State  of  Washington,  held  on  the day  of 19. . . .,  M 

was  duly  elected  to  the  office  of  director  of  said  district  for  a 

term  of    years,   beginning  on  the   fourth   Monday   next  succeeding  said  election. 

I  further  certify  thai  h .  .  .  .   postoffice  address  is ,  State  of  Washington. 

•Signed)      

Clerk  of  Annual  School  Election. 

OATH  OF  OFFICE. 

State  of  Washington,   County  of   ,  ss. 

I do  hereby  solemnly  swear   (or  affirm)   that  I   will  support  the 

constitution   of   the    United    States   and    the   constitution   of   the    State    of   Washington ; 


STATE   OF   WASHINGTON  133 


that    I    will    endeavor   to    promote    the    interests   of   education,    and    will    faithfully    dis- 
charge the  duties  of    of  School   District   Xo in  the  county  of 

in  said  state.     So  help  me  God. 

(Signed  1       

Suliscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of    10.  .  .  . 


[Here  state  official  character  of  officer  who  administers  oath.] 
Remarks. — This  notice  should  be  given  to  the  person  elected,  who  must  qualify  on 
or  before  the  day  designated  for  him  to  take  office,  and  send  the  oath  and  certificate 
above  to  the  county  superintendent.  He  must  also  file  with  the  county  auditor  his 
signature,  certified  to  by  some  school  offiivr.  The  county  superintendent  should  not 
recognise  any  one  as  director  or  clerk  whose  oath  is  not  on  file  in  his  office. 

♦Directors    take    office    on    the    fourth    Monday    next    succeeding    their    election,    and 
clerks  at  the  time  they  are  selected  by  the  school  boards. 


Form  No.  29. 

School  District  Election  Poll  Book. 

1  oil  booK  ox  an  election  held  in  School  District  No of   county. 

State  of  Washington,  on  the day  of   19 and   

being  chosen  judges  of  said  election,  and   clerk,  all  being  duly  sworn.  a3 

required  by  law,  before  entering  upon  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices. 


Number  and  names  of  electors  voting. 


Tally  list. 


Tally  list. 


We    hereby    certify    that    the    whole    number    of    electors    voting    at    this    election 

amounts   to    ;   that  the   whole   number   of  ballots  cast   at  this   election    amounts 

to    ;  that    received    votes  for  director ;   that    

received votes  for  director,  etc..  etc, 


Attest :  

Judges. 

Clerk  of  Election. 
Remarks. — Election  boards  will  vary  the  tally  list  and  certificate  to  suit  the  nature 
of  tin-  election.  If  it  be  for  the  election  of  officers  at  an  annual  election,  the  name 
of  each  person  voted  for  must  be  entered  on  the  tally  list,  and  a  tally  of  the  votes 
cast  for  him  must  be  placed  opposite  his  name.  If  the  election  be  for  voting  a  special 
tax  or  for  voting  bonds,  the  number  of  votes  for  and  against  the  proposition  must  be 
entered  on  the  tally  list.  The  certificate  must  simply  contain  a  summary  of  the  vote 
as  shown  bv  the  tally  list.     Election  boards  are  chosen  by   the  electors.     The  school 


U34  Com-:   OF   PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION 


district  officers,  or  any  part  of  them,  may  be  chosen  as  an  election  board.  The  poll 
book  and  other  papers  should  be  delivered  to  the  county  superintendent. 

OATH  OF  JUDGES  OF  ELECTION. 

Stai>-  of  Washington.  County  of   ss. 

We and   do  solemnly  swear  thai   we 

will,  as  judges  of  an  election  to  lie  held  in  and  for  School    District    No of 

county,  on   ibis   day  of    19 inly  attend   said 

election  during  its  continuance:  that  we  will  nol  receive  any  vole  or  ballot  from  any 
person  other  than  such  as  we  firmly  believe  to  be  duly  qualified  voters  at  said  election, 
according  to  law;  thai  we  will  make  a  true  and  perfect  return  of  said  election,  and 
will  in  all  things  faithfully  and  impartially  discharge  our  duties  as  judges  of  said 
"lection  to  the  best  of  our  judgment  and  ability;  and  thai  we  arc  not  directly  or  in- 
directly interested  in  any  bet  or  wager  on  the  resull   ";'  -aid  election.     So  help  us  Cod. 


Judges. 
Subscribed  and   sworn  to  this    day  of    19.  .  .  . 


[Here  state  official   character  of  officer  administering  oath.] 
OATH    OF    CLERK    OF    ELECTION. 


State  of  Washington.  County  of    ss. 

I,    do   solemnly   swear   that    I    will,   as   clerk   of  an  election    to 

be  held  in  and  for  School    Districl    No county  of    State  of  Wash- 
on   this    day   of    1!> duly   attend   said  election   during 

its  continuance;  that  I  will  record  on  the  poll  1,00k  of  said  election  the  name  of  each 
person  voting  thereat,  and  faithfully  and  impartially  discharge  the  duties  of  clerk  of 
said  election,  and  that  1  am  not  directly  or  indirectly  interested  in  any  bet  or  wager 
on  the  result  of  said  election.     So  help  me  God. 


Clerk  of  Election. 
Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of 19.  .  .  . 


(.Here   state   official    character    of   officer   administering   the   oath.      A    director    may 
administer  it.] 


Form  No.  30. 

Certificate  of  Bond  Election. 

State  of  Washington.  County  of   ss. 

To  the  Treasurer  of  County,  Washington  : 

We,  the  undersigned,  directors  of  School   District   No of  county. 

State  of  Washington,  do  hereby  certify  that  a1  an  election  held  in  said  school  district 
on  the  day  of  19 it  was  voted  that  t  he  bonds  of  said  dis- 
trict shall  be  issued  by  the  directors  thereof  in   the  sum  of   dollars,   payable 

years  after  date,   with   interest    at    the   rate  of    per  cent,   per  annum, 

payable    annually;   *and  we  further  certify    that    tic   board  of  said  directors  of 

said  district  d  illows,   viz.: 


Witness  our  hands  this   day  of   19. 


Attest  :  .  Direi 

Cbrk. 

*The  people  del  on,  the  maximum  time  Hie  bonds  are  to  run.     If 

the  director-,  reserve  tie  right  to  pay  the  bonds  or  any  portion  of  them  prim-  to  that 
date,  they  shall  specify  such  intention  in  their  certificate  to  the  county  treasurer,  to 
guid"  him  in  his  advert  ectors  do  qo1    reserve  such   right,   this  clause 

may  !>■    omitted  from   their  certificate  to  treasurer. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


135 


Form  No.  31 . 

Report   of   County   Superintendent   to   County   Treasurer   of   School    District 

Officers  Elected  or  Qualified. 

!  Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  32. 

Report  of  County  Superintendent  to  County  Treasurer  of  the  Appointment  of 

a  School  District  Officer. 

[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  33. 

Teacher's  Register. 
[Not  printed  with   laws.] 


Form  No.  34. 

Teacher's  Contract. 

To    ,  Superintendent  of  Schools  : 

The  following  contract  has  been  made  in  accordance  with  the  action  of  the  board 
of  directors  as  found  in  the  minutes  of  the  meeting  of day  of 10.  ...  : 

TEACHER'S   CONTRACT. 

It   is   hereby  agreed,   by  and  between   the  directors  of  School   District   No 

county    of    State    of    Washington,    and    the    holder    of    a 

teacher's  certificate  now  in  force  in  said  county,  that  said  teacher  is  to  teach,  govern 
and  conduct  the  public  school  of  said  district  to  the  best  of  h...  ability,  follow  the 
<ourse  of  study  lawfully  adopted,  keep  a  register  of  the  daily  attendance  of  each  pupil 
attending  said  school,  make  all  reports  required  by  law  or  by  lawful  authority,  and 
endeavor  to  preserve  in  good  condition  the  school  house,  grounds,  furniture,  apparatus 
and  such  other  property  of  the  district  as  may  come  under  the  immediate  supervision 

of  said  teacher,   for  a  term  of   school   months,   commencing  on   the    day 

of    19 for  the  sum  of   dollars  per  month,   to  be  paid  at  the 

end  of  each  school  month,  out  of  the  funds  of  said  school  district,  upon  a  warrant 
drawn  by  the  directors  of  said  school  district  and  payable  by  the  county  treasurer  : 
Provided,  That  it"  said  teacher  shall  be  legally  dismissed  from  school,  or  shall  have  h.  .  . 
certificate  lawfully  annulled  by  expiration  or  otherwise,  then  said  teacher  shall  not  be 
entitled  to  compensation  from  and  after  such  dismissal  or  annullinent :  Provided  further, 
That  the  wages  of  said  teacher  for  the  last  month  of  the  school  term  shall  not  b 
unless  said  teacher  shall  have  made  the  reports  hereinbefore  mentioned. 

And  the  directors  of  said  school  district  hereby  agree  to  keep  the  school  house  iu 
good  repair,  to  provide  a  school  register,  fuel  and  other  necessary  supplies  for  the 
comfort  of  the  school. 

In   witness   whereof,    we   have   hereunto   subscribed    our    names    this    day    of 

,    19 


I  >i  rectors. 

Teacher. 

Attest :    ,   Clerk. 

Recorded  on   page  of  Record  of  Contracts. 

Superintendent   Schools. 
Note. — This    contract    must    be    made    in    duplicate,    and    mailed    to    the    county    su- 


1,'W  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


perintrndent   of  common   schools,    who   shall,    if    it  be   legal,    countersign   the   same   and 
mail   one  copy  to  (lie  district  clerk  and  one  to  the  teacher. 


Form  No.  85. 

Teacher's  Annual  or  Term  Report  to  County  Superintendent  or  District  Clerk. 
[Not   printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  36. 

Common  School    (Eighth  Grade)   Diplomas. 
[Nol    printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  37. 
Teacher's  Temporary  Certificate. 
I  Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  38. 

Teacher's  Special  Certificate. 
Net  printed  with  laws.] 

Form  No.  39. 
County  Superintendent's  Certificate  That  All  Reports  Have  Been  Made. 

Office  of  Superintendent  of  Schools County,  Washington. 

,19 

To  thf   Board  of  Directors  of  School  District  No County,   Washington  : 

I  hereby  certify  that ,  clerk  of  School  District  No has  made  all 

reports  due  from  said  district,  to  the  county  superintendent,  for  the  quarter  last  past, 
including  the  following: 


County  Superintendent. 
Remarks. — This  certificate  is  required  to  be  made  out  and  forwarded  on  or  before 
the  last  Saturday  of  January.  April,  July  :ind  October  of  each  year,  to  all  clerks  who 
bavi  made  all  reports  required  by  law.  and  the  board  of  directors  is  forbidden  to  audit 
any  account  or  issue  any  warrant  for  services  performed  by  any  clerk  until  this  cer- 
t iti< ;it<    Is  filed  \\  it ii  t hem. 


Form  No.  40. 
Notice  of  Appeal  to  State  Board  of  Education. 
To  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Education: 

You  are  hereby  notified  that  the  undersigned,  feeling  aggrieved  by  the  action  of 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  does  hereby  appeal  from  the  decision  of 
said    Superintendent   and   respect  fully   ask    that    you    take   such    action    in    the    matter   aa 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  ^37 


will  redress  the  grievance  hereinafter  s.-i   forth.     The  action  con 
state  fully  and  clearly  the  action  complained  of.] 
State  of  Washington,  County  of   ,  ss. 

T do   solemnly   swear   that   the    above   and    <■  tatemenl    la 

true.      So   help  me  God. 

( Signed  >      

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of lf».  .  .  . 


[Here   state   official    character   of   officer    administering   oatli.l 
Remarks. — All    appeals   must   be    taken    within    thirty    days    after    t lie    act,    order   or 
decision    complained    of. 

Form  No.  4-1. 
Notice  of  Appeal  to  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 
To  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  of  Washington  : 

You   are   hereby   notified   that   the   undersigned,    feeling   aggrieved   by    the   action   of 

the  county  superintendent  of    county,   State  of  Washington,   does  hereby 

appeal  from  the  decision  of  said   ,  and  respectfully  ask  that  you  take  such 

action  in  the  matter  as  will  redress  the  grievance  hereinafter  set  forth.  The  action 
complained  of  is  as  follows,  viz  :  [Here  state  fully  and  clearly  the  action  complained 
of.] 

State  of  Washington.  County  of ss. 

I do  solemnly  swear  that  the  above  and  foregoing  statement  is  true. 

So  help  mc  God. 

(Signed)      

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this   ." day  of   19 


[Here  state  official  character  of  officer  administering  oath.] 
Remarks.— All   appeals   must   be    taken   within    thirty    days    after    the    act,    order   or 
decision  complained  of. 

Form  No.  42. 

Appeal  to  County  Superintendent. 
To  the  Superintendent  of  Schools County.  Washington  : 

You    are   hereby   notified   that   the   undersigned,    feeling   aggrieved   by    the    action   of 

the  board  of  directors  of  School  District  No of  county.  State  of 

Washington,  does  hereby  appeal   from  the  decision  of  said  board,   and   respectfully   ask 
that   you    take   such    action    as   will    redress   the   grievance   hereinafter    set   forth.      The 
action  complained  of  is  as  follows,  viz.  :      [Here  state  clearly  and  fully  the  action  com- 
plained of.] 
State  of  Washington,  County  of ,  ss. 

I do  solemnly  swear  that  the  above  and  foregoing  statement  is  true. 

So  help  mc  God. 

(Signed)      

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of 19. . . . 


[Here  state  official  character  of  officer  administering  oath.] 
Remarks.— All   appeals  must  be   taken   within   thirty   days   after   the   act,    order   or 
decision  complained  of. 

Form  No.  43. 
Report  of  Fines  Collected  by  Clerks  of  Courts  and  Justices  of  the  Peace. 

To  the  Superintendent  of  Schools County,   Washington  : 

You  are  hereby  notified  that  the  sum  of  S has  been  collected  by   me  during 

the  quarter  beginning  on  the  first  day  of    10 as  "n">   >"'"'  breach  of 


138  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

penal  laws  of  the  State  of  Washington,  and  that  said  money  has  been  turned  over  to 
the  county  treasurer  to  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  proper  school  fund. 

Dated  t'.is    day  of   19 

Remarks.-  -Clerks  of  courts  and  justices  of  the  peace  are  required  to  make  this 
report  quarterly. 


Form  No.  44. 
School  District  Officer's  Signature. 

Auditor  of   County,  Washington  : 

Sir:  My  signature,  herewith  transmitted  for  filing  in  your  office,  is  in  the  form  in 
which  it  will  hereafter  appear  when  attached  to  warrants  drawn  by  the  officers  of  this 
school  district  during  my  term  of  office.  Said  term  is  for  year.  .  .,  be- 
ginning on  the day  of   ,  19 ... . 

(Signed)    

*  Director-Clerk  of  School  District  No ,    County,   Washington. 

I  hereby  certify  that  the  within  signature  of  M is  genuine,   and 

that  he-  is  a  of  School  District  No 

(Signed)     

♦Director-Clerk  of  School  District  No County,  Washington. 

♦Erase  "Director"  or  "Clerk,"  as  the  case  may  require. 


Form  No.  45. 

Application  to  Raise  Grade  of  Certificate. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  46. 

Application  for  Common  School  Certificate,  Based  on  State  Certificate,    (B). 
[Not  printed  with  laws] 

Form  No.  47. 
Application  for  Common  School  Certificate,  Based  on  Normal  School  Diploma, 

etc.,  (C). 
[  Not   printed  with  laws.  1 

Form  No.  48. 

Map   of   School    District. 
[  Not  printed  with  law  3. 1 

Form    No.   49. 
Repoi  1  <  •  Teachers'  Examination. 

[  Not   printed  with  laws.] 

Form  No.  50. 

Code   of    Public    Instruction. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON.  1  ;J,j 


Form  No.  51. 

Biennial  Report  of  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 


Form  No.  52. 

Requisition   Blank. 


[Xot  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  53. 

Certificate  of  Formation  of  Consolidated  District. 
[Xot  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  54. 

Notice  of  District  Clerk  Claiming  Attendance. 

To  the  Clerk  of  School  District  Xo County.  Washington  : 

You    are    hereby    notified    that    the    public    school    of    this    district    opened    on    the 

day  of   19 that  it  will   close  on  the    day   01 

19.  .  .  .,  and  that  all  branches  will  be  taught  up  to  and  including  those 

of  the  8th  grade  ;  that  this  district  will  claim  the  attendance  of  such  resident  pupils 
of  this  district,  up  to  and  including  those  pursuing  8th  grade  studies,  as  may  attend 
your  school  during  the  time  this  school  is  in  session.  The  names  of  the  pupils  who 
reside  in  this  school  district  and  are  now  attending  your  school  are  as  follows  :    


At   the   close   of   your   school,    or   on   or   before   June   30th,    19 you    will    please 

certify  to  the  clerk  of  this  district  the  whole  number  of  days'  attendance  that  pupils 
of  this  district  have  attended  your  school  during  the  time  this  school  has  been  in 
session. 

(Signed)      

Clerk  of  School  District  Xo 

County.  Washington. 

Xote. — At  the  time  this  notice  is  served  on  the  district  clerk  a   copy  of  it  must   be 
filed  with  the  county  superintendent. 


Form  No.  55. 

Certificate  of  Attendance. 


To  the  Clerk  of  School  District  No County.  Washington  : 

You  are  hereby  notified  that  the  following  named  pupils  have  attended  our  school 

between    the    day    of    19 and    the    day    ol 

19.  .  .  .  ;  that  they  are  entitled  to  attendance  in  your  school  during  such 

time,  and  that  the  total  attendance  during  such  time  was   days. 

(Signed)     


Xote. — Accredited  attendance  cannot  be  allowed  from  a  business  college,  art  school, 
or  any  other  school  whose  course  of  study  does  not  parallel  the  course  of  study  in  the 
common  school  up  to  and  including  the  8th  grade. 


140  CODE  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 


Form  No.  56. 
Notice  of  Money  Received  by  County  Superintendent  for  Teachers'  Registers 
and   Clerk's  Record   Books. 
[Not  printed  with  laws.] 


Form  No.  57. 

Certificate  of  Election  of  Clerk  and  Chairman. 

To  the  Superintendent  of  Schools County,  Washington  : 

You  are  hereby  notified  that  at  a  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors  of  School  District 

No of  said  county,  held  on  the    day  of    ,    19 .... ,  M . . . . 

whose  P.  O.  address  is   was  duly 

elected  chairman  of  the  board,  for  a  period  of  one  year,  and  that  M ■ 

whose  P.  O.  address  is ,  was  elected  clerk  of  the  board  for 

a  period  of  one  year. 

(Signed)      , 

Clerk  of  School  District  No 

Note.- — The  new  board  should  meet  and  organize  by  the  election  of  a  chairman  and 
clerk,  on  the  fourth  Monday  next  succeeding  the  annual  school  election  at  two  o'clock 
p.  m.,  and  this  report  should  be  made  within  ten  days  thereafter. 


Form  No.  58 A. 

Excuse  of  Child  From  Attendance  at  School. 
To  Whom  It  May  Concern : 

All  parties  are  hereby  notified  that   ,  whose  age  is   

years,  and  whose  residence  is   ,  of   county,   state 

of  Washington,  is  hereby  excused  from  attendance  at  school  for  a  period  of 

months  from  and  after  this  date,  for  the  following  reason,  viz. :     


Dated  at   Washington,  this day  of 19. . 

(Signed)      

Superintendent. 


Form  No.  58B. 

Excuse  of  Child   From   Attendance  at   School. 
To  Whom  It  May  Concern  : 

All  parties  are  hereby  notified  that whose  age  is 


years,  and  whose  residence  is  ,  of county. 

State   of   Washington,    is   hereby   excused    from    attendance   at   school    for   a   period   of 
months  from  and  after  this  date,  for  the  following  reasons,   viz. :    


and  that  any  person  or  corporation,  except  telephone,  telegraph  and  messenger  com- 
panies in  any  city  of  the  first  class,  is  at  liberty  to  employ  the  above  named  child  during 
the  period  for  which  he  is  excused  from  attendance  at  school,  as  above  indicated,  pro- 
vided this  permit  has  been  countersigned  by  a  Judge  of  the  Superior  Court. 

Dated  at ,  Washington,  this day  of 19 ... . 

(Signed)      

Countersigned  :  Superintendent. 
Judge  of  Superior  Court. 


STATE  OF  WASHINGTON. 


1  H 


Form  No.  67. 

Affidavit  of  Clerk — Compulsory  School  Law. 

State  of  Washington,   County  of    ,   ss. 

I,  Clerk  of  School  District  No , County,  do  solemnly  sweat 

the  provisions  of  the  Compulsory  School   Law  have    been   faithfully   complied 

with  in  this  district.     So  help  me  God. 


Clerk  School  District  No County. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this   day  of   ,  19.  .  .  . 


School  Director  for  Districl    No County. 


INDEX 

APPEALS —  Par.  Page 

Affidavit  shall  be  basis  of  appeal 386  10 

Decisions   to   be    final 389  104 

Decisions  to  be  made  record  in  full ."590  104 

Decisions  shall  bo  certified  to  county  assessor 391  104 

From  order  of  school  officer  or  board 384  103 

The  hearing   388  104 

To  state  board  of  education,  when 337  !»1 

To   state   superintendent,    when 337  91 

Transcript    and    notices 387  103 

Where    taken    385  103 

APPORTIONMENT  OF   FUNDS— 

Apportionment  by  superintendent  of  public  instruction 243  67 

Apportionment   by   county    superintendent -7,:;  69 

Apportionment  based  on  days'  attendance 244  67 

Apportionment   withheld,    when    255  69 

Apportionment  on   total   days'   attendance 245  67 

Attendance,    2,000    days'    245  67 

Attendance,    to   pupil's   home   district 24U  67 

Attendance,    clerk   may   demand 247  68 

Attendance,    shall    be   reported 248  6S 

Attendance   in   high    schools 249  68 

Attendance   in   parental   schools 250  68 

Attendance    in    schools   for   defectives 250  6S 

Attendance    at   night   school 251  6S 

Attendance,     credited    when 254  69 

Consolidated  districts  to   receive  bonus 126  3S 

High  school  grades  to  receive  bonus 252  68 

Tuition,    high    schools 249  68 

AUDITOR,  STATE— 

Member  of  state  board  of  finance 445  116 

Must    certify   funds    to    be    apportioned 282  7-", 

AUDITOR,  COUNTY— 

Duties  restricted  to  districts  of  third  class 233  6 1 

Shall  draw  warrants  for  registers,  etc.    (19) 157  47 

Shall   certify   alteration   of  boundaries 152  44 

Shall   place  name  on  ticket,   when 156  4." 

Shall  audit  accounts  of  districts 2.".  I  m 

Shall  countersign  and   register  warrants '-':'"  65 

Shall   register  warrants  of  qualified  teachers 236  65 

Signatures,    shall   keep   on    file 173  50 

Warrants   for  maps,   charts,   etc 237  65 

Warrant  for  last  month  of  teacher's  salary 238  65 

COMMISSIONERS,   COUNTY— 

May   levy  tax   to  establish   circulating   library 274 

Must  levy  tax  to  pay  interest  on  bonds '-':i ' 

May  levy  tax  for  sinking  fund -'•' ' 

Shall  levy  county  school   tax 283  1 5 

Shall   provide  county  superintendent   with  office  and  supplies 160  47 

Shall    levy    taxes    to    pay    indebtedness 113 

Shall   deliver  estimated   funds   to   superintendent 263  r0 

Shall    pay    traveling    expenses,    when ' v 

Shall   pay  expenses  if  parents  are  unable 86  30 

Shall    fill    vacancies 154  44 


Ml  INDEX. 

BOARD  OF  EDUCATION,  COUNTY—                                                                        /■,„■.  Page 

Board  to  conslBl   of  Ave  members 240  00 

County  superintendent  ex-offloio  chairman 240  66 

Certificates,  members  must  hold 241  07 

Compensation    of    members 24]  07 

Duties    of    board 242  07 

May  adopt  supplementary  books 20!)  72 

Shall   grade   manuscripts  of  eighth   grade    pupils 242  67 

Shall   assisl    county  superintendent 242  07 

Shall   advertise   for  bids 269  72 

Shall    select    books 20<>  72 

BOARD  OF  EDUCATION,  STATE— 

Appointment    and    tenure    of   office 7  12 

Annual    meeting    10  12 

Certified  copies  of  proceedings 9  12 

Duties  of    '.)  12 

First,     shall   approve  entrance   requirements 11  13 

Second.      Shall    approve    certain    courses 11  13 

Third.     Shall   prepare  accredited  list  of  higher  institutions 11  13 

Fourth.     Shall   prepare  accredited  list   of  state  certificates  and  life 

diplomas     11  13 

Fifth.      Shall    examine   and   accredit    secondary    schools 11  13 

Sixth.      Shall   accredit   normal    departments 11  13 

Seventh.     Shall   prepare  courses  of  study 11  14 

Seventh.      Shall    make    rules    and    regulations 11  14 

Eighth.     Shall  prepare  questions  for  examination  of  teachers 11  11 

Ninth.      Shall    prepare    answers   to   questions 11  14 

Tenth.     Shall  prepare  questions  for  grammar  schqol  examinations.      11  it 

Eleventh.      Shall    hear   and   decide   appeals 11  14 

Ex-officio   president    8  12 

Expenses   of   board 10  12 

High   school    extension 408  108 

High    school    extension    certificates 4ln  109 

High   school   extension    questions 400  lo:> 

Secretary     '.i  12 

Shall   harmonize   public   school    system 12  It 

Shall  adopt   seal 13  14 

Shall  prepare  list  of  optional  subjects 318  85 

iiO^DS — 

I'.ids  to  be  opened,   by   whom 2!>1  77 

Bidders,  except  state  of  Washington,  to  deposit  forfeit 201  77 

Bonds  to  be   printed  or  lithographed 297  79 

Bonds  may  be  refunded,  how 29S  79 

Bonds  may  be  refunded,  when 2'.t'.i  80 

Bonds  are  to  be  paid,  how 302  80 

Districts  may  issue  for  certain  purposes 2ss  70 

Expenses,    Incidental,    bow    paid 301  80 

Interest,  rate  not  to  exceed  0   per  cent •.  .  .    288  70 

Interest,    commissioners   must    levy 2!)4  78 

Interest  to  be  paid  by  comity  treasurer ■ 2:n;  7'.i 

Issue  must  be  authorized  by  vote  of  people 289  70 

Joint  district  to  belong  where  school   bouse  is  located 293  78 

Joint    districts,    both    counties    must     [<  vy 295  7!> 

Notice    of    sale    to    be    published 2!i<>  77 

Owners  to  notify  county  tree  turer  of  ownership ."'.00  80 

Owners    to   be    notified   Of   redemption 300  80 

Registered   by   county    treasurer 290  77 

Sinking   fund    294  78 

Sinking    funds    may    be    invested 294  78 

Unpaid    bonds    not    a    bar    to    subdivision 106  83 

Warrants   may   be   exchanged   for   bonds 292  78 


[NDEX 


BOOKS — (See  Text  Books,  also  Circulating  Libraries). 


145 


CENSUS,   SCHOOL   DISTRICT—  /•„,-.  /■„,,, 

How  taken  in  districts  of  the  first  class 102  55 

Shall  not  include  certain   Indian  children 223  62 

Shall    include,    what 223  62 

When  and  by  whom   taken 223  62 

CERTIFICATION  OF  TEACHERS— 

Appeal,     right    of 337  01 

Applicants  must  be  18  years  of  age 314  85 

Applicants  must  give  evidence  of  good  character 315  85 

Causes    for    revocation 335  91 

Certificates  and  diplomas  formerly  issued  not  invalidated 311  84 

Certificates  to  be  issued,  by  whom 312  84 

Certificates   must  be   registered 321  86 

Certificates    may    be    revoked 335  91 

Classification  of  certificates  and  diplomas 324  86 

First.     Third  grade   certificates 325  87 

Second.      Second   grade   certificates 325  87 

Third.      First  grade   primary   certificates 325  87 

Fourth.      First    grade    certificates 325  88 

Fifth.      Professional    certificates 325  88 

Sixth.     Permanent  first  grade  primary  certificates 325  88 

Sixth.      Permanent   first   grade    certificates 325  88 

Sixth.      Permanent    professional    certificates 325  88 

Seventh.      Life   certificates    325  88 

Evidence    of   successful    experience 317  85 

Fee  for  any  certificate  or  diploma .• 313  84 

Fee  shall  be  transmitted  to  whom 313  84 

Holders  of  certificates  may  write  at  any  examination 316  85 

Holder  of  a  revoked  certificate  ineligible  to  receive  another  for  twelve 

months     336  91 

Qualifications  of  applicants  for   temporary   certificates 333  90 

Renewals  of  certificates,  how  granted 319  85 

Standings  of  90  per  cent,  or  over 316  85 

Standings  must  be  placed  on  certificate 320  85 

State  board  to  prepare  list  of  optional  subjects 318  85 

Special   certificates   may  be  issued 334  91 

Subjects  for  which  special  certificates  may  be  issued 334  91 

Temporary  certificates  may  be  issued 333  90 

Time  for  which  special  certificates  may  be  valid 334  91 

CERTIFICATION  IN  DISTRICTS  EMPLOYING  100  TEACHERS— 

Additional   branches   for  high   school    certificates 329  90 

Applicants  for  special  certificates  to  pass  examination 331  90 

Board  of   examiners 326  88 

Branches    for    examination 328  89 

Certain   teachers  exempt  from   city  examination 330  90 

Date   of  examination 326  88 

Powers  of  board 326  88 

First.     Shall  adopt  rules  and  regulations 326  88 

Second.      Shall   prepare   questions  and   conduct   examinations 326  89 

Second.     Kinds  of  certificates 326  89 

Third.     To  recommond  renewal  of  certificates 326  S9 

Qualifications   of   applicants 327  89 

Teachers  of  certain  subjects  to  be  granted  special  certificates 330  90 

CHILD  LABOR— 

Child    labor    forbidden 443  115 

Permits  may  be  issued 443  1 1  •"> 

Penalty    444  110 

Regulations   governing    393  105 

—10 


1  |f,  INDEX. 

CIRCULATING    LIBRARIES  /•(/,•.  Page 

Books  shall   be   recommended  by  whom 277  7.'! 

County   superintendent    may   establish :jt.".  7:; 

County  commissioners   may   levy   tax 274  7:: 

County  superintendent  to  certify  hills 27;">  73 

County  superintendent  to  purchase  hooks  and  enforce  rules 27s  7;; 

Funds  must  be  In  treasury  before  books  are  bought 270  73 

CLERKS     SCHOOL  DISTRICT— 

Duties  of  district  clerk 223  02 

First.     To  attend  meetings  and  keep   records 223  62 

Second.     To  keep  accounts  and  present  records  for  inspection 22:5  G2 

Third.     To  take  school   census  in  May 223  02 

Fourth.      To   report   to   county   superintendent 223  62 

Fifth.     To   carry   out  orders  of  board 223  62 

Fifth.      To   keep  record  of  expenses 223  62 

Sixth.     To  give  notice  of  meetings  and  elections 223  62 

Seventh.     To  report  name  of  teacher  to  county  superintendent....  223  63 

Eighth.      To    sign    warrants 223  63 

Eighth.     To  report  warrants  drawn  to  county   treasurer 22:;  63 

Compensation    of    clerk 22  1  63 

Must  have   certificate   that   reports   have  been   made 224  63 

Shall  report  changes  in  organization  of  board 222  61 

Penalty  for  false    report 400  106 

COMPULSt  )KY   ATTENDANCE— 

Age    of    pupils 392  104 

Attendance    demanded    302  104 

Attendance  officers  to  be  appointed 395  105 

Attendance  officer  may  enter  stores,  mills  and  shops 395  105 

Clerk  to  furnish  teacher  copy  of  school  census 397  106 

Concurrent  jurisdiction    398  106 

County  attorney  to  prosecute  cases 399  106 

Count  v   superintendent  shall   print  circulars 400  106 

Fines    402  107 

May  arrest  without   warrant 396  106 

Must   attend  full   time   school   is   in  session 392  104 

Officers   not   liable    for    costs 403  107 

Pupils  shall  not  be  employed  during  school  hours 393  105 

Pupils    may    he   excused 393  105 

Penalty    394  105_ 

Penalty   for  failure   to   enforce   law 401  107 

CONTAGIOl  S  DISEASES— 

Other    contagious   or    Infectious    diseases ' 92  31 

Pulmonary  tuberculosis   ..." !>~  3i 

Smallpox,     varioloid,    scarlet     fever,    diphtheria 92  31 

Teachers,   pupils   and  janitors  excluded,   when 92  31 

Whooping  cough,   chicken   pox.   measles 92  31 

CONTRACTS— 

Directors    to   have   no   pecuniary    interest    in 169  50 

certain  teachers  to  have  contracts 163  48 

1:  gelations   regarding    16"  48 

CONVENTION,  COUNTS  SUPERINTENDENTS— 

County   superintendents   must   attend :'  9 

To  lie  held  annually '■'  9 

To  receive  actual   traveling  expenses I61  47 

COUNTS  At  DITOR — (See  Auditor,  County). 

COl  NTS  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION — (See  Boards  of  Education). 

COUNTS  CIRCULATING  LIBRARIES— (See  Circulating  Libraries). 


INDKX.  i  i; 


col  NTS  SUPERINTENDENTS—  Par.  Pag* 

Auditor  to  place  nam.'  <>n  ticket,  when 156  15 

Clerical   assistance   In   certain   counties 154  44 

Eligibility    1.">.">  15 

Election  and   tenure 154  it 

May  appoint  deputy i 5  t  1 1 

Powers  and   duties 157  15 

First.      Shall    supervise   schools 157  45 

Second.     Shall  visit  schools 157  45 

Third.     Shall   distribute  blanks,   circulars,   etc 157  15 

Fourth.      Shall   enforce   course  of  study 1  -"< T  15 

Fifth.      Shall   prepare  outline  course  of  study l.">7  15 

Sixth.     Shall  keep  on  file  biennial  report 157  15 

Seventh.     Shall  keep  record  of  otiieial  acts 157  t." 

Eighth.      Shall   preserve   reports  of   school   officers 157  45 

Ninth.      Shall   administer  oaths 157  45 

Tenth.     Shall  keep  record  of  contracts  to  teach 157  46 

Eleventh.     Shall  make  annual  report 157  Ifl 

Twelfth.     Shall   keep  transcripts  and  harmonize  boundaries 157  40 

Thirteenth.     Shall   appoint  officers  to   fill   vacancies 157  4n 

Fourteenth.      Shall    apportion    school    funds 157  40 

Fifteenth.     Shall  grant  temporary  certificates  and  conduct  examina- 
tions      157  16 

Fifteenth.      Shall   give  notice  of  examination  of  teachers 157  46 

Sixteenth.      Shall    hold    teachers'    institutes 157  46 

Seventeenth.      Shall    hold   directors'    meetings   annually 157  47 

Eighteenth.     Shall  suspend  a  teacher  against  whom  charges  are  filed  157  47 

Nineteenth.     Shall  furnish  registers  and  clerk's  books  to  districts..  157  47 

Shall  deduct  25  per  cent,  of  apportionment,  when 081  101' 

Shall  require  reports  to  be  made  promptly 158  47 

Shall  require  oaths  of  office  to  be  filed 158  )  7 

Shall  post  notice  of  office  days 159  47 

Shall   print   circulars   of   information 160  47 

Shall   receive  actual  traveling  expenses 161  47 

Shall   require   evidence  of  moral   character 315  85 

Shall   approve  orders  for  apparatus 237  65 

Shall  file  school   census  with  county  auditor,   when 284  75 

Shall  apportion  funds  within  ten  days 253  69 

Shall    apportion   county   funds 285  75 

Shall  withhold  funds,  when 255  69 

Shall    attend    county    superintendents'    convention 5 

Shall  notify   county   auditor,   when 238  65 

Shall    inform   district   officers 400  10;6 

Shall  approve  plans  for  buildings i  '  •' 

Shall   examine  records  of  districts  of  first  class 189  53 

COUNTY  TREASURER— 

To  be  (.(-officio  treasurer  of  school  districts 239  65 

Duties     239  66 

First.      Shall   hold   moneys  belonging  to  districts 239  65 

Second.     Shall   report    quarterly   to  whom,   what '-':'•'•,  65 

Third.      Shall   report    annually  to  whom,  what -:;!' 

Fourth.      Shall   keep   register  of  warrants 239 

Fourth.      Shall   pay  warrants  in  order  of  presentation 239  66 

Fourth.      Shall   advertise   warrants   quarterly 239 

Fifth.     Shall  report   monthly  to  secretaries  and  clerks 239 

Sixth.     Shall  submit  statements  of  cancelled  warrants 239 

Seventh.     Shall  remit  certain  funds  to  state  treasurer 239 


Shall    transmit:   funds    to   state    tr< 


282 


Shall    advertise   school    bonds    for   sale 290  77 

Shall  canvass  bids  for  bonds -' ' ' 

•  Mil  TT 

Shall   deliver  bonds   to   purchaser --'\  *' 

Shall  pay  interest  on  bonds -''"[  ' '' 

Shall   cancel   bonds 302  80 


1  js  INDEX. 


COURSE  OF  STUDY—  Par.  Page 

Teachers    shall    enforce 228  64 

State  board  shall  prepare 11  13 

DECISIONS  BY  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION— 

Census  to  include  married  persons,  when 10  122 

Certificates,    revocation  of   must  be  declared 12  123 

Contract  to  teach  does  not  include  janitor  work 13  123 

Contracts  must  be  in-  accordance  with   the  law 5  122 

child  not  to  be  employed  by  board,  unless 0  122 

County  superintendent  has  limited  judiciary  powers 1  121 

Directors,  terms  of  office  in  new  district 3  122 

I  "hectors,  terms  of,  appointed 4  122 

Directors  do  not  hold  over 4  122 

Directors   cannot  dismiss  teacher  because   unpopular 5  122 

Directors  must  make  contract  in  accordance  with  law 5  122 

Directors  to  make  rules 8  122 

Directors  to  transact  business  as  a  board 8  122 

District  is  fully  organized,  when 2  122 

Janitor  work  not  required  of  teacher 13  123 

Law,  spirit  of,  in  regard  to  school  house 6  122 

Minor  not   to  be  employed 9  122 

Notice  of  clerk  is  not  a  notice  to  public 11  123 

Notice,  failure  to  give,  does  not  invalidate  proceedings 11  123 

Officers  of  new  district,   term  of 3  122 

Officers,  appointed,  term  of 4  122 

Officers  do  not  hold  over 4  122 

Officers  have  implied  powers   7  122 

Revocation   of   certificate   must  be   declared 12  123 

School  house  is  for  school  purposes 6  122 

Teacher  cannot  be  dismissed  because  unpopular 5  122 

Teacher  not  supposed  to  do  janitor  work 13  123 

Teachers  must  make  true  reports 14  123 

DISTRICT  OFFICERS — 

Election  and  eligibility 162  48 

Powers  and  duties 163  48 

First.     To  employ  and,  for  cause,  discharge  teachers 163  48 

First.     To  make  contracts  with  teachers 163  48 

Second.      To  enforce  rules,   regulations,   course   of  study 163  48 

Third.     To  manage  school   property  and  employ  laborers 163  48 

Fourth.     To  cause  school  houses  to  be  kept  in  good  condition 163  48 

Fifth.     To  purchase  personal  property  and  lease  real  estate 163  48 

Sixth.     To  expel  pupils  and  exclude  children  under  six  years  of  age.  163  48 

Seventh.      To  provide  free   text-books 163  48 

Eighth.     To   require  pupils  to  be  furnished  with  supplies 163  48 

Ninth.      To  exclude   certain   books    from   libraries 163  48 

Tenth.    To  authorize  the  use  of  school  rooms  for  certain  purposes..  163  48 

Eleventh.     To  provide  transportation  for   pupils 168  49 

Adults  may  be  permitted  to  attend 166  49 

Apportionment,  shall  lose  25  per  cent.,  when 381  102 

By-laws  may  be  made 167 

Custody  of  properly  of  district 168  49 

Compensation,  clerk  may  receive 169  50 

( !ourse  of  study  shall  be  enforced 374  101 

Certificates  required  for  full  time  of  contract 220  64 

Debts,   districts   liable 165  49 

Flag,  shall  furnish .' 16*  49 

Indebtedness    


170  50 


May  administer  oaths 

May  condemn  land 

Oath  of  office  shall  be  taken 

Pecuniary  interest    

Records  shall  be  delivered  to  successor. 


172  50 

174  50 

172  50 

169  50 

171  50 


INDKX. 


1  19 


DISTRICT  OFFICERS — CONTINl  ED.                                                                                          /•„, .  Page 

Signatures  shall  be  filed 173  50 

Salary  of  teacher  may  be  withheld 227  68 

Tuition  may  be  charged  certain  pupils \r,r,  i<j 

Tuition,  shall  not  charge  when 240  68 

Written  order,  employ  teacher  by 229  64 

DIRECTORS— DISTRICTS  OF  FIRST  CLASS— 

Five  members,  how  elected 170  51 

Annual  election   177  .-,  1 

Attendance  may  be  forced 188  53 

Accounts  shall  be  audited 189  53 

Ballots 170  5 1 

Bond  shall  be  given  by  secretary 183  52 

Board  may  issue  one  general  certificate 186  53 

Board  shall  fill  vacancies 187  53 

Contracts  necessary,   when 189  53 

Census  shall  be  taken 192  55 

Duties  of  president 180  52 

Duties  of  vice-president 181  52 

Duties  of  secretary 182  52 

Election  of  officers,   how 179  52 

Estimate  of  expenses  shall  be  made 435  114 

Funds  needed  shall  be  estimated 194  56 

Meetings,  regular  and  special 184  52 

Money  to  be  paid  out  upon  warrants 186  53 

Notices  for  bids  shall  be  published 190  53 

Notices  to  taxpayers  shall  be  published 436  114 

Organization  of   board 178  51 

Office  shall  be  maintained 185  52 

Property  may  be  sold 193  55 

Penalty    438  115 

Records  shall   be  examined 189  53 

Shall   take  oath  of  office 178  51 

Secretary  shall  be  elected 178  51 

Tenure  of  office 176  51 

Term  begins,   when 178  51 

Tax  levy  not  to  exceed  2  per  cent,  annually 194  56 

Taxpayers  shall   be  heard 437  114 

Taxes,  amount  shall  be  decided 437  114 

Powers  of  board 191  54 

First.     To  employ  a  superintendent 191  54 

Second.     To  prescribe  a  course  of  study 191  54 

Third.     To  make  by-laws 191  54 

Fourth.    To  adopt  and  enforce  rules  and  regulations 191  54 

Fifth.     To  employ  teachers,  janitors 191  54 

Sixth.     To  employ  attorneys 191  54 

Seventh.     To  employ  assistant  superintendents 191  54 

Eighth.     To  employ  supervisors 191  54 

Ninth.     To  maintain  a  shop  and  repair  department 191  54 

Tenth.     To  provide  free  text  books,  when 191  54 

Tenth.     To  provide  books  for  children  of  indigent  parents 191  54 

Eleventh.     To  require  successful  vaccination 191  55 

Twelfth.     To  require  officers  and  employes  to  give  bond 191  55 

Thirteenth.     To  prohibit  secret  fraternities  in  schools 191  55 

Fourteenth.     To  appoint  a  medical  inspector 191  55 

DIRECTORS— DISTRICTS   OF  THE   SECOND  CLASS— 

Act  shall  be  printed 441  115 

Board  to  consist  of  three  members ■ 196 

Clerk  may  or  may  not  be  member  of  board 290 

Election   and  tenure 196  57 

Election,    date    of 197  57 

Election    of    clerk : 200  57 


150  INDEX. 

DIRECTORS     DISTRICTS  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS— Continued.  Par.  Page 

Estimates  shall  be  made 4.;.5  11  t 

Meetings,  regular  and  special 201  57 

Minimum   term  shall  he  six  months 207  '<'■> 

Notices   shall  be  published 430  114 

Oath    of    office 190  57 

( irganlza!  [on  of  board,  when '200  57 

Penalty    438  1  L5 

Special  powers  and  duties  of  board 202  58 

Shall  estimate  amount  of  funds  needed  annually 203  58 

Shall   build  schoolhouses,   etc 204  58 

School  site,  may  be  changed,  how 204  58 

Superintendent  or  principal  shall  be  elected 206  59 

Taxes,  amount  shall  be  decided 437  114 

Taxpayers  shall  be  heard 437  1 1 4 

Term  of  clerk  to  begin,  when 200  57 

Teachers  to  be  employed,  when 205  58 

Term  begins,  when 200  57 

Vacancies,   how   filled 198  57 

DIRECTORS — DISTRICTS   OF  THE   THIRD  CLASS— 

Board  to  consist  of  three  members 208  59 

Duties  of  principal  or  superintendent 217  GO 

Election  and  tenure 208  59 

Election,   when  held 209  59 

Estimates  shall  be  made 219  <',i 

Meetings,  regular  and  special 213  00 

Oath   of   office -'11  59 

Organization  of  board,  when 212  59 

Plans  must  be  approved 221  61 

Principal  may  be  elected,  when 215  60 

School  sites  may  be  changed,  how 220  61 

Shall  build  school  houses,  etc 220  61 

Special  duties  of  board ■  214  60 

Superintendent  may  be  elected,  when 216  60 

Teachers  may  be  employed,  when 218  60 

Term  begins,  when 212  59 

T.rm  of  clerk  begins,  when 212  59 

Vacancies,   how  filled 210  59 

ELECTIONS— GENERAL— 

Ballots 341  92 

Challenges 342  93 

Counting  the  ballots 343  93 

Clerk  shall  forward  poll  shoot 343  93 

Certificate   of    election 344  !,:; 

County  superintendents   L>4 

Directors  In  districts  of  iirst  class 177  51 

l  directors  In  districts  of  second  class 197  57 

I  ilrectors  in  districts  Of  third  class 209  59 

Notice  of  time  and  place 339  92 

Oaths  of  election  officers 340  92 

Polls   open   and   close,   when 339  92 

Qualifications  of  electors 342  98 

Superintendent  of  public  instruction 

Tie  vote,  how  settled 344  93 

ELECTIONS— IN  DISTRICTS   OF  FIRST  CLASS— 

Board  of  directors  to  receive  returns 353  96 

Board  of  directors  to  certify  result 358  95 

Notices 348  °* 

Opening  and  closing  of  polls 349  95 

Places  of  holding  elections 350 

Registration  books 


352         95 

351  95 

When  held 


Registered  persons  shall  vote 

348  94 


[NDEX. 


151 


ELECTORS-                                                                                                                                  par  page 

Qualifications   of 342  93 

ELIGIBILITY— 

Assistant  state  superintendent <;  n 

Deputy    state    superintendent c,  11 

County  superintendent   i.-,r,  |- 

Directors   1  ,;•_>  |  g 

Members  of  county  board  of  education j  1 1  57 

Superintendent  school  for  deaf  and  blind 74  28 

Teachers    225  63 

Teachers  of  kindergarten  schools 414  iQ9 

EXAMINATIONS— TEACHER'S — 

Applicants  may  teach  until  when 322  86 

Manuscripts  to  be  forwarded 323  86 

Manuscripts  to  be  kept  on  file 323  86 

When  held 322  86 

EXAMINATIONS     GRAMMAR   SCHOOL— 

Assistant  examiners 405  108 

Dates  to  be  fixed 404  107 

Certificates  to  be  granted 404  107 

Manuscripts  to  be  examined 405  108 

Names  to  be  reported 407  108 

Questions  to  be  prepared  f  10) 11  14 

Questions  to  be  used '. 406  108 

Reading,  special  course 406  los 

EXAMINATIONS— HIGH  SCHOOL  EXTENSION— 

Course  to  be  outlined 408  108 

Certificates  to  be  granted 410  109 

Examinations,  where  and  when  held 408  los 

Manuscripts  to  be  graded 409  109 

Questions   to  be   prepared 409  109 

Questions  to  be  distributed 409  109 

GRAMMAR    SCHOOL   EXAMINATION — (See   Examinations). 

INSTITUTES-  COUNTY— 

Date  to  be  determined 260  To 

District  credited  with  attendance 201  To 

Examination  fees 202  70 

Expenses  to  be  estimated 263  70 

Institute  to  be  held,  when 260  To 

Joint  institutes    2.">7  69 

Must  be  held 256  ><'■> 

Teachers  must  attend 258  70 

Teachers  to  be  paid  for  attendance 260  70 

Three  days  must  be  consecutive 256  69 

Two  days   may  be  used  otherwise 256  69 

Vouchers  shall  be  filed 264  To 

When  school  is  in  session 261  To 

INSTITUTES — CITY— 

Districts  employing  more  than  100  teachers 259  To 

Regulations  same  as  county 259  To 

INT<  iXICATIXC  LIQUORS— 

Prohibiting  sale  of,  where 430  1 1  3 

Penalty  for  sale  of t.Il  1 13 

INTEREST,  LEGAL  RATE — 

Bonds  not  to  exceed,  what 288  76 

Issuing  officer  to  regulate -*•""  ' '  ~ 

\\  arrant  rates  not  to  exceed,  what 449  117 


152  INDEX. 

KINDERGARTENS—  Par.  Page 

May  be  established  and  maintained 411  109 

Must  be  authorized  by  three-lifths  vote 411  109 

Must  be  maintained  by  special  funds 413  109 

Part  of  public  school  system 412  109 

Qualifications  of  teachers 414  109 

MEETINGS — (See  Special  Meetings). 

NORMAL  SCHOOLS — (See  State  Normal  Schools). 

OPINIONS   OF  ATTORNEY  GENERAL — 

Action  may  be  maintained,  when 7  118 

Apportionment,  basis  of 12  119 

Apportionment,  cannot  be  made,  when 51  121 

Attendance  in  private  school,  apportionment  for,  when 22  119 

Attendance  above  the  eighth  grade 50  121 

Appeals  by  school  district 46  121 

Bonds,  interest  on  must  not  be  greater  than  6  per  cent 23  120 

Census  to  include  children  on  military  reservations 3  118 

Certificates  may  be  revoked 40  121 

Children  under  six  may  be  refused  admittance  to  school 11  119 

Census  must  be  taken  annually 45  121 

Cities  extending  limits — status  of  school  officers  of  districts  taken  in. . .  .  5  118 

Consolidated  districts — not  in  two  counties 37  120 

Consolidation  of  school  districts 41  121 

County  superintendent  to  use  his  discretion  in  forming  new  districts.  ...  2  118 

County  superintendent  is  auditor  of  institute  expenses 13  119 

County  superintendent  not  to  divide  special  funds  of  old  district 14  119 

County  superintendent  cannot  be  clerk 18  119 

County  superintendent  his  own  purchasing  agent 20  119 

County  superintendent  may  issue  circular 21  119 

County  superintendent  may  stop  payment  of  warrants,  when 26  120 

Dancing,  school  house  not  to  be  used  for 19  119 

Director  cannot  serve  as  janitor 24  120 

Directors  may  subscribe  for  state  school  journal 39  120 

Directors  may  refuse  to  admit  cnildren  under  six 12  119 

Directors  have  not  power  to  buy  site 48  121 

Electors  to  determine,  what 29  120 

Eighth  grade  graduates  may  review 34  120 

Funds,  basis  of  division 10  119 

Head  of  family  defined 1  1 18 

High  school,  directors  not  required  to  establish,  when 16  119 

Insurance  of  school  property 31  12° 

Kindergarten,  to  be  supported  by  special  funds 17  119 

Lapse  of  certificate  does  not  forfeit  election  of  county  superintendent.  .  .  44  121 

Officers  may  be  removed  for  neglect  of  duty 7  118 

Petition  for  consolidated  district 28  120 

Power  to  accept  resignations 35  120 

Punishment,  teacher  has  no  right,  when 47  121 

Religious  instruction,  reading  Bible  is 6  118 

State  fund  cannot  be  used  for  permanent  improvements 25  120 

Site  in  consolidated  district 30  120 

School  board  cannot  sell  books 42  121 

School   board,   indebtedness 49  121 

School  house  not  to  be  used  for  dancing 19  119 

Territory  not  liable  for  bonded  indebtedness,  when 32  120 

Teacher  entitled  to  wages  during  quarantine 9  118 

Teacher  cannot  be  clerk 18  119 

Teacher  to  determine  grades  of  pupils 15  119 

Teacher's  wages  not  to  stop  on  account  of  contagious  diseases 9  118 

Teacher  not  disqualified  because  related  to  member  of  board 4  118 

Transportation  of  pupils 30  120 

Union  high  school  districts 38  120 


INDEX.  !-:; 

OPINIONS  OF  ATTORNEY  GENERAL — CoKTlKl  BD.                                              Par.  Pape 

Union  high  school  cannot  be  formed  by  districts  in  different   c ities.  .  .        B  118 

Warrants  must  be  paid  on  presentation  after  call u?  120 

Warrants  paid  in  order  of  presentation 33  120 

Warrants  sold  at  discount i::  121 

OFFICIAL   RULINGS— 

Of  attorney  general 118 

Of  superintendent  of  public  instruction 121 

PENALTIES— 

For  disclosing  examination  questions :;r,7  99 

For  failure  of  county  superintendent  to  make  report 368  99 

For  failure  to  turn  over  fines,  etc 369  99 

For  failure  to  teach  hygiene 370  100 

For  failure  of  county  superintendent  to  enforce  teaching  of  hygiene.  .  .  .    371  100 

For  failure  to  make  clerk's  report 372  100 

For  failure  to  deliver  property 373  100 

For  failure  of  teacher  to  enforce  course  of  study 374  101 

For   maltreating   pupils 375  101 

For  non-attendance  at  institute 376  101 

For  abusing  teachers 377  101 

For    disturbing    school 378  101 

For  false  report 379  102 

For  defacing  property 380  102 

For  failure  to  use  adopted   texts 381  102 

For  false  swearing 383  103 

For  failure  to  secure  approval  of  plans 255  69 

For  employing  child  labor 444  116 

For  neglect  of  duty 438  115 

For  failure  to  comply  with  course  of  study 381  102 

For  paying  a  teacher  not  legally  qualified 381  102 

For  failure  to  perform  certain  duties 79  29 

For  neglect  of  certain  duties 87  30 

PERMANENT   SCHOOL  FUNDS,   INVESTMENT— 

Investment  of  permanent  funds 448  116 

Records 446  116 

Rules   and   regulations 447  116 

School  bonds  given   preference 448  116 

State  board  of  finance 445  116 

PRIVATE  PROPERTY  FOR  PUBLIC  USE— 

Appeal  may  be  taken 427  112 

Appeal  shall  not  prevent  district  from  taking  possession 428  11- 

Court  shall  determine  time  of  trial 419  111 

Court  may  determine  compensation 424  112 

Court  may  adjourn  proceedings 418  111 

Costs  to  be  paid  by  school  district 426  112 

District  may  acquire  title 415  110 

Directors  shall   present  petition 416  110 

Judgments  shall  be  entered  against  school  districts 425  112 

Jury  shall  consist  of  twelve  persons 420  111 

Jury  shall  determine  compensation 422  111 

Notices  shall  be  served 417  110 

School  district  shall  be  plaintiff,  others  defendants 429  112 

Ten  jurors  may  render  verdict 423  111 

Witnesses  may  be  examined 421  111 

PRIVATE   SCHOOLS— 

Attendance    248  68 

Normal  departments  (6)    11  13 

REGISTRATION— DISTRICTS    OF    FIRST    CLASS — 

Board  to  furnish  books  to  secretary 356  96 

Books  to  be  opened,  when 357  96 


I",]  INDEX. 

REGISTRATION      DISTRICTS  OF    FIRST  CLASS— CONTINUED.                        Par.  i;,,„ 

Books  may  be  opened  in  convenient  places .'558  96 

Challenged  voter  to  i xamined 365  98 

Clerks  to  return  books  to  secretary 366  98 

Description  of  registration   books 36]  ;i7 

May  change  record  of  registration — how 364  98 

<  >;i t  li   t « .  be  administered 362  97 

Qualifications   for   registration 359  96 

Registration  only  once  a  year 359  96 

Registration  books  and  precincts 360  97 

Registration  prima  facie  evidence 365  98 

Secretary  of  board  to  register  voters 355  96 

Secretary   t<>  administer  oaths 363  98 

Secretary  to  deliver  registration  books 366  98 

Voters   shall    register 354  96 

REVOCATION   OF  CERTIFICATES— 

By   whom    335  91 

If  revoked,   ineligible   for   twelve   months 336  91 

May   appeal,    to   whom 337  91 

RULES— 

Kdating    to    teachers 124 

Relating   to    pupils 1  l'5 

schools.  COMMON— 

Administration  cut  rusted   to 2  9 

Common   school   defined 88  31 

English  language 89  31 

Instruction  in  what  branches 89  31 

Kindness  to  animals  to  be  taught 89  31 

Minimum    school    term 94  32 

Manners,   honesty,   etc 89  31 

Non-sectarian    96  32 

Open  to  whom 88  31 

Pupils  and  teachers  excluded,   when 92  31 

Pupils  must  comply  with  regulations 93  32 

Pupils   may   I spelled 93  32 

School  day  and  school  month 90  31 

School  year 91  31 

The  words  "he"  and  "she" 95  32 

Uniform  system  shall  be  maintained 1  9 

SCHOOL   DISTRICTS— 

Adjustment  of  property 115  36 

Body  corporate 105  33 

Bonds  shall  nol  prevent  formation  of  district 106  33 

«  lorporate  existence  retained  until  when 120  37 

County  auditor  to  certify  alterations 152  44 

District,  county   07  32 

I  strict  of  first  class 98  32 

Dlstrlci  of  second  class 09  32 

District  of  third  class 100  33 

District  to  contain  four  sections 153  44 

Disorganized  territory  to  be  held  for  indebtedness 151  44 

Duty  of  commissioners  to  make  tax  levy 113  35 

How  designated   104'  88 

Bearing  and  decision  of  county  superintendent 100  34 

Incorporated  cities 106  33 

Levy  to  be  made  by  county  commissioners 110  36 

New  districts,   bow   formed 108  34 

New  district  musl  open  school  within  eight  months 110  34 

New  districts  entitled  to  lusl  <barc  of  funds HI  •"■■' 

one  month  of  school   required  for  share  of  funds HO  34 

Petition    108  34 


INDKX. 


55 


SCHOOL  DISTRICTS— Continued.  /•„,  /•„,,, 

Property  to  be  adjusted,  new  district 1 1  2 

Property  to  be  adjusted,  city  limits  extended lis  :;- 

Sites  may  be  purchased  on  school  lands 107  ::i 

Superintendent  to  hear  evidence 119  37 

Territory  may  be  transferred,  procedure lit  36 

Territory  may  be  transferred  without  petition 151  44 

Testimony  may  be  heard 112  35 

When  a  city  extends  its  limits 117  :;7 

SCHOOL  DISTRICTS,   CO  X  SOLID  ATP]  D— 

Bonus,  entitled  to 126  38 

City  directors  to  constitute  board 12  1  38 

I  Mined    101  33 

Directors  of   consolidated   district 122  38 

Funds  and  property  of  old  districts 120  38 

Xew  number  for 12."»  38 

Old  districts  to  retain  corporate  existence,  when 127  39 

Organization  of  board 128  •"■'•' 

Petition   and    procedure 121  38 

When  district  is  no  longer  entitled  to  bonus 123  38 

SCHOOL  DISTRICTS.   JOINT 

Apportionment    137  41 

Denned     102  33 

Designated  by  number 129  39 

Directors  for  joint  districts '. 132  40 

Directors  to  file  oaths  of  office 133  l" 

Funds  to  be  transferred  quarterly 137  41 

Map  to  be  filed 136  40 

Notices  and  hearing 131  30 

Petition     130  39 

Reports  made  to  whom 140  41 

Taxes  for  indebtedness 139  41 

Testimony  to  be  heard — property  adjusted 138  41 

Transfers  of  territory  to  be  made,  how 135  40 

Transcripts  of  boundaries 136  10 

Vacancies  to  be  filled,  how 134  40 

SCHOOL  DISTRICTS,  UNION  HIGH — 

Appeal,  right  of  taxpayer 149  13 

Apportionments    148  13 

Board  not  to  be  re-organized,  when 14">  42 

Boundaries  may  be  enlarged 145  12 

Clerk   to    report   organization 144  42 

Course  of  study I-*6  43 

Defined    103  33 

Directors  of,  shall  consist  of  whom 143  42 

Districts  may  withdraw  after  five  years 150  13 

How  designated 142  42 

Meeting  of  voters 142 

Powers  and  duties  of  board H ' 

Procedure    141  41 

Records  to  be  kept  by  teachers 148  '■' 

SCHOOL  REVENUES— 

Annual  state  tax  not  to  exceed  five  mills 281 

County  treasurer  to  certify  to  state  auditor 282 

County  commissioners  to  levy  county  school  tax 283 

County  superintendent  to  file   certificate 284 

County  funds  shall  be  apportioned,  how 285  75 

Fines  a  part  of  school  revenue 281 

Interest    on    permanent    fund -sl 

Losses  to-  permanent  fund 280 

School  district  taxes '. 286  ■'> 


L56  INDEX. 

SCHOOL  RBVEN1  ES — COHTINUBD.  Par.  Page 

School  district  fund,  bow  constituted 286  76 

State  auditor  t rtify  to  superintendent  of  public  instruction 282  75 

State  rand,  permanent,  how  made 27!i  74 

Tax  levy  to  be  certified  to  county  auditors 282  75 

SECRET AR1 

Of  state  board  of  education 0  12 

Of  districts  of  the  first  class 17S  51 

Of  text-book  commission 206  71 

SPECIAL  MEETINGS— 

Business  of  meeting 346  04 

For    what    purpose 345  94 

How  called   345  <n 

Sentiment  of  meeting  must  be  carried  out 347  94 

Ten  days'  notice 340  94 

Where  held   340  94 

STATE— 

Deposit  not  required  when  bidding  on  bonds 291  77 

Liable  for  loss  to  permanent  school  fund 280  74 

Uniform  system  of  schools  to  be  maintained 1  9 

STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION— (See  Board  of  Education,  State). 

STATE  COLLEGE— 

Agricultural  experiment  station 34  20 

Annual   report    39  21 

Board  of  regents,  appointment  of 29  19 

Board  shall  grant  diplomas  and  degrees 43  22 

Board  may  grant  normal  diplomas 43  22 

Board  may  grant  life  diplomas 43  22 

Board  may  employ  architects 45  23 

Bonds  of  regents 29  19 

By-laws    32  20 

Courses  of  study 27  18 

Congressional  requirements  assented  to 35  21 

Construction  of  buildings 44  22 

Department  of  agriculture  to  be  maintained 28  18 

Disbursements    40  22 

Duties  of  officers 31  20 

Establishment 25  17 

Ex  officio  visitors 26  18 

<  reneral   control 33  20 

Governor  ex-offlcio  member  of  board 42  22 

Laboratory   work   demanded 28  18 

.\bii  [ngs  of  board  of  regents 36  21 

Military  tactics 28  18 

No   Interest  in  contracts 41  22 

Oath  or  office 37  21 

Open  to  residents  of  this  state 25  17 

Organization  of  board 30  19 

1  'resident  of  board  of  regents 3.1  20 

Regents'  expenses :>8  2J 

Secretary  of  board 30  19 

State  auditor  to  issue  warrants 46  23 

Students  musl  be  at  least   16  years  of  age 27  18 

Tenure  of  office 29  19 

Terms  of  admission  of  students 25  17 

Treasurer  of  board 30  19 

STATE  INSTITUTION  FOB  FEEBLE-MINDED — 

Board  may  admit  from  other  states 82  30 

Children  of  different  afflictions  to  be  separated. 81  29 


INDEX. 


■  x 


STATE  INSTITUTION    FOR  FEEBLE-MINDED— Continifi..  Par.  Page 

Commissioners  may  pay  traveling  expenses 86  80 

Duty  of  school  district  clerks  to  report 83  SO 

Duty  of  county  superintendent   to  report 84  30 

Duty  of  parents  and  guardians s."  30 

Defective  children  may  be  educated  at  home 85  30 

Expert   medical  services  must    be  provided si  29 

Free  to  residents  of  this  state si  29 

Penalty  for  failure  to  perform  duty 87  30 

Under  direction  of  state  board  of  control so  uii 

STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOLS— 

Biennial    report • » 1  26 

Boarding  houses -"1  -4 

Conduct  and  expulsion  of  students 56  25 

Courses  of  study 57  25 

Diplomas    and   certificates 55  25 

Establishment     47  23 

Library  fee  may  be  charged 58  26 

Manual  training 54  25 

Meetings  of  trustees 52  24 

Model  school   54  25 

No  tuition  to  be  charged 56  25 

Principal's  duties 53  24 

Principals'   meetings    00  26 

Requirements  for  admission 59  26 

Trustees,  appointment 48  23 

Trustees,  no  interest  in  contract 62  27 

Trustees,  officers 40  23 

Trustees,  by-laws 40  23 

Trustees,  regular  and  special  meetings •  •  •  ■  52  24 

Trustees,  powers  and  duties 50  24 

First.     To  elect  a  principal •  50  24 

First.     To  elect  assistants  and  employes 50  24 

Second.     To  discharge,  for  cause,  any  employee 50  24 

Third.     To  adopt  text-books 50  24 

Fourth.    To  have  management  of  property 50  24 

Fifth.     To  audit  accounts 50  24 

Sixth.     To  purchase  supplies,  etc 50  24 

STATE  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  DEAF  AND  THE  BLIND— 

Board  may  admit  others 73  28 

Commissioners  may  pay  traveling  expenses 78  29 

Duty  of  school  clerks  to  report ";>  28 

Duty  of  county  superintendents  to  report 76  29 

Duty  of  parents  and  guardians 77  29 

Deaf  or  blind  pupils  may  be  educated  at  home '  ■ 

Institution  free  to  residents  of  this  state '  -  28 

Penalty  for  failure  to  perform  duty "'•' 

Superintendent,  qualifications    •» 


Causes  for  commitment. 
Name 


Purpose  of  school 

State  board  of  control  to  have  charge 66 

Superintendent  to  employ  or  discharge  assistants 68 

SUPERINTENDENTS,  COUNTY — (See  County  Superintendent). 


2S 


M  28 

28 


Superintendent  to  appoint  subordinates 

Term  begins  and  ends,  when " 

Under  direction  of  state  board  of  control 70          28 

STATE  TRAINING  SCHOOL— 

Board  to  employ  superintendent ' "          -' 

Branches  to  be  taught  in  school 69          -8 


65  27 

63 


27 
28 


158  [NDEX. 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF   PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION  Par.  Paige 

Election  and   tenure S  '.» 

Salary     1  9 

Duties    5  0 

First.     To  have  supervision    ■">  9 

Second,     shall   report   biennially,   to  whom,  what 5  10 

Second,     shall  distribute  reports 5  10 

Third.     Shall  prepare,  print,  distribute  blanks,  forms,  etc 5  10 

Fourth.     Shall  travel 5  10 

Fifth.     Shall  submit  statement  of  expenses •">  1<> 

Sixth.      Shall   have  printed  laws  and  forms ~>  10 

Seventh.     Ex-Offlcio  president  state  hoard  of  education T>  10 

Eighth.     Shall  hold  annual  conventions  of  county  superintendents..  .".  10 

Ninth.     Shall  keep  on  file  papers,  records,  etc •">  10 

Tenth.     Shall  require  reports  from  educational  institutions 5  11 

Eleventh.     Shall  keep  directory  of  boards  of  regents,  etc 5  11 

Twelfth.     Shall  issue  certificates 5  11 

Thirteenth.     Shall  keep  records  in  office .">  11 

Fourteenth.     Shall  decide  points  of  law 5  ll 

Fourteenth.     Shall   publish  his  decisions T>  11 

Fifteenth.      Shall    administer   oaths 5  11 

Sixteenth.      Shall  deliver  records  to  successor 5  11 

Seventeenth.     Shall   prepare  State   Manual .r>  11 

Eighteenth.     Shall  make  certified  copies 5  11 

Nineteenth.      Shall  perform  other  lawful  duties 5  11 

Assistant  superintendent  shall  be  appointed 6  11 

Deputy  superintendent  shall  be  appointed 0  11 

Stenographer   and   other   help 6  11 

Shall  apportion  school   funds 243  G7 

Shall  prepare  outline  course  of  study 269  72 

Shall  keep  on  file  evidence •  317  8."> 

State  board  of  education,  cx-offlcio  chairman 8  12 

TAXES— 

State   tax    281  74 

County    tax     283  75 

School  district  tax 286  76 

TEACHERS— 

Attendance  of  pupils  excused   from  examination  may  be  counted 379  102 

Copy  Of  report   must  be  tiled 226  63 

Coarse  of  study   musl   ' uforced 228  64 

Course  of  study,   penalty    for   non-enforcement 374  101 

Employed  only  on  written  order  of  board 229  64 

Fire  drills  shall   be  conducted 4;!'J  11#' 

Legal   certificate,   must   hold 229  (,t 

May  suspend   pupils 231 


Must    attend    Institute. 


258  70 


quired  to  teach,  when 230  04 

Non-attendance   a1    Institute,    penalty 370  101 

Order  shall  be  ma  int. lined 231  04 

Principal  or  city  superintendent  may  report   in  lieu  of 226  63 

Primary  pupils  maj    be  dismissed,  when 90  •'■! 

Penaltj    tor  making  false  report :;_^  ,('-' 

Penaltj   for  abusing  teacher !(  '  i()\ 

Penalty  for  neglecl   of  ftre  drill 44l_)  '  LB 

Register  musl   be  kept --'  ''■' 

Reports   must    be   mad'',    when --  ' 

Shall    teach   morality,    patriotism,   etc 232  <>l 

Shall  not  maltreal   pupils ■"'"■'  l£| 

Shall   be  excluded   from  school,   when 92  ;' 

Shall  not  receive  salary  for  last  month,  when --'_  '>■' 

Who  are  qualified  teachers 225  63 


INDEX.  159 


TEXT  BOOKS  Par.  Pag, 

Commission   to  consist   of  whom 266  7  1 

Commission  shall  select   hooks 266  71 

Commission  may  select  supplementary  books 266  71 

Compensation    of    members 271  7:: 

Districts   to   consist  of  two  divisions 265  71 

Districts  of   first   division L'tir,  71 

Selected  hooks   to  be  used 266  71 

Shall  not  be  displaced  within  three  years 266  71 

Shall  advertise  for  bids lit  IT  71 

Superintendent  or  principal  shall  prepare  course  of  study 268  72 

Adoption  of  books  for  joint   district 272 

County  board  shall  advertise  for  bids 269 

County  board   shall   select  books 269 

County  superintendent  may  handle  hooks,  when 270 

May   adopt  supplementary  books 269 

luiform  course  of  study 269 

Publishers  shall  file  copies  of  books 269 

TREASURER,   COUNTY — (See  County  Treasurer). 

TREASURER,   STATE— 

Fines  paid  to,  when 287  76 

Funds    transmitted    to 282  7." 

UNIVERSITY  OF  WASHINGTON— 

Aim  and  purpose 15  14 

Attorney  general  legal  advisor 21  17 

Board  of  regents,  to  consist  of 16  15 

Board  may  employ  architects 23  17 

Establishment     14  14 

Erection  of  buildings 22  17 

Faculty    of    university If*  16 

Meetings,    regular   and   special 17  15 

Non-sectarian  control 20  10 

Organization  of  board  of  regents 17  15 

Powers  and  duties  of  board  of  regents 18  15 

First.     Shall  have  control  of  university IS  15 

Second.     To  prescribe  courses  of  study IS  16 

Third.     To  grant  diplomas  and  degrees 18  16 

Third.     To  grant  normal  and  life  diplomas 18  16 

Fourth.     To  receive  bequests  for  university IS  16 

Fifth.     To  give  bonds  to  U.  S.  for  supplies  loaned IS  16 

Sixth.     To  report  biennially  to  the  governor IS  16 

Seventh.     To  receive  actual  traveling  expenses 18  16 

State  auditor  shall  draw  warrants 24 

Students  must  be  at  least  16  years  of  age 15  14 

Subjects  taught   15  14 

Tenure,  and  oath  of  office 16 

Terms  of  admission  of  students !■' 

Tuition  free  to  residents  of  this  state !•'  I"1 

VACANCIES— 

County  superintendent,   now  filled '  ' ' 

Directors,  districts  of  first  c.ass ^  y  ' 

Directors,   districts  of  second  class 1:,v 


Directors,   districts  of  third  class. 


210  59 


VALIDATION   OF   INDEBTEDNESS — 

Annual  expense  of  district  shall  not  exceed  annual  revenues 310 

Board  to  canvass  election  returns 306 

Board  of  directors  to  deliver  copy  of  resolutions  to  county  treasurer.  .  .  .  308 

County  commissioners  may  levy  taxes  to  pay  indebtedness 310         83 

Directors  shall  provide  for  by  resolution 30^ 


L60 


INDEX. 


VALIDATION  OF  INDEBTEDNESS — Continued.  I'm-.  Page 

Election,   how    hold 30G  82 

Holder  of  warrants  may  exchange  for  bonds 309  83 

Notices   to   contain   what 305  82 

l'roceeds  to  be  placed  in  special  fund 307  82 

Rate  of  Interesl   shall  DOt  exceed  6  per  cent 307  82 

School  districts  may  validate,  when 303  81 

Three-fifths  vote  necessary 304  81 


OFFICIAL    SCHOOL    CALENDAR 


July  1 — Fiscal  Year  Begins. 

Jury  4 — Independence  Day   (Legal  Holiday). 

July  15 — OH  or   Before  July   15,   Clerks  Transmit  Annual   Report  to 

County  Superintendent. 
August  1 — County  Superintendents  Transmit  Annual  Report  to  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction. 
August,   First   Saturday — Regular  meeting   of  the  Board  of  Directors 

(Make  Estimate  of  Expenses  for  Current  School  Year). 
August,  Last  Thursday,  Friday  and  Saturday — Teachers'  Examination. 
September  1 — On  or  before  September  1,  Clerk  Must  Report  to  Board 

of  County  Commissioners  Detailed  Estimate  of  Expenditures 

During  Current  Year. 
September At  Opening  of  School,  Clerk  Must  Furnish  Teacher  with 

Copy  of  Last  School  Census. 
September,  First  Monday — Labor  Day  (Legal  Holiday). 
November,  First  Saturday — Regular  Meeting  of  Board  of  Directors. 
November,  Last  Thursday — Thanksgiving  Day  and  Day  Following  Are 

Legal  Holidays  for  Schools. 

December,  Second  Thursday,  Friday  and  Saturday — Teachers'  Exam- 
ination. 

December  25 — Christmas  (Legal  Holiday). 

January  1 — New  Year's  Day  (Legal  Holiday). 

February,  First  Saturday — Regular  Meeting  of  Board  of  Directors. 

February  22 — Washington's  Birthday   (Legal  Holiday). 

February— — Ten  Days  Before  First  Saturday  in  March  Notices  of 
Annual  School  Election  Must  Be  Posted  by  Clerk. 

March,  First  Saturday — Annual  School  Election. 

March — Fourth  Monday  After  Annual  School  Election,  Directors  Take 
Office  and  Organize  at  Two  o'Clock  P.  M.  by  Election  of 
Chairman   and   Clerk. 

May  1 — Enumeration  of  Children  of  School  Age. 

May,  First  Saturday — Regular  Meeting  of  Board  of  Directors. 

May,  Second  Thursday,  Friday  and  Saturday — Teachers'  Examination. 

May  30 — Memorial  Day. 

June,  Third  Tuesday — Annual  Meeting  of  State  Board  of  Education. 

June  30 — End  of  Fiscal  Year. 

Each  Month,  First  Friday — Regular  Meeting  of  Directors  of  Districts 
of  the  Second  Class. 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY 


AA      000  223  571     1 


